This is a modern-English version of Cyclopedia of Commerce, Accountancy, Business Administration, v. 04 (of 10), originally written by American School of Correspondence. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

THE BUSY RETAIL STORE OF THE L. E. WATERMAN COMPANY
At the "Pen Corner," 173 Broadway, New York City

THE BUSY RETAIL STORE OF THE L. E. WATERMAN COMPANY
At "Pen Corner," 173 Broadway, New York City


Cyclopedia

of

of

Commerce, Accountancy,
Business Administration

Commerce, Accounting,
Business Management

Volume 4

Volume 4

A General Reference Work on

A General Reference Guide on

ACCOUNTING, AUDITING, BOOKKEEPING, COMMERCIAL LAW, BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT, ADMINISTRATIVE AND INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION,
BANKING, ADVERTISING, SELLING, OFFICE AND FACTORY
RECORDS, COST KEEPING, SYSTEMATIZING, ETC.

ACCOUNTING, AUDITING, BOOKKEEPING, COMMERCIAL LAW, BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT, ADMINISTRATIVE AND INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION,
BANKING, ADVERTISING, SELLING, OFFICE AND FACTORY
RECORDS, COST KEEPING, SYSTEMATIZING, ETC.

Prepared by a Corps of

Prepared by a team of

AUDITORS, ACCOUNTANTS, ATTORNEYS, AND SPECIALISTS IN BUSINESS METHODS AND MANAGEMENT

AUDITORS, ACCOUNTANTS, LAWYERS, AND BUSINESS METHODS AND MANAGEMENT SPECIALISTS

Illustrated with Over Two Thousand Engravings

Illustrated with More Than Two Thousand Images

TEN VOLUMES

10 volumes

CHICAGO
AMERICAN TECHNICAL SOCIETY
1910

CHICAGO
AMERICAN TECHNICAL SOCIETY
1910

Copyright, 1909

Copyright, 1909

BY

BY

AMERICAN SCHOOL OF CORRESPONDENCE

AMERICAN SCHOOL OF CORRESPONDENCE


Copyright, 1909

Copyright, 1909

BY

BY

AMERICAN TECHNICAL SOCIETY

AMERICAN TECHNICAL SOCIETY


Entered at Stationers' Hall, London
All Rights Reserved

Entered at Stationers' Hall, London
All Rights Reserved


Authors and Collaborators


JAMES BRAY GRIFFITH, Managing Editor

JAMES BRAY GRIFFITH, Managing Editor

Head, Dept. of Commerce, Accountancy, and Business Administration, American School of Correspondence.

Head, Department of Commerce, Accounting, and Business Administration, American School of Correspondence.

ROBERT H. MONTGOMERY

ROBERT H. MONTGOMERY

Of the Firm of Lybrand, Ross Bros. & Montgomery, Certified Public Accountants.

Of the firm Lybrand, Ross Bros. & Montgomery, Certified Public Accountants.

Editor of the American Edition of Dicksee's Auditing.

Editor of the American Edition of Dicksee's Auditing.

Formerly Lecturer on Auditing at the Evening School of Accounts and Finance of the University of Pennsylvania, and the School of Commerce, Accounts, and Finance of the New York University.

Former Lecturer on Auditing at the Evening School of Accounts and Finance at the University of Pennsylvania, and at the School of Commerce, Accounts, and Finance at New York University.

ARTHUR LOWES DICKINSON, F. C. A., C. P. A.

ARTHUR LOWES DICKINSON, F.C.A., C.P.A.

Of the Firms of Jones, Caesar, Dickinson, Wilmot & Company, Certified Public Accountants, and Price, Waterhouse & Company, Chartered Accountants.

Of the firms of Jones, Caesar, Dickinson, Wilmot & Company, Certified Public Accountants, and Price, Waterhouse & Company, Chartered Accountants.

WILLIAM M. LYBRAND, C. P. A.

WILLIAM M. LYBRAND, CPA

Of the Firm of Lybrand, Ross Bros. & Montgomery, Certified Public Accountants.

Of the firm Lybrand, Ross Bros. & Montgomery, Certified Public Accountants.

F. H. MACPHERSON, C. A., C. P. A.

F. H. MACPHERSON, C. A., C. P. A.

Of the Firm of F. H. Macpherson & Co., Certified Public Accountants.

Of the firm F. H. Macpherson & Co., Certified Public Accountants.

CHAS. A. SWEETLAND

CHAS. A. SWEETLAND

Consulting Public Accountant.

Public Accountant Consultant.

Author of "Loose-Leaf Bookkeeping," and "Anti-Confusion Business Methods."

Author of "Loose-Leaf Bookkeeping" and "Anti-Confusion Business Methods."

E. C. LANDIS

E.C. Landis

Of the System Department, Burroughs Adding Machine Company.

Of the System Department, Burroughs Adding Machine Company.

HARRIS C. TROW, S. B.

Harris C. Trow, S.B.

Editor-in-Chief, Textbook Department, American School of Correspondence.

Editor-in-Chief, Textbook Department, American School of Correspondence.

CECIL B. SMEETON, F. I. A.

CECIL B. SMEETON, F. I. A.

Public Accountant and Auditor.

Public Accountant & Auditor.

President, Incorporated Accountants' Society of Illinois.

President, Incorporated Accountants' Society of Illinois.

Fellow, Institute of Accounts, New York.

Fellow, Institute of Accountants, New York.

JOHN A. CHAMBERLAIN, A. B., LL. B.

JOHN A. CHAMBERLAIN, B.A., J.D.

Of the Cleveland Bar.

Cleveland Bar Association.

Lecturer on Suretyship, Western Reserve Law School.

Lecturer on Suretyship, Western Reserve Law School.

Author of "Principles of Business Law."

Author of "Principles of Business Law."

HUGH WRIGHT

Hugh Wright

Auditor, Westlake Construction Company.

Auditor, Westlake Construction Co.

GLENN M. HOBBS, Ph. D.

GLENN M. HOBBS, Ph.D.

Secretary, American School of Correspondence.

Secretary, American Correspondence School.

JESSIE M. SHEPHERD, A. B.

JESSIE M. SHEPHERD, A.B.

Associate Editor, Textbook Department, American School of Correspondence.

Associate Editor, Textbook Department, American School of Correspondence.

GEORGE C. RUSSELL

GEORGE C. RUSSELL

Systematizer.

Organizer.

Formerly Manager, System Department, Elliott-Fisher Company.

Formerly Manager, Systems Department, Elliott-Fisher Company.

OSCAR E. PERRIGO, M. E.

OSCAR E. PERRIGO, M.E.

Specialist in Industrial Organization.

Industrial Organization Specialist.

Author of "Machine-Shop Economics and Systems," etc.

Author of "Machine-Shop Economics and Systems," etc.

DARWIN S. HATCH, B. S.

DARWIN S. HATCH, B.S.

Assistant Editor, Textbook Department, American School of Correspondence.

Assistant Editor, Textbook Department, American School of Correspondence.

CHAS. E. HATHAWAY

CHAS. E. HATHAWAY

Cost Expert.

Cost Specialist.

Chief Accountant, Fore River Shipbuilding Co.

Chief Accountant, Fore River Shipbuilding Co.

CHAS. WILBUR LEIGH, B. S.

CHAS. WILBUR LEIGH, B.S.

Associate Professor of Mathematics, Armour Institute of Technology.

Associate Professor of Mathematics, Armour Institute of Technology.

L. W. LEWIS

L. W. Lewis

Advertising Manager, The McCaskey Register Co.

Advertising Manager, The McCaskey Register Co.

MARTIN W. RUSSELL

MARTIN W. RUSSELL

[4]Registrar and Treasurer, American School of Correspondence.

[4]Registrar and Treasurer, American School of Correspondence.

HALBERT P. GILLETTE, C. E.

HALBERT P. GILLETTE, C.E.

Managing Editor, Engineering-Contracting.

Managing Editor, Engineering-Contracting.

Author of "Handbook of Cost Data for Contractors and Engineers."

Author of "Handbook of Cost Data for Contractors and Engineers."

R. T. MILLER, JR., A. M., LL. B.

R. T. MILLER, JR., A.M., J.D.

President, American School of Correspondence.

President, American School of Online Learning.

WILLIAM SCHUTTE

WILLIAM SCHUTTE

Manager of Advertising, National Cash Register Co.

Manager of Advertising, National Cash Register Company

E. ST. ELMO LEWIS

E. St. Elmo Lewis

Advertising Manager, Burroughs Adding Machine Company.

Advertising Manager, Burroughs Adding Machine Company.

Author of "The Credit Man and His Work" and "Financial Advertising."

Author of "The Credit Man and His Work" and "Financial Advertising."

RICHARD T. DANA

RICHARD T. DANA

Consulting Engineer.

Consultant Engineer.

Chief Engineer, Construction Service Co.

Chief Engineer, Construction Services LLC

P. H. BOGARDUS

P. H. BOGARDUS

Publicity Manager, American School of Correspondence.

Publicity Manager, American School of Correspondence.

WILLIAM G. NICHOLS

WILLIAM G. NICHOLS

General Manufacturing Agent for the China Mfg. Co., The Webster Mfg. Co., and the Pembroke Mills.

General Manufacturing Agent for China Mfg. Co., The Webster Mfg. Co., and Pembroke Mills.

Author of "Cost Finding" and "Cotton Mills."

Author of "Cost Finding" and "Cotton Mills."

C. H. HUNTER

C. H. Hunter

Advertising Manager, Elliott-Fisher Co.

Advertising Manager, Elliott-Fisher Co.

FRANK C. MORSE

FRANK C. MORSE

Filing Expert.

Filing Specialist.

Secretary, Browne-Morse Co.

Secretary, Browne-Morse Co.

H. E. K'BERG

H.E. K'BERG

Expert on Loose-Leaf Systems.

Loose-Leaf Systems Expert.

Formerly Manager, Business Systems Department, Burroughs Adding Machine Co.

Formerly Manager of the Business Systems Department at Burroughs Adding Machine Co.

EDWARD B. WAITE

EDWARD B. WAITE

Head, Instruction Department, American School of Correspondence.

Head, Instruction Department, American School of Correspondence.


Authorities Consulted

The editors have freely consulted the standard technical and business literature of America and Europe in the preparation of these volumes. They desire to express their indebtedness, particularly, to the following eminent authorities, whose well-known treatises should be in the library of everyone interested in modern business methods.

The editors have freely referenced the standard technical and business literature from America and Europe while preparing these volumes. They want to acknowledge their debt, especially to the following respected authorities, whose well-known works should be in the library of anyone interested in modern business practices.

Grateful acknowledgment is made also of the valuable service rendered by the many manufacturers and specialists in office and factory methods, whose coöperation has made it possible to include in these volumes suitable illustrations of the latest equipment for office use; as well as those financial, mercantile, and manufacturing concerns who have supplied illustrations of offices, factories, shops, and buildings, typical of the commercial and industrial life of America.

Grateful acknowledgment is made also of the valuable service provided by the many manufacturers and specialists in office and factory methods, whose cooperation has made it possible to include in these volumes suitable illustrations of the latest equipment for office use; as well as those financial, mercantile, and manufacturing companies that have supplied illustrations of offices, factories, shops, and buildings, typical of the commercial and industrial life of America.


JOSEPH HARDCASTLE, C. P. A.

JOSEPH HARDCASTLE, CPA

Formerly Professor of Principles and Practice of Accounts, School of Commerce, Accounts, and Finance, New York University.

Formerly a Professor of Principles and Practice of Accounting at the School of Commerce, Accounts, and Finance, New York University.

Author of "Accounts of Executors and Testamentary Trustees."

Author of "Accounts of Executors and Estate Trustees."

HORACE LUCIAN ARNOLD

HORACE LUCIAN ARNOLD

Specialist in Factory Organization and Accounting.

Specialist in Factory Management and Accounting.

Author of "The Complete Cost Keeper," and "Factory Manager and Accountant."

Author of "The Complete Cost Keeper" and "Factory Manager and Accountant."

JOHN F. J. MULHALL, P. A.

JOHN F. J. MULHALL, P. A.

Specialist in Corporation Accounts.

Corporation Accounts Specialist.

Author of "Quasi Public Corporation Accounting and Management."

Author of "Quasi Public Corporation Accounting and Management."

SHERWIN CODY

SHERWIN CODY

Advertising and Sales Specialist.

Ads and Sales Specialist.

Author of "How to Do Business by Letter," and "Art of Writing and Speaking the English Language."

Author of "How to Do Business by Letter" and "Art of Writing and Speaking the English Language."

FREDERICK TIPSON, C. P. A.

FREDERICK TIPSON, CPA

Author of "Theory of Accounts."

Author of "Theory of Accounts."

CHARLES BUXTON GOING

CHARLES BUXTON IS LEAVING

Managing Editor of The Engineering Magazine.

Managing Editor of *The Engineering Magazine*.

Associate in Mechanical Engineering, Columbia University.

Associate in Mechanical Engineering, Columbia University.

Corresponding Member, Canadian Mining Institute.

Corresponding Member, Canadian Mining Institute.

F. E. WEBNER

F. E. WEBNER

Public Accountant.

Public Accountant.

Specialist in Factory Accounting.

Factory Accounting Specialist.

[6]Contributor to The Engineering Press.

Contributor to The Engineering Press.

AMOS K. FISKE

AMOS K. FISKE

Associate Editor of the New York Journal of Commerce.

Associate Editor of the New York Journal of Commerce.

Author of "The Modern Bank."

Author of "The Modern Bank."

JOSEPH FRENCH JOHNSON

Joseph French Johnson

Dean of the New York University School of Commerce, Accounts, and Finance.

Dean of the NYU School of Business, Accounting, and Finance.

Editor, The Journal of Accountancy.

Editor, The Journal of Accountancy.

Author of "Money, Exchange, and Banking."

Author of "Money, Exchange, and Banking."

M. U. OVERLAND

M. U. Overland

Of the New York Bar.

Of the New York State Bar.

Author of "Classified Corporation Laws of All the States."

Author of "Classified Corporation Laws of All the States."

THOMAS CONYNGTON

THOMAS CONYNGTON

Of the New York Bar.

Of the New York State Bar.

Author of "Corporate Management," "Corporate Organization," "The Modern Corporation," and "Partnership Relations."

Author of "Corporate Management," "Corporate Organization," "The Modern Corporation," and "Partnership Relations."

THEOPHILUS PARSONS, LL. D.

THEOPHILUS PARSONS, Ph.D.

Author of "The Laws of Business."

Author of "The Laws of Business."

E. ST. ELMO LEWIS

E. St. Elmo Lewis

Advertising Manager, Burroughs Adding Machine Company.

Advertising Manager, Burroughs Adding Machine Company.

Formerly Manager of Publicity, National Cash Register Co.

Formerly the Publicity Manager at National Cash Register Co.

Author of "The Credit Man and His Work," and "Financial Advertising."

Author of "The Credit Man and His Work" and "Financial Advertising."

T. E. YOUNG, B. A., F. R. A. S.

T. E. YOUNG, B. A., F. R. A. S.

Ex-President of the Institute of Actuaries.

Ex-President of the Institute of Actuaries.

Member of the Actuary Society of America.

Member of the American Society of Actuaries.

Author of "Insurance."

Author of "Insurance."

LAWRENCE R. DICKSEE, F. C. A.

LAWRENCE R. DICKSEE, F. C. A.

Professor of Accounting at the University of Birmingham.

Professor of Accounting at the University of Birmingham.

Author of "Advanced Accounting," "Auditing," "Bookkeeping for Company Secretary," etc.

Author of "Advanced Accounting," "Auditing," "Bookkeeping for Company Secretary," and more.

FRANCIS W. PIXLEY

FRANCIS W. PIXLEY

Author of "Auditors, Their Duties and Responsibilities," and "Accountancy."

Author of "Auditors, Their Duties and Responsibilities," and "Accountancy."

CHARLES U. CARPENTER

CHARLES U. CARPENTER

General Manager, The Herring-Hall-Marvin Safe Co.

General Manager, The Herring-Hall-Marvin Safe Company.

Formerly General Manager, National Cash Register Co.

Formerly General Manager, National Cash Register Co.

[7]Author of "Profit Making Management."

Author of "Profit-Making Management."

C. E. KNOEPPEL

C. E. KNOEPPEL

Specialist in Cost Analysis and Factory Betterment.

Specialist in Cost Analysis and Factory Improvement.

Author of "Systematic Foundry Operation and Foundry Costing," "Maximum Production through Organization and Supervision," and other papers.

Author of "Systematic Foundry Operation and Foundry Costing," "Maximum Production through Organization and Supervision," and various other articles.

HARRINGTON EMERSON, M. A.

Harrington Emerson, M.A.

Consulting Engineer.

Consultant Engineer.

Director of Organization and Betterment Work on the Santa Fe System.

Director of Organization and Improvement Work on the Santa Fe System.

Originator of the Emerson Efficiency System.

Originator of the Emerson Efficiency System.

Author of "Efficiency as a Basis for Operation and Wages."

Author of "Efficiency as a Foundation for Operations and Pay."

ELMER H. BEACH

ELMER H. BEACH

Specialist in Accounting Methods.

Accounting Methods Specialist.

Editor, Beach's Magazine of Business.

Editor, Beach's Business Magazine.

Founder of The Bookkeeper.

Founder of The Bookkeeper.

Editor of The American Business and Accounting Encyclopedia.

Editor of The American Business and Accounting Encyclopedia.

J. J. RAHILL, C. P. A.

J. J. RAHILL, C. P. A.

Member, California Society of Public Accountants.

Member, California Society of Public Accountants.

Author of "Corporation Accounting and Corporation Law."

Author of "Corporate Accounting and Corporate Law."

FRANK BROOKER, C. P. A.

FRANK BROOKER, CPA

Ex-New York State Examiner of Certified Public Accountants.

Former New York State CPA Examiner.

Ex-President, American Association of Public Accountants.

Ex-President, American Association of Public Accountants.

Author of "American Accountants' Manual."

Author of "American Accountants Manual."

CLINTON E. WOODS, M. E.

CLINTON E. WOODS, M.E.

Specialist in Industrial Organization.

Industrial Organization Specialist.

Formerly Comptroller, Sears, Roebuck & Co.

Formerly Controller, Sears, Roebuck & Co.

Author of "Organizing a Factory," and "Woods' Reports."

Author of "Organizing a Factory" and "Woods' Reports."

CHARLES E. SPRAGUE, C. P. A.

CHARLES E. SPRAGUE, CPA

President of the Union Dime Savings Bank, New York.

President of the Union Dime Savings Bank, New York.

Author of "The Accountancy of Investment," "Extended Bond Tables," and "Problems and Studies in the Accountancy of Investment."

Author of "The Accountancy of Investment," "Extended Bond Tables," and "Problems and Studies in the Accountancy of Investment."

CHARLES WALDO HASKINS, C. P. A., L. H. M.

CHARLES WALDO HASKINS, CPA, LHM

Author of "Business Education and Accountancy."

Author of "Business Education and Accounting."

JOHN J. CRAWFORD

JOHN J. CRAWFORD

Author of "Bank Directors, Their Powers, Duties, and Liabilities."

Author of "Bank Directors, Their Powers, Duties, and Liabilities."

DR. F. A. CLEVELAND

Dr. F.A. Cleveland

Of the Wharton School of Finance, University of Pennsylvania.

Of the Wharton School of Finance, University of Pennsylvania.

Author of "Funds and Their Uses."

Author of "Funds and Their Uses."



CHICAGO SALES AND DISPLAY ROOMS OF THE NEW HAVEN CLOCK COMPANY

CHICAGO SALES AND DISPLAY ROOMS OF THE NEW HAVEN CLOCK COMPANY


Foreword

With the unprecedented increase in our commercial activities has come a demand for better business methods. Methods which were adequate for the business of a less active commercial era, have given way to systems and labor-saving ideas in keeping with the financial and industrial progress of the world.

With the massive growth in our business activities, there's a need for better business practices. The methods that worked during a less active commercial time have been replaced by systems and labor-saving ideas that match the financial and industrial advancements of the world.

Out of this progress has risen a new literature—the literature of business. But with the rapid advancement in the science of business, its literature can scarcely be said to have kept pace, at least, not to the same extent as in other sciences and professions. Much excellent material dealing with special phases of business activity has been prepared, but this is so scattered that the student desiring to acquire a comprehensive business library has found himself confronted by serious difficulties. He has been obliged, to a great extent, to make his selections blindly, resulting in many duplications of material without securing needed information on important phases of the subject.

Out of this progress has emerged a new type of literature—the literature of business. However, with the rapid advancements in the field of business, its literature hasn't really kept up, at least not to the same degree as other fields and professions. While there's a lot of great material covering specific aspects of business activities, it's so scattered that anyone looking to build a comprehensive business library faces significant challenges. They've often had to choose resources without clear guidance, which has led to a lot of duplicated content without obtaining essential information on important topics.

In the belief that a demand exists for a library which shall embrace the best practice in all branches of business—from buying to selling, from simple bookkeeping to the administration of the financial affairs of a great corporation—these volumes have been prepared. Prepared primarily for[9] use as instruction books for the American School of Correspondence, the material from which the Cyclopedia has been compiled embraces the latest ideas with explanations of the most approved methods of modern business.

In the belief that there is a need for a library that covers the best practices in all areas of business—from purchasing to sales, from basic bookkeeping to managing the financial operations of a large corporation—these volumes have been created. They are mainly designed to serve as instructional books for[9] the American School of Correspondence. The content used to compile the Cyclopedia includes the latest concepts along with explanations of the most effective modern business methods.

Editors and writers have been selected because of their familiarity with, and experience in handling various subjects pertaining to Commerce, Accountancy, and Business Administration. Writers with practical business experience have received preference over those with theoretical training; practicability has been considered of greater importance than literary excellence.

Editors and writers have been chosen for their knowledge and experience in dealing with various topics related to Commerce, Accountancy, and Business Administration. Writers with hands-on business experience have been prioritized over those with purely theoretical training; practical skills have been deemed more important than literary quality.

In addition to covering the entire general field of business, this Cyclopedia contains much specialized information not heretofore published in any form. This specialization is particularly apparent in those sections which treat of accounting and methods of management for Department Stores, Contractors, Publishers and Printers, Insurance, and Real Estate. The value of this information will be recognized by every student of business.

In addition to covering the entire general field of business, this Cyclopedia contains a lot of specialized information that hasn’t been published before. This specialization is especially noticeable in the sections that focus on accounting and management methods for department stores, contractors, publishers and printers, insurance, and real estate. Every business student will appreciate the value of this information.

The principal value which is claimed for this Cyclopedia is as a reference work, but, comprising as it does the material used by the School in its correspondence courses, it is offered with the confident expectation that it will prove of great value to the trained man who desires to become conversant with phases of business practice with which he is unfamiliar, and to those holding advanced clerical and managerial positions.

The main value of this Cyclopedia is as a reference resource. However, since it includes the content used by the School in its correspondence courses, it is presented with the strong belief that it will be highly valuable to professionals looking to get familiar with aspects of business practice they don’t know yet, as well as to those in senior clerical and managerial roles.

In conclusion, grateful acknowledgment is made to authors and collaborators, to whose hearty cooperation the excellence of this work is due.

In conclusion, we sincerely thank the authors and collaborators, whose enthusiastic support made the quality of this work possible.


Table of Contents


(For professional standing of authors, see list of Authors and Collaborators at front of volume.)

(For the professional status of authors, see the list of Authors and Collaborators at the beginning of the volume.)

VOLUME IV

Volume 4

Accounting Theory By James B. Griffith Page __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Dictionary of Commercial Terms—Commercial Abbreviations—Objects of Bookkeeping—Methods—Single Entry—Double Entry—Advantages of Double Entry —Classes of Account Books—Recording Transactions—Promissory Notes—Bank Deposits—Sample Transactions—Classes of Accounts—Classes of Assets—Revenue Accounts—Rules for Journalizing—Rules for Posting—Trial Balance—Sample Ledger Accounts—Treatment of Cash Discounts—Profit and Loss—Merchandise Inventory Accounts—Balance Sheet—Journalizing Notes—Journalizing Drafts
Sole Proprietorship and Partnership Accounts By James B. Griffith Page __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Retail Business—Proprietors' Accounts—Inventory—Retail Coal Books— Uncollectible Accounts—Sales Tickets—Departmental Records—Partnership Agreements—Kinds of Partners—Participation in Profits—Interest on Investments—Capital and Personal Accounts—Opening and Closing Partnership Books—Model Set of Books
Corporate and Manufacturing Accounts By James B. Griffith Page __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Classification of Corporations—Joint Stock Company—Creation of Corporation —Stockholders—Stock Certificates—Capitalization—Capital and Capital Stock —Stock Subscriptions—Management of Corporations—Powers of Directors and Officers—Dividends—Closing Transfer Books—Sale of Stock Below Par—Corporation Bookkeeping—Books Required—Opening Entries—Changing Books from Partnership to Corporation—Stock Donated to Employes—Reserves—Computing Sinking Funds—Premium and Interest on Bonds—Manufacturing and Cost Accounts—Factory Assets—Factory Expenses—Balance Ledger
The Voucher Accounting System By James B. Griffith Page __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Use of Vouchers—Voucher Checks—Journal Vouchers—Voucher Register— Operation of System—Auditing Invoices—Executing Vouchers—Paying, Filing, and Indexing Vouchers—Voucher File—Demonstration of System—Voucher Accounting—Unit System—Combined Purchase Ledger and Invoice File—Private Ledger—Private Journal—General Ledger—Manufacturing Accounts—Charting Accounts—Chart of Trading Business—Chart of Manufacturing Accounts—Examples of Charts—Explanation of Charts
 
Review Questions Page __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
 
Index Page __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

THE ACCOUNTING DEPARTMENT IN THE OFFICES OF THE GREEN FUEL ECONOMIZER COMPANY, MATTEAWAN, N. Y.

THE ACCOUNTING DEPARTMENT IN THE OFFICES OF THE GREEN FUEL ECONOMIZER COMPANY, MATTEAWAN, NY.


THEORY OF ACCOUNTS

PART I

Like every other special branch of study, the Theory and Practice of Accounts has its own special vocabulary of technical terms. In all literature of accounting and business methods in general, these terms are frequently employed; and the student will find it not only advantageous, but in fact absolutely necessary, to familiarize himself thoroughly with their use.

Like every other specialized field, the Theory and Practice of Accounts has its own unique set of technical terms. In all accounting and business literature, these terms are commonly used; and students will find it not only helpful but actually essential to become well-acquainted with their usage.

The commercial terms and definitions in the following list are the ones most commonly used in business. Great care has been exercised in preparing a list that is practical and in making the definitions clear.

The commercial terms and definitions in the list below are the ones most frequently used in business. Care has been taken to create a practical list and to ensure the definitions are clear.

DICTIONARY OF COMMERCIAL TERMS

Business Terms Dictionary

Acceptance—When a draft or bill of exchange is presented to the payer, he writes across the face "Accepted" or "Accepted for payment at ..." and signs his name. It is then termed an acceptance.

Acceptance—When a draft or bill of exchange is presented to the payer, he writes across the front "Accepted" or "Accepted for payment at ..." and signs his name. It is then called an acceptance.

Accommodation Note—A note given without consideration of value received; usually done to enable the payee to raise money.

Accommodation Note—A note issued without any value being exchanged; typically done to allow the payee to obtain financing.

Account

Profile

(a) A statement of debits and credits.

(a) A statement of money going in and out.

(b) A record of transactions with a particular person or persons, or with respect to a particular object.

(b) A list of transactions involving a specific person or people, or related to a specific item.

Account Books—Books in which records of business transactions or accounts are kept.

Account Books—Books that keep records of business transactions or accounts.

Account Current—An account of transactions during the present month, week, or other current period. An open account.

Account Current—A record of transactions that take place during the current month, week, or other ongoing period. An open account.

Account Sales—A statement in detail covering sales, expenses, and net proceeds made by a commission merchant to one who has consigned goods to him.

Account Sales—A detailed report that outlines sales, expenses, and net earnings made by a commission merchant for someone who has entrusted goods to them.

Accrued; Accrued Interest

Earned; Earned Interest

(a) Accumulated interest not payable until a specified date.

(a) Interest that builds up but is not due until a specific date.

(b) Accumulated rent.

Accumulated rent.

Specimen Account

Sample Account

Acknowledgment—A certificate to the genuineness of a document signed and sworn to before an authorized official, as a Notary Public.

Acknowledgment—A certificate verifying the authenticity of a document that is signed and sworn before an authorized official, like a Notary Public.

Administrator—One appointed by the court to settle an estate.

Administrator—A person chosen by the court to manage an estate.

Ad Valorem—According to value. A term used to indicate that duties are payable on the value rather than on the weight or quantity of articles.

Ad Valorem—Based on value. A term used to indicate that duties are charged on the value instead of the weight or amount of items.

Adventure—As used in business, this term signifies a venture or speculation.

Adventure—In a business context, this term refers to a venture or a risky undertaking.

Account Sales

Sales Account

Advice—Information with reference to a business transaction; notice of shipment; notice of draft. Transmitted by letter or telegram.

Advice—Information related to a business transaction; notification of shipment; notification of draft. Sent by letter or telegram.

Affidavit—A statement or declaration made under oath, before an authorized official.

Affidavit—A statement or declaration made under oath in front of an authorized official.

Agent—One authorized to act or transact business for another.

Agent—Someone allowed to act or conduct business on behalf of another person.

Agreement—A mutual contract entered into by two or more persons.

Agreement—A mutual contract made by two or more people.

Acknowledgment

Recognition

Allowance—An abatement; a credit for inferior goods, error in quantity, etc.

Allowance—A reduction; a credit for subpar products, mistakes in quantity, etc.

Annual Statement—A yearly summary of the transactions of a business.

Annual Statement—A yearly overview of a business's transactions.

Annuity—An amount payable to or received from another each year for a term of years or for life.

Annuity—An amount paid to or received from someone each year for a set number of years or for life.

Antedate—To date a document or paper ahead of the actual time of its execution.

Antedate—To date a document or paper earlier than when it was actually created.

Appraise—To place a value on goods or property. An estimate made for the purpose of assessing duties or taxes.

Appraise—To determine the worth of goods or property. An estimate done to evaluate duties or taxes.

Appreciation—An increase in value. Real estate may increase in value on account of the demand for property in the immediate vicinity.

Appreciation—An increase in value. Real estate can go up in value due to the demand for properties in the surrounding area.

Approbation or Approval Sales. Goods delivered to customers with the understanding that if not found satisfactory they are to be returned within a definite period and without payment.

Approbation or Approval Sales. Products are delivered to customers with the understanding that if they are not satisfactory, they can be returned within a specific timeframe and without payment.

Articles—A collection of merchandise; parts of a written agreement, as "Articles of Association."

Articles—A group of goods; elements of a written contract, such as "Articles of Association."

Arbitrate—To determine or settle disputes between two or more parties, as settlement of differences between employer and employees.

Arbitrate—To resolve or settle conflicts between two or more parties, such as resolving differences between employers and employees.

Assets—All of the property, goods, possessions of value of a person or persons in business.

Assets—All property, goods, and valuable possessions owned by an individual or individuals in a business.

Assign—To transfer or convey to another for the benefit of creditors.

Assign—To give or transfer to someone else for the benefit of creditors.

Assignee—The person to whom the property or business is transferred. Usually acts as a trustee of the creditors.

Assignee—The person who receives the property or business. Typically serves as a trustee for the creditors.

Assignment—The debtor's transfer or conveyance of his property to a trustee.

Assignment—The debtor's transfer or handing over of their property to a trustee.

Assignor—The debtor who makes an assignment, or transfers property for the benefit of creditors.

Assignor—The debtor who makes an assignment or transfers property for the benefit of creditors.

Association—A body organized for a common object.

Association—A group formed for a shared purpose.

Attachment—A legal seizure of goods to satisfy a debt or claim.

Attachment—A legal process where goods are seized to settle a debt or claim.

Auxiliary—Books of record other than books of original entry or principal books of account. Books used for purposes of distribution or the gathering of statistics are "auxiliary" books.

Auxiliary—Books used for record-keeping that aren't main books of account or original entry. Books intended for distribution or for collecting statistics are considered "auxiliary" books.

Audit—To verify the accuracy of accounts by examining or checking records pertaining thereto.

Audit—To confirm the accuracy of accounts by reviewing or checking related records.

Average—As applied to accounts, the mean time which bills of different dates have to run, or an average due date for several accounts. Determining the due date is sometimes referred to as averaging accounts.

Average—In relation to accounts, the average time that bills from different dates have to be paid, or a typical due date for multiple accounts. Figuring out the due date is sometimes called averaging accounts.

Balance—The difference between the debit and credit sides of an account. To close an account by entering the amount on the lesser side necessary to make the two sides balance.

Balance—The difference between the debit and credit sides of an account. To close an account by entering the amount on the smaller side needed to make the two sides equal.

Balance Sheet—A statement or summary in condensed form made for the purpose of showing the standing or condition of a business.

Balance Sheet—A statement or summary in a simplified format created to show the status or condition of a business.

Balance of Trade—The balance or difference in value between the imports and exports of a country.

Balance of Trade—The balance or the difference in value between a country's imports and exports.

Bale—The form in which certain commodities are marketed. A bale of cotton, bale of hay, etc.

Bale—The way in which certain products are sold. A bale of cotton, a bale of hay, etc.

Bank Balance—The net amount to the credit of a depositor at the bank.

Bank Balance—The total amount credited to a depositor's account at the bank.

Bank Note—A note issued by a bank, payable on demand, which passes for money.

Bank Note—A note issued by a bank that can be cashed at any time and is accepted as money.

Bank Draft—An order drawn by one bank on another for the purpose of paying money.

Bank Draft—A written order from one bank to another to transfer funds.

Bank Pass-Book—A small book furnished to a depositor by his bank, in which are entered the amounts of deposits and sometimes the checks or withdrawals.

Bank Pass-Book—A small booklet provided to a depositor by their bank, which contains the amounts of deposits and sometimes the checks or withdrawals.

Bankrupt—A person, firm, or corporation whose liabilities exceed their assets; who are unable to meet their obligations.

Bankrupt—A person, business, or company whose debts are greater than their assets; who cannot meet their financial obligations.

Bill—A statement or record of goods bought or sold, or of services rendered.

Bill—A document that lists goods purchased or sold, or services provided.

Bill

Bill

Bill of Exchange—An order on a given person or bank to pay a specified amount to the person and at the time named in the bill. The term is more commonly used to apply to orders on another country, being made in triplicate.

Bill of Exchange—A request made to a specific person or bank to pay a certain amount to the individual named at the time specified in the bill. This term is often used in the context of requests directed at another country and is typically issued in three copies.

Bill of Lading—A receipt issued by the representative of a common carrier, for goods accepted for transportation to a specified point and at a given rate. It is a contract, and, when transferred to a third party, becomes an absolute title to the goods.

Bill of Lading—A receipt given by a representative of a common carrier for goods accepted for transport to a specific location at a set rate. It acts as a contract, and when passed to a third party, it serves as complete ownership of the goods.

Bill of Lading

Shipping Document

Bill of Sale—A written document executed by the seller, transferring title to personal property.

Bill of Sale—A written document created by the seller that transfers ownership of personal property.

Bill Head—The blank or form on which a bill is made. For illustration, see Bill.

Bill Head—The blank or form used to create a bill. For example, see Bill.

Bill of Exchange

Draft

Bills Payable—Promissory notes and acceptances which we are to pay.

Bills Payable—Promissory notes and acceptances that we need to pay.

Bills Receivable—Promissory notes and acceptances which are to be paid to us.

Bills Receivable—Promissory notes and acceptances that are due to us.

Blanks—Papers or books ruled or printed in suitable form for business records.

Blanks—Papers or books designed or printed for use as business records.

Blotter—A book in which are entered memoranda of transactions which are later copied into other books. Also known as a day book.

Blotter—A record book where notes of transactions are written down and later transferred to other books. Also referred to as a day book.

Bond—A written agreement binding a person to do or not to do certain things specified therein. A negotiable instrument secured by mortgage or other security, binding the maker to pay certain sums on specific dates.

Bond—A written agreement that requires a person to do or refrain from doing certain things described in it. A negotiable instrument backed by a mortgage or other security, obligating the issuer to pay specific amounts on predetermined dates.

Bonded Goods—Goods stored in a government warehouse, or in bonded cars, bonds having been given by the owner for the payment of import duties or internal revenue taxes when removed.

Bonded Goods—Goods kept in a government warehouse, or in bonded vehicles, with bonds provided by the owner for the payment of import duties or internal revenue taxes upon removal.

Bonus—An amount paid in excess of the sum originally agreed upon. A premium or gift—for example, a sum paid to a salesman as extra compensation for making a certain number of sales.

Bonus—An amount paid beyond what was originally agreed upon. A premium or gift—for example, a sum paid to a salesperson as extra compensation for achieving a certain number of sales.

Book Account—A charge or evidence of indebtedness on the books of account not secured by note or other written promise.

Book Account—A charge or proof of debt recorded in the accounting books that is not backed by a note or any other written agreement.

Brand—A class of goods. A symbol or name used to designate a specific article. A trade mark.

Brand—A category of products. A symbol or name used to identify a specific item. A trademark.

Broker—One who acts as agent or middleman between buyer and seller.

Broker—Someone who acts as an agent or middleman between a buyer and a seller.

Brokerage—The commissions or fees paid the broker for his services. Also a term used to designate his business.

Brokerage—The commissions or fees paid to the broker for their services. Also a term used to refer to their business.

Bullion—Uncoined gold or silver.

Bullion—Unminted gold or silver.

Call Loans—Loans made payable on demand or when called for.

Call Loans—Loans that must be paid back on demand or when requested.

Cancel—To render null and void; to annul.

Cancel—To make something invalid; to void.

Capital—Property or money invested in a business.

Capital—Money or assets put into a business.

Capital Stock—A term used to indicate the subscriptions of all stockholders to the capital of a corporation.

Capital Stock—A term used to refer to the contributions of all shareholders to the capital of a corporation.

Cartage—The charges made for hauling goods by wagon, or otherwise than by freight or express.

Cartage—The fees charged for transporting goods by wagon or any method other than by freight or express.

Cash Sales—Sales for which immediate payment is received in contradistinction to sales of goods on credit.

Cash Sales—Sales where payment is received immediately, as opposed to sales of goods on credit.

Bill of Sale

Sales Agreement

Certificate of Stock—A written statement or declaration of the purchase of a specified number of shares of the capital stock of a corporation. An evidence of ownership.

Certificate of Stock—A written statement or declaration confirming the purchase of a specific number of shares of a corporation's capital stock. It serves as proof of ownership.

Certified Check—A check, the payment of which is guaranteed by the bank on which it is drawn.

Certified Check—A check whose payment is guaranteed by the bank that issued it.

Charges—The expense involved in handling goods or in performing a specific act—as, for example, charges for storage, freight charges, etc. Also a synonym for debits.

Charges—The cost associated with handling goods or carrying out a particular task—such as charges for storage, freight charges, etc. Also a synonym for debits.

Chart—A classified exhibit of the components of a business organization, showing the authority and responsibilities of the members. Grouping of the accounts of a business with respect to their relation to one another.

Chart—A categorized display of the elements of a business organization, illustrating the authority and responsibilities of its members. An arrangement of the accounts of a business in relation to each other.

Charter—To hire a car, ship, or other instrument of transportation. A document defining the rights and duties of a corporation.

Charter—To rent a car, ship, or other mode of transportation. A document outlining the rights and responsibilities of a corporation.

Check—An order on a bank to pay to a certain person, or to the order of such person, a specified sum, which sum is to be charged to the account of the drawer of the check.

Check—An order given to a bank to pay a specific amount to a certain person, or to the order of that person, with that amount being deducted from the account of the person who wrote the check.

Clearing House—An exchange established by banks in cities, for their convenience in making daily settlements. The checks and drafts on the different banks are exchanged without the formality of presenting them personally at each bank. A balance is found, and this amount only is paid in cash.

Clearing House—A network set up by banks in cities to make daily transactions easier. Checks and drafts from various banks are exchanged without having to deliver them in person to each bank. A balance is calculated, and only that amount is paid in cash.

Closing an Account—Making an entry that will balance the account.

Closing an Account—Making an entry that balances the account.

Collateral—Pledges of security—as stocks, bonds, etc.—to protect an obligation or insure the payment of a loan.

Collateral—Promises of security—like stocks, bonds, etc.—to safeguard an obligation or ensure the payment of a loan.

Commission—A percentage or share of the proceeds allowed for the sale of merchandise—as the pay of a commission merchant for selling a car of flour.

Commission—A percentage or share of the profits earned from the sale of merchandise—given as payment to a commission merchant for selling a car of flour.

Commission Merchant—One who sells goods on commission. Similar to a broker.

Commission Merchant—Someone who sells goods on commission. It's similar to a broker.

Commercial Paper—Negotiable paper used in business.

Commercial Paper—A type of negotiable instrument used in business transactions.

Common Law—Law based upon the precedent of usage, though not contained in the statutes.

Common Law—Law based on established customs and precedents, even though it isn't written in statutes.

Company—A corporation; also used to designate partners whose names are not known.

Company—A business; also used to refer to partners whose names are not known.

Compromise—To settle an account for less than the amount claimed. To agree upon a settlement.

Compromise—To settle an account for less than the claimed amount. To come to an agreement on a settlement.

Certificate of Stock

Stock Certificate

Consideration—The price or money paid or to be paid which induces the entering into a contract by two or more persons.

Consideration—The price or money that is paid or will be paid to encourage two or more people to enter into a contract.

Consignee—The party to whom goods are shipped. A person to whom goods are sent to be sold on commission is a consignee. The goods so sent are known as a consignment, and the sender is the consignor.

Consignee—The person or entity that receives goods that are shipped. Someone who receives goods to sell on commission is called a consignee. The items sent are referred to as a consignment, and the sender is called the consignor.

Consul—An agent of the Government, residing in a foreign part, who guards the interests of his own Government.

Consul—An official of the Government living in a foreign country, who protects the interests of their own Government.

Contra—On the opposite side—as a contra account.

Contra—On the other side—as a contra account.

Contract—A written agreement between two or more persons to perform or not to perform some specified act or acts.

Contract—A written agreement between two or more people to do or not do certain specified actions.

Contingent Assets and Liabilities—Resources or liabilities whose value depends upon certain conditions.

Contingent Assets and Liabilities—Resources or debts whose value depends on specific conditions.

Contingent Fund—A sum put aside to provide for an anticipated obligation; a reserve fund.

Contingent Fund—A set amount of money saved to cover an expected obligation; a reserve fund.

Conveyance—A term used to describe certain forms of legal documents transferring from one person to another, title to property or collateral.

Conveyance—A term used to describe specific types of legal documents that transfer ownership of property or collateral from one person to another.

Copyright—A right granted to an author or publisher to control the publication of any writing, or the reproduction of a photograph, painting, etc.

Copyright—A right given to an author or publisher to manage the publication of any writing, or the reproduction of a photograph, painting, etc.

Counterfeit—A spurious coin, or bank or treasury note.

Counterfeit—A fake coin, or a forged bank or treasury note.

Coupon—A certificate detached from a bond, which entitles the holder to the payment of interest.

Coupon—A certificate taken from a bond that gives the holder the right to receive interest payments.

Coupon Bond—Bonds to which are attached coupons calling for the payment of interest. The coupons, when detached, become negotiable paper.

Coupon Bond—Bonds that have coupons attached for interest payments. The coupons, once removed, become negotiable instruments.

Credentials—Letters or testimonials conveying authority.

Credentials—Letters or references verifying authority.

Creditor—One whom we owe; one who gives credit.

Creditor—Someone we owe money to; a person or organization that extends credit.

Currency—The coin or paper money constituting the circulating medium of a country.

Currency—The coins or paper money that make up the money used in a country.

Debenture—A certified evidence of debt. See Bond.

Debenture—A document that proves a debt. See Bond.

Debit—To charge; to record an amount due.

Debit—To charge; to list an amount owed.

Deed—A written document or contract transferring title to real estate.

Deed—A written document or contract that transfers ownership of real estate.

Defalcation—The appropriating to one's own use, of money intrusted to him by another; embezzlement.

Defalcation—Taking money that has been entrusted to you by someone else for your own use; embezzlement.

Deferred Bonds—Bonds which are to be paid when some condition is fulfilled in the future.

Deferred Bonds—Bonds that will be paid when a certain condition is met in the future.

Delivery Receipt—An acknowledgment of the delivery of goods. Largely used by merchants in the delivery of goods to customers.

Delivery Receipt—A confirmation of the delivery of goods. Mainly used by sellers when delivering goods to customers.

Demand Note—A promissory note or acceptance payable on presentation or on demand.

Demand Note—A promissory note or acceptance that is payable upon presentation or when requested.

Deposit—The money placed in custody of the bank, subject to order.

Deposit—The money held in the bank's care, available on request.

Depreciation—A reduction in the value of property. In a manufacturing plant, buildings and machinery depreciate in value through wear and tear; a residence property may depreciate owing to the nature of a nearby building.

Depreciation—A decrease in the value of property. In a manufacturing facility, buildings and machinery lose value due to wear and tear; a residential property may lose value because of the type of nearby construction.

Delivery Receipt

Delivery Confirmation

Discount—An allowance or abatement made for the payment of a bill within a specified period. The interest paid in advance on money borrowed from a bank.

Discount—A deduction or reduction given for paying a bill within a certain timeframe. The interest paid upfront on money borrowed from a bank.

Dishonor—Refusal to accept a draft, or failure to pay a written obligation when due.

Dishonor—Refusing to accept a draft or failing to pay a written obligation when it's due.

Demand Note

Request for Payment

Dividend—The profits which are distributed among the stockholders of a corporation.

Dividend—The profits that are shared with the shareholders of a corporation.

Draft—A written order for the payment of money—usually made through some bank.

Draft—A written request for the payment of money—typically made through a bank.

Drawer—The person by whom the draft is made; the one who requested the payment of money by the drawee.

Drawer—The person who creates the draft; the one who asked the drawee to make the payment.

Drayage—Synonymous with cartage.

Drayage—Same as cartage.

Due Bill—A written acknowledgment of an amount due; of the same effect as a demand note.

Due Bill—A written acknowledgment of an amount owed; it has the same effect as a demand note.

Dunning—Soliciting or urgently pressing the payment of a debt.

Dunning—Requesting or urgently demanding payment for a debt.

Duplicate—A copy of a paper or document; the act of making a copy.

Duplicate—A copy of a paper or document; the act of creating a copy.

Duty—The tax paid on imported goods.

Duty—The tax charged on imported items.

Doubtful—Of questionable value. We refer to an account as "doubtful" when we question the likelihood of its payment.

Doubtful—Of questionable value. We call an account "doubtful" when we are uncertain about the likelihood of it being paid.

Draft

Draft

Earnest—An advance payment, applying on the purchase price, made to bind an oral bargain.

Earnest—An upfront payment applied to the purchase price, made to secure an oral agreement.

Embezzlement—See Defalcation.

Embezzlement—See Misappropriation.

Exchange—The charge made by a bank for the collection of drafts or checks.

Exchange—The fee a bank charges for collecting drafts or checks.

Exports—Commodities sent to another country.

Exports—Goods sent to another country.

Extend—To set a later date for payment; to add several items and carry the totals to the proper column.

Extend—To push back the payment deadline; to combine multiple items and move the totals to the correct column.

Face Value—The amount for which a commercial paper is drawn.

Face Value—The amount that a commercial paper is written for.

Facsimile—An exact duplicate or exact copy.

Fax—A precise duplicate or replica.

Financial Statement—A term used in the same sense as balance sheet or annual statement.

Financial Statement—A term used in the same way as balance sheet or annual statement.

Fiscal—A financial or business year, in contradistinction to a calendar year. The fiscal year of a business may commence and end on any date—usually on the date on which it was started.

Fiscal—A financial or business year, as opposed to a calendar year. A business's fiscal year can start and end on any date—usually on the date it was launched.

Fixed Assets—Permanent assets acquired by a firm or corporation to enable them to conduct a business. Includes real estate, building, machinery, horses and wagons, etc.

Fixed Assets—Long-term assets purchased by a company or organization to help them operate their business. This includes real estate, buildings, machinery, horses, wagons, and so on.

Fixed Charges—Those charges in connection with the operation of a business which occur at regular intervals, such as rent, taxes, etc.

Fixed Charges—These are costs related to running a business that happen regularly, like rent, taxes, etc.

Fixtures—A fixed asset represented by that part of the furniture not readily removable, such as gas and electric light fixtures.

Fixtures—A fixed asset defined as part of the furniture that can't be easily removed, like gas and electric light fixtures.

Folio—A column provided in account books, in which to enter the page numbers of other books from or to which records are transferred.

Folio—A column in accounting books where you enter the page numbers of other books that records are moved from or to.

Footing—The sum or amount of a column of figures.

Footing—The total or amount of a column of numbers.

Foreign Exchange—Drafts on foreign cities.

Foreign Exchange—Drafts on other cities.

Freight—The charges paid for the transportation of goods.

Freight—The fees charged for shipping goods.

Gain—The increase in value of assets or profit resulting from a transaction or transactions.

Gain—The rise in value of assets or profit resulting from a transaction or transactions.

Gauging—Measuring the liquid contents of casks or barrels.

Gauging—Measuring the liquid contents of casks or barrels.

Going Business—A term used to designate a business in actual operation. Goodwill or the reputation of a business has a value so long as the business is in operation, or keeps going. When a business is discontinued, only the physical assets or actual properties owned by the business are of value.

Going Business—A term used to describe a business that is currently operating. Goodwill or the reputation of a business is valuable as long as the business is active. When a business shuts down, only the physical assets or actual properties owned by the business hold value.

Good Will—The monetary value of the reputation of a business over and above its visible assets; the value of a business name.

Good Will—The financial worth of a business's reputation beyond its tangible assets; the value of a brand name.

Gross—The entire amount in contradistinction to the net amount—as gross weight or gross profit.

Gross—The total amount compared to the net amount—like gross weight or gross profit.

Guarantee or Guaranty—Surety for the maintenance of quality or the performance of contracts.

Guarantee or Guaranty—Assurance for maintaining quality or fulfilling contracts.

Honor—To pay a promissory note when due; to accept or pay a draft.

Honor—To pay a promissory note when it's due; to accept or pay a draft.

Hypothecate—To deposit as collateral security for a loan.

Hypothecate—To put up as collateral for a loan.

Import—To bring goods into the country.

Import—To bring products into the country.

Income—The receipts of a business.

Income—The revenue of a business.

Income Bonds—Bonds on which the payment of interest is contingent on profits earned. If the interest is passed on account of lack of funds, the holder of the bond has no claim.

Income Bonds—Bonds whose interest payments depend on the profits that are made. If the interest is skipped due to insufficient funds, the bondholder has no rights to claim it.

Indemnity—Security against a form of loss which has occurred or may occur—as fire insurance, against loss by fire.

Indemnity—Protection against a type of loss that has happened or could happen—like fire insurance, which covers loss due to fire.

Indorse—To guarantee the payment of commercial paper by writing one's name on the back.

Indorse—To ensure the payment of a check or other financial document by signing your name on the back.

Indorsee—The person to whom a paper is indorsed.

Indorsee—The person to whom a document is endorsed.

Lease

Rent

Indorser—The person who guarantees payment; the one who indorses.

Indorser—The person who guarantees payment; the one who endorses.

Infringe; Infringement—To trespass upon another's rights—as infringement of a patent or copyright.

Infringe; Infringement—To violate someone else's rights—such as infringing on a patent or copyright.

Installment—An account or note the payment of which is to be made in several parts, at stated intervals.

Installment—An account or note that you pay off in multiple parts, at regular intervals.

Insolvent—Unable to pay one's obligations.

Broke—Unable to pay debts.

Instant—Principally used in correspondence to indicate the present month.

Instant—Mainly used in correspondence to refer to the current month.

Insurance Policy—A contract between an insurance company and the insured.

Insurance Policy—A contract between an insurance company and the person being insured.

Interest—The sum or premium paid for the use of money; one's share in a business or a particular property.

Interest—The amount or fee paid for borrowing money; your share in a business or specific asset.

Inventory—An itemized schedule of the property or goods belonging to a business.

Inventory—A detailed list of the items or goods owned by a business.

Investment—Money paid for goods or property to be held; not for speculation.

Investment—Money spent on goods or property to be owned; not for speculation.

Invoice—A list of goods bought or sold. See Bill.

Invoice—A list of items purchased or sold. See Bill.

Jobber—One who buys from manufacturers and sells to retailers; a middleman.

Jobber—A person who purchases from manufacturers and sells to retailers; an intermediary.

Job Lot—An incomplete assortment of goods to be disposed of in a lump. Usually indicates small portions or remnants of a stock, the bulk of which has been sold.

Job Lot—A mixed collection of items that are to be sold together. Typically refers to leftover or remaining parts of inventory, most of which has already been sold.

Joint Stock—Property owned in common by several individuals known as stockholders.

Joint Stock—Property that is collectively owned by multiple individuals known as stockholders.

Leakage—An allowance for waste of liquids in transit; refers particularly to liquids shipped in casks.

Leakage—A provision for the loss of liquids during transport; specifically relates to liquids that are shipped in barrels.

Lease—A written agreement covering the use of property during a specified period, at a stated rental.

Lease—A written agreement that outlines the use of property for a specific period, at an agreed-upon rental rate.

Legal Tender—The lawful amount to be offered in payment of an obligation. Bank notes or other currency which passes for money.

Legal Tender—The official amount that must be offered to settle a debt. Banknotes or other forms of currency that are accepted as money.

Lessee—One who receives a lease. The lessor makes it.

Lessee—A person who rents or leases a property. The lessor creates the lease.

Letter of Advice—A letter giving notice of some act in which the one receiving the advice has an interest—as making a shipment, notice of draft, etc.

Letter of Advice—A letter informing someone about an action that they have an interest in, such as a shipment, notice of payment, etc.

Letter of Credit—A letter which authorizes the receiving, by the holder, of credit to a stated amount. Principally used by travelers to secure credit from foreign bankers.

Letter of Credit—A document that allows the holder to receive credit for a specific amount. It is mainly used by travelers to obtain credit from banks abroad.

Liabilities—The obligations or debts of a firm, corporation, or individual.

Liabilities—The responsibilities or debts of a business, company, or individual.

License—Permission, usually granted by a municipality, to conduct a specified business.

License—Approval, typically given by a local government, to operate a particular business.

Liquidation—The closing-out of a business or an estate.

Liquidation—The process of shutting down a business or settling an estate.

Loss and Gain—The amount of profits or losses of a business.

Loss and Gain—The total profits or losses of a business.

Maker—One who signs a note.

Maker—Person who signs a note.

Manifest—A list or schedule of the articles in a ship's cargo, or of the goods comprising a shipment.

Manifest—A list or schedule of the items in a ship's cargo or the goods included in a shipment.

Order

Order

Maturity—The time when an obligation or an account is due.

Maturity—The point in time when a debt or account needs to be paid.

Mercantile Agency—A company which obtains and keeps for the use of its customers information showing the standing of business firms.

Mercantile Agency—A company that gathers and maintains information for its customers about the status of business firms.

Merchandise—The stock in trade, or goods bought to be sold again.

Merchandise—The inventory or items purchased to be resold.

Money Order—An order instructing a third party to pay money to the person named. A form in which money is transmitted.

Money Order—A request directing another party to pay money to the person specified. A document used to send money.

Monopoly—The exclusive control of the manufacture or sale of an article.

Monopoly—The sole control over the production or sale of a product.

Mortgage—A temporary transfer of title to land, goods, or chattels to secure payment of a debt.

Mortgage—A temporary transfer of ownership of property, goods, or personal items to secure repayment of a loan.

Mortgagor—One who gives a mortgage. The one to whom the mortgage is given is the mortgagee.

Mortgagor—The person who gives a mortgage. The person who receives the mortgage is the mortgagee.

Negotiable—An agreement or any commercial paper which can be transferred by delivery or endorsement—as a bank note or promissory note.

Negotiable—An agreement or any commercial document that can be transferred by delivery or endorsement, like a banknote or promissory note.

Net—Less all charges or deductions. Gross assets less liabilities leaves net capital; gross income less all expenses leaves net profit; etc.

Net—Total amount after deducting all charges or deductions. Gross assets minus liabilities equals net capital; gross income minus all expenses equals net profit; etc.

Nominal—Having no actual existence; exists in name only.

Nominal—Having no real existence; exists only in name.

Obligation—Indebtedness.

Responsibility—Debt.

Open Account—An account which has not been paid.

Open Account—An account that hasn’t been settled.

Opening Entries—The entries made in the books when it is desired to open the accounts of a business.

Opening Entries—The entries recorded in the books when you want to start the accounts for a business.

Option—The right to be the first purchaser; a privilege.

Option—The right to be the first buyer; a special privilege.

Orders—Requests for the shipment of goods.

Orders—Requests to send goods.

Original Entry—The first record made of a charge or credit which becomes the basis of proof of the account.

Original Entry—The first entry noted for a charge or credit that serves as the proof of the account.

Overdraw—To draw a check for a greater amount than the drawer has on deposit in a bank.

Overdraw—To write a check for more money than what the account holder has available in the bank.

Par—Face value.

Par—Face value.

Partnership—A firm; a union of two or more persons for the transaction of business or the ownership of property.

Partnership—A collaboration; a group of two or more people coming together to conduct business or own property.

Payee—The one to whom money is to be paid. The one who pays the money is the payer.

Payee—The person who will receive the payment. The person who makes the payment is the payer.

Per Annum—By the year.

Yearly

Per Cent or Per Centum—By the hundred.

Percent—By the hundred.

Per Diem—By the day.

Daily Rate

Personal Account—Any account with an individual, firm, or corporation.

Personal Account—Any account belonging to an individual, business, or corporation.

Personal Property—All property other than real estate.

Personal Property—Everything that isn't real estate.

Petty Cash—A term used to signify small expenditures in actual cash.

Petty Cash—A term used to refer to small cash expenses.

Postdate—To date ahead; after the real date.

Postdate—To date in advance; after the actual date.

Post—To transfer amounts from books of entry to the ledger, which is the book of final record.

Post—To move amounts from the journals to the ledger, which is the final record book.

Power of Attorney—Authority to act for and in the name of another in business transactions.

Power of Attorney—The right to act on behalf of someone else in business dealings.

Preferred Stock—Stock which participates in the profits before any dividend can be paid on the common or ordinary stock.

Preferred Stock—Stock that earns a share of the profits before any dividends are paid on common or ordinary stock.

Premium—The amount paid above par value; the amount paid to an insurance company for insurance against loss.

Premium—The amount paid over the par value; the amount paid to an insurance company for coverage against loss.

Present Worth—The net capital of an individual.

Present Worth—The net assets of a person.

Proceeds—The amount realized from a sale of property.

Proceeds—The amount received from selling a property.

Profit and Loss—Synonymous with loss and gain.

Profit and Loss—The same as loss and gain.

Promissory Note—A promise, signed by the maker or makers, to pay a stated sum at a specified time and place.

Promissory Note—A promise, signed by the individual or individuals, to pay a specific amount at a designated time and location.

Promissory Note

Promissory Note

Pro Rata—A distribution of money or goods in proportionate parts.

Pro Rata—Distributing money or goods in proportional amounts.

Protest—A formal notice acknowledged before a notary that a note or draft was not paid at maturity, and that the maker will be held responsible for the payment.

Protest—A formal notice recognized by a notary that a note or draft wasn’t paid on time, and that the issuer will be responsible for the payment.

Quotation—A price named for a given article or for services.

Quotation—A price listed for a specific item or for services.

Ratify—To approve; to sanction the acts of an agent.

Ratify—To approve; to endorse the actions of an agent.

Raw Material—Material to be manufactured into other products—as iron ore, pig iron, lumber, etc.

Raw Material—Material that will be made into other products—such as iron ore, pig iron, lumber, etc.

Real Estate—Primarily refers to land, although buildings are frequently included.

Real Estate—Mainly refers to land, though buildings are often included.

Rebate—An allowance or deduction. See Allowance.

Rebate—A discount or deduction. See Allowance.

Receipt—An acknowledgment that money or something of value has been received.

Receipt—A confirmation that money or something valuable has been received.

Receiver—One appointed to take charge of the affairs of a corporation, either solvent or insolvent, and administer its affairs under orders of the court.

Receiver—A person designated to manage the operations of a corporation, whether it is financially stable or not, and oversee its activities under the direction of the court.

Remittance—Money or funds of any character transmitted from one place to another.

Remittance—Money or funds of any type sent from one location to another.

Power of Attorney

POA

Renewal Note—A new note given to take the place of a note that is due.

Renewal Note—A new note issued to replace a note that is due.

Rent—A payment for the use of property owned by another.

Rent—A payment for using someone else's property.

Resources—Synonymous with assets.

Resources—Same as assets.

Revenue—Income of a business.

Revenue—Business income.

Revoke—To recall authority of another to act as agent.

Revoke—To take back the authority of someone else to act on your behalf.

Royalty—A stipulated amount paid to the owner of a mine, patent, copyright, etc., usually based on sales. The owner of a copyright receives a royalty based on the number of books sold.

Royalty—A specified payment made to the owner of a mine, patent, copyright, etc., typically calculated on sales. The owner of a copyright earns a royalty based on the number of books sold.

Receipt

Receipt

Schedule—Inventory of goods or statement of prices.

Schedule—List of items or price list.

Sight Draft—A draft payable on presentation or at sight.

Sight Draft—A draft that's payable when it's presented or upon sight.

Solvent—Able to pay one's debts.

Solvent—Able to pay bills.

Statement—Commonly used to designate a list of bills to customers during a stated period. Also used to designate a financial summary showing profits and losses of a business.

Statement—Typically refers to a list of bills for customers over a specific time frame. It’s also used to refer to a financial summary that outlines a business's profits and losses.

Stockholder—An owner of stock in a corporation or joint stock company.

Stockholder—A person who owns shares in a corporation or joint stock company.

Storage—The charge for keeping goods in a store or warehouse.

Storage—The fee for holding items in a store or warehouse.

Surety—One who has guaranteed or made himself responsible for the acts of another.

Surety—Someone who has guaranteed or made themselves responsible for the actions of another person.

Syndicate—A combination of capitalists, usually temporary, for the conduct of some financial enterprise.

Syndicate—A temporary group of investors that come together to manage a financial project.

Tare—The amount deducted from gross weights to cover weight of packages—as crates, boxes, barrels, etc.

Tare—The weight that is subtracted from the total weight to account for the weight of the containers—like crates, boxes, barrels, etc.

Tariff—A schedule of prices, as freight tariff. The duties imposed on imports or exports.

Tariff—A list of prices, like a freight tariff. The fees charged on goods brought into or sent out of a country.

Terms—The conditions governing a given sale. "Terms cash" means that payment is to be made as soon as goods are delivered.

Terms—The conditions that apply to a particular sale. "Terms cash" means that payment is due as soon as the goods are delivered.

Tickler—Memoranda of matters requiring attention in the future, arranged according to dates.

Tickler—Notes on things that need to be addressed later, organized by date.

Time Draft—A draft which matures at some future date.

Time Draft—A draft that is due at a later date.

Trade Discount—The discount allowed by a manufacturer to a jobber or by a jobber to a retailer.

Trade Discount—The discount given by a manufacturer to a wholesaler or by a wholesaler to a retailer.

Statement

Statement

Trade Mark—See Brand.

Trademark—See Brand.

Ultimo—Principally used in correspondence to designate last month.

Ultimo—Mainly used in letters to refer to last month.

Valid—Legal or binding; usually applied to a properly executed contract.

Valid—Legal or binding; typically used to describe a properly executed contract.

Value Received—Used in notes to indicate that value has been given.

Value Received—Used in notes to show that value has been given.

Void—Without legal force; not binding.

Void—Not legally valid; non-binding.

Voucher—A receipt; a document which proves the accuracy of an account or the authority for an expenditure.

Voucher—A receipt; a document that proves the accuracy of an account or authorizes an expense.

Voucher

Coupon

Warehouse—A building used for storage purposes.

Warehouse—A building designed for storing things.

Warehouse Receipt—A document acknowledging the receipt of goods for storage in a warehouse.

Warehouse Receipt—A document that confirms the receipt of goods for storage in a warehouse.

Warranty—An agreement to assume responsibility if certain facts do not prove as represented.

Warranty—A promise to take responsibility if certain statements turn out to be untrue.

Way Bill—A document containing a list of goods shipped by a railroad.

Way Bill—A document that lists the goods shipped by a railroad.

Wholesale—A business which sells goods in large quantities, usually in original packages and to the trade only.

Wholesale—A business that sells products in bulk, typically in their original packaging and only to other businesses.

Working Capital—The capital actually used in the active operations of a business.

Working Capital—The money that is actively used in the daily operations of a business.

COMMERCIAL ABBREVIATIONS

BUSINESS ABBREVIATIONS

The commercial abbreviations in the following list are in constant[36] use in the various lines of trade, and should be thoroughly understood by the student of accounting.

The commercial abbreviations in the following list are frequently[36]used in different industries, and should be fully understood by anyone studying accounting.

A 1 First-class
acct. Account
ad Advertisement
Agt. Agent
amt. Amount
Ans. Answer
Art. Article
asstd. Assorted
Ass't. Assistant
Atty. Attorney
bal. Balance
bbl. Barrel
B. B. Bill Book
bds. Boards
bdls. Bundles
bgs. Bags
bk. Book
bkt. Basket
B. L. or B/L Bill of Lading
bls. Bales
bot. Bought
B. P. or B/P Bills Payable
bro't. Brought
B. R. or B/R Bills Receivable
B. Ren'd. Bill Rendered
bu. Bushel
bx. Box
C. B. Cash Book
¢ or cts. Cents
chgd. Charged
c. i. f. Cost, Insurance, and Freight
ck. Check
cks. Casks, Checks
Co. Company
C. O. D. Collect on delivery
Coll. Collect or Collector
Com. Commission
Com'l. Commercial
Cons'd. Consigned
Const. Consignment
Cr. Credit or Creditor
ctg. Cartage
cwt. Hundredweight
D. B. Day Book
Dept. Department
dft. Draft
dis. or Disc't. Discount
div. Dividend
do. or ditto The Same
doz. Dozen
Dr. Debit or Debtor
ds. Days
ea. Each
E. E. Error excepted
E. and O. E. Errors and omissions excepted
e. g. For example
Ent. Entry or Enter
Ent'd. Entered
etc. or &c. And others; And so forth
Exch. Exchange
ex. Express
exp. Expense
Exr. Executor
f. o. b. Free on board
fol. Folio; Page of a book
f'd, ford. Forward
frt. Freight
ft. Foot, Feet
gal. Gallon
gr. Grain
gro. or gr. Gross
guar. Guaranteed
hdkf. Handkerchief
hhd. Hogshead
hund. Hundred
I. B. Invoice Book
in. Inches
Ins. Insurance
Inst. Instant (this month)
int. Interest
inv. Invoice
invt. Inventory
I. O. U. I owe you; A due bill
J. Journal
lb. Pound
lbr. Lumber
lab. Labor
Manf. Manufacture
Mdse. Merchandise
Mem. Memorandum
Mfd. Manufactured
Mfst. Manifest
Mfr. Manufacturer
Mo. or mo. Month
Mtg. Mortgage
Ms. Manuscript
Mut. Mutual
Nat. or Nat'l. National
N. B. Take notice
No. Number
N. P. Notary Public, Net Proceeds
O. B. Order Book
O. K. All Correct; Approved
oz. Ounce
p. Page
pp. Pages
pay't or pm't. Payment
pc. Piece
pcs. Pieces
P. B. Pass Book
P. C. B. Petty Cash Book
pd. Paid
per. By; By the
[37]per an. By the year
pk. Peck
pkg. Package
pop. Population
pref. Preferred
Prem. Premium
Pro. Proceeds
prop'r. Proprietor
prox. Next Month
P. S. Postscript
pub. Publisher
Qr. or qr. Quarter, Quire
Qt. or qt. Quart
rec'd. Received
ret'd. Returned
R. R. Railroad
Ry. Railway
S. B. Sales Book
S. E. Single Entry
Sec. Secretary
Shipt. Shipment
Shs. Shares
Sig. Signature
S. S. Steamship
s. s. To wit; Namely
St. dft. Sight Draft
Sund. Sundry
Supt. Superintendent
sq. Square
T. B. Trial Balance; Time Book
ult. Ultimo; Last month
via. By way of
viz. Namely
Vol. Volume
vs. Against
W. B. Way Bill
Wk. Week
Wt. or wt. Weight
yr. Year
yd. or yds. Yard or Yards

COMMERCIAL SIGNS AND CHARACTERS

Business Signs and Characters

The signs and characters most commonly used in business are the following:

The signs and symbols most frequently used in business are the following:

@ To or At
a/c Account
B/L Bill of Lading
B/R Bills Receivable or Bill Rendered
B/P Bills Payable
B/S Bill of Sale
¢ Cents
c/o Care of
D/D Days after date
D/S Days after sight
F/B Free on board
J/A Joint Account
L/C Letter of Credit
L/M Letters of Marque
£ Pounds Sterling
o/c On account
o/c Out of courtesy
% Per cent
p Per
$ Dollars
# Number, if written before a figure, as #25; Pounds, if written after, as 25#
Check Mark
" Ditto
° Degrees
' Prime; Minute; Feet
" Seconds; Inches; also used as Ditto marks
One and one-fourth
One and one-half
One and three-fourths
+ Plus
- Minus
× By or times
÷ Divided by
= Equals

DEFINITION AND OBJECTS OF BOOKKEEPING

BOOKKEEPING DEFINITION AND PURPOSES

1. Bookkeeping is the art of recording the transactions of a business in a manner that makes it possible to determine the accuracy of the records.

1. Bookkeeping is the skill of recording a business's transactions in a way that allows you to check the accuracy of the records.

The objects of bookkeeping are:

The goals of bookkeeping are:

(a) To exhibit a record of the separate transactions of a business.

(a) To show a record of the individual transactions of a business.

(b) To furnish statistical information in respect to any particular class of transactions.

(b) To provide statistical information about any specific type of transactions.

(c) To exhibit the financial standing or condition of a business.

(c) To show the financial status or condition of a business.

When properly assembled the bookkeeping records become accounts (for definition, see Dictionary of Commercial Terms).

When put together correctly, the bookkeeping records turn into accounts (for definition, see Dictionary of Commercial Terms).

If correct methods are used, the bookkeeping records will be assembled or grouped in a manner to show their exact nature and their bearing on the status of the business, or the standing of the account.

If the right methods are used, the bookkeeping records will be organized in a way that clearly shows their true nature and how they relate to the business's status or the condition of the account.

2. Debit. The term debit designates those items in an account representing values with which we have parted, or transferred to another person or account. Debits are always placed on the left side (or in the left-hand column) of an account. Debits to persons are of the following classes:

2. Debit. The term debit refers to items in an account that represent values we have given up or transferred to someone else or another account. Debits are always recorded on the left side (or in the left-hand column) of an account. Debits related to individuals fall into the following categories:

(a) The transfer of merchandise.
(b) The rendering of services.
(c) The use of something of value.

(a) The sale of goods.
(b) The provision of services.
(c) The use of something valuable.

Examples

Examples

(a) We sell to John Doe two tons of coal at $7.50 per ton. We debit his account with the amount.

(a) We sell two tons of coal to John Doe at $7.50 per ton. We debit his account with the total amount.

(b) We render services to Thos. Ryan for which he is to pay us a stated fee. We debit his account with the amount of the fee.

(b) We provide services to Thos. Ryan, for which he will pay us a specified fee. We debit his account with the fee amount.

(c) We are to pay rent for the use of our offices. Our landlord debits us with the amount.

(c) We need to pay rent for using our offices. Our landlord charges us the amount.

3. Credit. The term credit designates those items in an account representing value which we have received or which has been transferred to us. Credits are always placed on the right side (or in the right-hand column) of an account. Credits to persons are of the following classes:

3. Credit. The term credit refers to the items in an account that represent value we have received or that have been transferred to us. Credits are always recorded on the right side (or in the right-hand column) of an account. Credits to individuals fall into the following categories:

(a) The receipt of merchandise or money.
(b) The rendering of services.
(c) The use of something of value.

(a) The receipt of goods or money.
(b) The provision of services.
(c) The utilization of something valuable.

Examples

Examples

(a) John Doe pays us $10.00 on account. We credit his account with the amount.

(a) John Doe pays us $10.00 on his account. We credit his account with that amount.

(b) Our attorney makes a charge for legal services. We credit his account with the amount.

(b) Our lawyer charges for legal services. We credit his account with the amount.

(c) We rent or lease property to another; and when payment is made, we credit his account.

(c) We rent or lease property to someone else; and when payment is received, we credit their account.

4. Rules for Debit and Credit. Debit and credit are the fundamental principles of bookkeeping. The general rules to be followed in debits and credits are:

4. Rules for Debit and Credit. Debits and credits are the basic principles of bookkeeping. The general rules to follow for debits and credits are:

Debit cash when you receive it.
Debit a person when you trust him.
Debit a person when you pay him.
Credit cash when you pay it out.
Credit a person when he trusts you.
Credit a person when he pays you.

Debit cash when you get it.
Debit a person when you trust him.
Debit a person when you pay him.
Credit cash when you give it out.
Credit a person when he trusts you.
Credit a person when he pays you.


5. Balance. When the two sides of an account differ in amount, it is said to show a balance. If the debit side of the account is the larger, the difference is a debit balance. If the credit side of the account is the larger, the difference is a credit balance.

5. Balance. When the two sides of an account have different amounts, it's said to show a balance. If the debit side of the account is larger, the difference is called a debit balance. If the credit side of the account is larger, the difference is called a credit balance.

Example—If we debit John Doe's account for two tons of coal at $7.50 a ton, or $15.00 (see Example (a), Article 2), and credit his account with $10.00 paid (see Example (a), Article 3), the debit side of the account is $5.00 greater than the credit side. Therefore it shows a debit balance.

Example—If we charge John Doe's account for two tons of coal at $7.50 a ton, totaling $15.00 (see Example (a), Article 2), and credit his account with $10.00 paid (see Example (a), Article 3), the debit side of the account is $5.00 more than the credit side. So, it shows a debit balance.

METHODS OF BOOKKEEPING

BOOKKEEPING METHODS

6. There are but two methods or systems of bookkeeping, and they are known as single entry and double entry. No matter in what form bookkeeping records are kept, the method must be either single or double entry.

6. There are only two methods or systems of bookkeeping, known as single entry and double entry. Regardless of how bookkeeping records are maintained, the method must be either single or double entry.

Single entry is used only in very small businesses or by those who do not understand the advantages of double entry.

Single entry is only used in very small businesses or by people who don't get the benefits of double entry.

SINGLE ENTRY

Single Entry

7. As the name indicates, single entry is a single record of the transaction—that is, a record of one phase of the transaction only.

7. As the name suggests, single entry is a single record of the transaction—meaning it's a record of just one part of the transaction only.

Example—John Doe's account would show that he received two tons of coal, but there would be no corresponding account to show that our supply of coal had been diminished.

Example—John Doe's account would indicate that he received two tons of coal, but there wouldn't be an accompanying account to show that our coal supply had decreased.

Single entry fails to fulfil the object of bookkeeping, as it does not exhibit the true financial condition of the business, and is incapable of proof of accuracy.

Single entry doesn't meet the purpose of bookkeeping since it doesn't show the actual financial status of the business and can't provide proof of accuracy.

DOUBLE ENTRY

Double Entry

8. Double entry is a system of making two entries (or a double record) of every transaction. In every business transaction, two distinct factors are involved—namely, that which is received, and that which is parted with. If we sell a given quantity of a commodity, we part with it, and the sale takes from or decreases the value of that particular commodity in our possession. If we sell for cash, the[40] transaction adds to our cash possessions; while if the value of the commodity is debited or charged to the account of a customer, it adds to the amount we are to receive from that customer.

8. Double entry is a system that involves making two entries (or a double record) for every transaction. In each business transaction, there are two essential components—what is received and what is given up. When we sell a certain amount of a product, we give it away, which reduces the value of that specific product we own. If we sell for cash, the[40] transaction increases our cash assets; on the other hand, if the value of the product is charged to a customer's account, it raises the total we are owed by that customer.

9. Principle of Double Entry. Double entry is a system of debits and credits. One writer expresses it as a system of opposing contra things.

9. Principle of Double Entry. Double entry is a system of debits and credits. One author describes it as a system of opposing contrasting elements.

The fundamental principle of double entry is that there must be a corresponding credit for every debit.

The basic rule of double entry is that there must be a corresponding credit for every debit.

Example—When we sell John Doe two tons of coal, we debit his account; but we have decreased the value of our stock of coal, and to complete the double entry, we credit coal account (or Merchandise, as the account representing our stock in trade is sometimes known). When he pays us money, we credit his account, and debit cash.

Example—When we sell John Doe two tons of coal, we debit his account; but we've reduced the value of our coal inventory, and to complete the double entry, we credit the coal account (or Merchandise, as the account representing our stock is sometimes called). When he pays us in cash, we credit his account and debit cash.

10. Advantages of Double Entry. The principal advantages of double entry bookkeeping are that the system permits of making an accurate exhibit of the standing of the business; it exhibits the profits and losses; it shows the sources of profits and the causes of losses; it permits of proof of the accuracy of the records.

10. Advantages of Double Entry. The main advantages of double entry bookkeeping are that it allows for an accurate representation of the business's financial status; it shows profits and losses; it highlights where profits come from and what causes losses; and it enables verification of the accuracy of the records.

11. Account books are ruled with special forms which adapt them to bookkeeping records. The forms of ruling are many and varied to suit the requirements of different classes of business. Rulings for double entry bookkeeping do not differ materially from those used in single entry. For double entry, at least two amount columns must be provided—one for debits, and one for credits.

11. Account books are set up with specific formats that make them suitable for keeping financial records. There are many different formats available to meet the needs of various types of businesses. The layouts for double entry bookkeeping are not significantly different from those used in single entry. For double entry, you need at least two columns for amounts—one for debits and one for credits.

The most common form of ruling is known as journal ruling. A book with this ruling is also known as a journal ledger.

The most common form of ruling is called journal ruling. A book with this ruling is also referred to as a journal ledger.

The words in parentheses explain the purpose of the different columns. The abbreviations Dr. (debit) and Cr. (credit) are sometimes[41] written at the head of the amount column; but most bookkeepers omit them, as the position of the columns indicates their purpose.

The words in parentheses explain the purpose of the different columns. The abbreviations Dr. (debit) and Cr. (credit) are sometimes[41] written at the top of the amount column; but most bookkeepers leave them out since the arrangement of the columns shows their purpose.

DEMONSTRATION

DEMO

To illustrate the manner of entering transactions in accounts, we show in the accompanying diagrams how the transactions used in the foregoing examples would appear in the proper accounts.

To show how to enter transactions in accounts, we display in the accompanying diagrams how the transactions from the previous examples would look in the correct accounts.

EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE

Understood! Please provide the text for modernization.

1. On journal ruled paper, which can be procured at any stationer's, write up the account of John Doe as per example given in Articles 2 and 3.

1. On lined notebook paper, which you can get at any stationery store, write the account of John Doe following the example provided in Articles 2 and 3.

2. Write up the account of John Doe, showing also the accounts necessary to complete the double entry, as per example in Article 11.

2. Prepare the record for John Doe, including the accounts needed to complete the double entry, following the example in Article 11.

3. Write up the accounts covering the following transactions, by the single entry method:

3. Document the accounts for the following transactions using the single entry method:

Nov. 16. Sold to James Stevenson 4 cords of wood, at $4.75 per cord. Sold to Andrew White 2½ tons of coal, at $6.00 a ton.

Nov. 16. Sold to James Stevenson 4 cords of wood, at $4.75 per cord. Sold to Andrew White 2.5 tons of coal, at $6.00 a ton.

Nov. 17. Sold to Wm. Johnson 1 ton of coal, at $7.00 a ton.

Nov. 17. Sold to Wm. Johnson 1 ton of coal for $7.00 a ton.

Nov. 19. Received from James Stevenson $12.00 cash, to apply on account.

Nov. 19. Received $12.00 cash from James Stevenson to apply to the account.

Nov. 20. Received from Wm. Johnson $7.00 in payment of account.

Nov. 20. Received $7.00 from Wm. Johnson as payment for the account.

4. Write up the same accounts by the double entry method, using a merchandise account to represent all classes of merchandise sold.

4. Document the same transactions using the double entry method, utilizing a merchandise account to represent all types of merchandise sold.

CLASSES OF ACCOUNT BOOKS

TYPES OF ACCOUNT BOOKS

12. Account books are of two classes: (a) those in which complete records of transactions, or complete accounts, are kept; (b) those which contain particulars of individual transactions which must afterward be transferred to books of the (a) class.

12. Account books fall into two categories: (a) those that keep full records of transactions, or complete accounts; (b) those that include details of individual transactions which must later be transferred to books of the (a) category.

Books of the (a) class are known as principal books or books of record; that is, they contain the final or permanent record of an account.

Books of the (a) class are called principal books or books of record; they contain the final or permanent record of an account.

Books of the (b) class are of two kinds: (ba) books of original entry; (bb) auxiliary books.

Books of the (b) class are of two kinds: (ba) books of original entry; (bb) auxiliary books.

Any book which contains the first (or original) record of a transaction is a book of original entry (ba).

Any book that has the first (or original) record of a transaction is a book of original entry (ba).

A CORNER IN THE OFFICES OF THE PLATT IRON WORKS, DAYTON, OHIO

A CORNER IN THE OFFICES OF THE PLATT IRON WORKS, DAYTON, OHIO

Any book in which records contained in books of original entry (ba) are assembled, to be transferred later to principal books (a), is an auxiliary book.

Any book that collects records from original entry books (ba) to be later transferred to main books (a) is considered an auxiliary book.

Any book used for the purpose of assembling statistical information is an auxiliary book.

Any book used to collect statistical information is considered a supporting book.

The books most commonly used in double entry bookkeeping are: Order Book, Day Book, Cash Book, Journal, Sales Book, Purchase Book, Ledger.

The books most commonly used in double entry bookkeeping are: Order Book, Day Book, Cash Book, Journal, Sales Book, Purchase Book, Ledger.

13. Order Book. An Order Book is a book of original entry in which is entered a record of each order or request for the shipment or delivery of merchandise. The record shows the name and address of the customer, the kinds and quantities of goods wanted, and the prices at which they are to be sold.

13. Order Book. An Order Book is a primary record where every order or request for shipping or delivering merchandise is logged. The record includes the customer's name and address, the types and amounts of goods requested, and the prices they'll be sold for.

The ruling of the order book varies according to the nature of the business. A simple form of ruling is shown.

The layout of the order book changes based on the type of business. A basic format of the layout is displayed.

14. Day Book. A Day Book is a book of original entry in which are entered full particulars of each completed transaction. These records are afterwards assembled in auxiliary books, from which they are transferred to the principal books.

14. Day Book. A Day Book is an original entry book where complete details of each finished transaction are recorded. These records are later compiled in secondary books, from which they are then moved to the main books.

The use of the day book was formerly universal, but it has been discarded by modern bookkeepers as its use involves unnecessary labor. The records formerly kept in the day book are now made directly in certain books then known as auxiliary, which makes of them books of original entry. The ruling of the day book is shown.

The day book used to be standard practice, but modern bookkeepers have moved away from it because it requires unnecessary work. The records that used to be kept in the day book are now entered directly into specific books known as auxiliary books, which now serve as original entry books. The layout of the day book is shown.

15. Cash Book. A Cash Book is a book of original entry containing records of all transactions which involve either the receipt or payment of cash. The records in the cash book are in fact a complete account with cash. We debit cash for all money received, and credit cash with all money paid out; therefore, the difference between the[44] total footings of the debit and credit sides of the cash book shows the amount of cash which we should have on hand. Since we cannot pay out more than we receive, the debit side should be the larger, unless both sides are equal, which shows that we have paid out all the cash received.

15. Cash Book. A Cash Book is a record that keeps track of all transactions involving cash receipts or payments. The entries in the cash book provide a complete overview of cash activity. We record incoming cash as debits and outgoing cash as credits; thus, the difference between the[44] total amounts on the debit and credit sides of the cash book indicates how much cash we should have available. Since we can't spend more cash than we take in, the debit side should generally be higher, unless both sides are equal, which means we've spent all the cash we have received.

The amounts entered on the debit side of the cash book are transferred (or posted) to the credit side of the account of the one from whom the cash is received.

The amounts listed on the debit side of the cash book are transferred (or posted) to the credit side of the account of the person from whom the cash is received.

The amounts entered on the credit side of the cash book are posted to the debit side of the account of the one to whom the cash is paid.

The amounts recorded on the credit side of the cash book are transferred to the debit side of the account of the person receiving the cash.

There are many special forms of ruling for cash books, with separate columns for entering certain classes of receipts and payments of a special nature. The ruling of the cash book should be made to meet the requirements of the business in which it is to be used. A simple form of ruling is shown.

There are various specific formats for cash books, featuring separate columns for recording particular types of income and expenses that have unique characteristics. The layout of the cash book should be designed to fit the needs of the business it’s intended for. A straightforward format is displayed.

It will be noted that the left-hand page is used for the debit side, while the right-hand page is used for credits. This is the only account kept with cash.

It’s important to note that the left page is for debits, while the right page is for credits. This is the only account maintained for cash.

16. Journal. A Journal is a book in which separate transactions are entered in a manner to preserve the balance necessary in double entry—that is, showing the proper debit and credit for each transaction. The journal is used for making adjusting entries, and it was formerly the custom to copy into this book from the day book the particulars of every transaction. Records are now made in the journal directly, which makes it a book of original entry.

16. Journal. A journal is a book where individual transactions are recorded in a way that maintains the necessary balance for double entry—showing the correct debit and credit for each transaction. The journal is used for making adjusting entries, and in the past, it was common to copy details of every transaction from the day book into this book. Now, records are made directly in the journal, making it a book of original entry.

The records in the journal are transferred or posted to the debit and credit sides of the accounts which they represent.

The entries in the journal are moved to the debit and credit sides of the accounts they correspond to.

The journal is frequently combined with the cash book, and is then called a cash journal. An ordinary form of journal ruling is shown in Article 11.

The journal is often merged with the cash book, and it's then referred to as a cash journal. A typical format for journal ruling is shown in Article 11.

17. Sales Book. A Sales Book is an auxiliary book in which is kept a record of all goods sold, showing name of purchaser, quantity and kind of articles, prices, and amounts.

17. Sales Book. A Sales Book is an additional record where all goods sold are listed, including the buyer's name, quantity and type of items, prices, and totals.

A sales book is a journal of sales. The amounts of individual sales are posted (transferred) to the debit side of the accounts of the purchasers. The footings of the sales book are carried forward until the end of the month, when the total amount is posted as one item to the credit side of the merchandise account, completing the double entry.

A sales book is a record of sales. The amounts of individual sales are recorded on the debit side of the purchasers' accounts. The totals from the sales book are carried forward until the end of the month, when the total amount is entered as one item on the credit side of the merchandise account, completing the double entry.

The merchandise account has been universally used in the past, all purchases being debited and all sales credited to this account. Certain other accounts (which will be explained later) are now recommended by leading accountants, to take the place of the merchandise account.

The merchandise account has been widely used in the past, with all purchases being charged and all sales credited to this account. Some other accounts (which will be explained later) are now suggested by top accountants to replace the merchandise account.

Sales books are usually ruled to meet the special needs of each business, separate columns being provided for a record of special classes of sales, or sales of special kinds of goods.

Sales books are typically designed to cater to the specific needs of each business, with separate columns allocated for tracking particular categories of sales or sales of specific types of products.

18. Purchase Book. A Purchase or Invoice Book is the opposite of the sales book, being used for a record of all purchases made. Like the sales book, the totals are carried forward to the end of the month, and posted as one item to the debit side of the merchandise account. The amounts of the separate transactions are posted daily to the credit of the persons from whom the goods are purchased.

18. Purchase Book. A Purchase or Invoice Book is the counterpart to the sales book, used to record all purchases made. Similar to the sales book, the totals are summed up at the end of the month and entered as one item on the debit side of the merchandise account. The amounts for each individual transaction are recorded daily as credits to the accounts of the suppliers from whom the goods are purchased.

The purchase book is a purchase journal, and the ruling is the same as that of other journals.

The purchase book is a record of purchases, and the rule is the same as that for other records.

19. Ledger. The Ledger is the principal book, in which particulars of every transaction of every nature are summarized. It is, in fact, a transcript of all other books of the business except those used solely for statistical purposes.

19. Ledger. The Ledger is the main book where details of every transaction of any kind are summarized. It is essentially a summary of all other business books, except for those used only for statistical purposes.

The ledger is the book which contains the final or complete records of all dealings, either with an individual or with respect to a specific class of transactions—as expenditures for a certain purpose, or receipts of a given character, or sales of a given kind of goods.

The ledger is the book that has the final or complete records of all transactions, whether with a person or related to a specific category of transactions—like expenses for a certain purpose, or receipts of a certain type, or sales of a specific kind of goods.

A transcript of the ledger accounts exhibits the progress and standing of the business.

A transcript of the ledger accounts shows the progress and status of the business.

Like other books, ledgers are now made with special forms of ruling, depending on the purpose for which they are to be used. The old style or common form of ledger ruling is shown (p. 35).

Like other books, ledgers are now created with specific formats of ruling, based on their intended use. The traditional or standard format of ledger ruling is shown (p. 35).

20. Invoice or Bill. An Invoice or Bill is an itemized statement or record of goods sold by one person to another. The invoice or bill is used in every line of business. A conventional form of invoice is shown (p. 5).

20. Invoice or Bill. An invoice or bill is a detailed statement or record of products sold by one person to another. Invoices or bills are used in every type of business. A standard invoice format is shown (p. 5).

RECORDING TRANSACTIONS

Logging Transactions

21. The records of transactions in the journal which show what accounts are debited and what accounts are credited are called journal entries. The act of making these entries is known as journalizing.

21. The records of transactions in the journal that show which accounts are debited and which accounts are credited are called journal entries. The process of making these entries is referred to as journalizing.

It was formerly the custom to journalize each individual transaction from the day book, but in modern bookkeeping the journal is used only for adjusting and special entries.

It used to be the practice to record every single transaction from the daybook, but in modern bookkeeping, the journal is only used for adjustments and special entries.

22. Posting. When the record of a transaction is transferred to the ledger from a book of Class (b), it is said to be posted. The act of making the transfer is called posting.

22. Posting. When the record of a transaction is moved to the ledger from a Class (b) book, it is referred to as being posted. The process of making that transfer is called posting.

The original method was to itemize all transactions in the ledger, but the present custom is to post the totals only.

The original method was to list all transactions in the ledger, but the current practice is to record only the totals.

23. When a record is transferred from one book of Class (b) to another, or posted to the ledger, the page number of the book to or from which it is transferred or posted is entered in the column known[47] as the folio column. This is done that the transaction may be traced from one book to another. The presence of the page number also serves as a check to show that the item has been posted.

23. When a record is moved from one Class (b) book to another or entered into the ledger, the page number of the book it's transferred from or to is recorded in the column known as the folio column. This allows the transaction to be tracked between books. The inclusion of the page number also acts as a verification that the item has been posted.

Example—An item is to be posted from page 1 of the sales book to page 10 of the ledger. In the folio column of the ledger will be entered "S 1" indicating that the item will be found on page 1 of the sales book. In the folio column of the sales book will be entered "10" indicating that the item has been posted to page 10 of the ledger.

Example—An item will be transferred from page 1 of the sales book to page 10 of the ledger. In the folio column of the ledger, you'll enter "S 1," which shows that the item can be found on page 1 of the sales book. In the folio column of the sales book, you'll enter "10," indicating that the item has been posted to page 10 of the ledger.

24. Ledger Index. An index to the ledger is necessary to enable us to find the accounts. In small ledgers the index is placed in the front of the book itself, while for large ledgers a separate index book is used. There is a distinct advantage in this, as the index book can be kept open on the desk while posting is being done, and the names found much quicker than when it is necessary to turn the leaves of the ledger to find the index.

24. Ledger Index. An index for the ledger is essential for locating accounts. In small ledgers, the index is included at the front of the book, while larger ledgers use a separate index book. This has a clear advantage, as the index book can stay open on the desk during posting, allowing names to be found much more quickly than if you have to flip through the pages of the ledger to find the index.

When an account is opened in the ledger, the name should be written in the index, followed by the page number. The names in the index are arranged in alphabetical order, each name being written under the letter of the alphabet corresponding to the first letter in the name. For example:

When an account is created in the ledger, the name should be recorded in the index, along with the page number. The names in the index are organized alphabetically, with each name listed under the letter that matches the first letter in the name. For example:

A        B        C
Adams, J. C. 11 Bacon, I. H. 2 Crandall, Jas. 7
Andrews, Henry 14 Brown, Henry 9 Campbell, Don. 12

In a large index, one or more pages are used for a letter; while in a small index, several letters may be placed on the same page.

In a large index, one or more pages are dedicated to a letter; in a small index, multiple letters can be placed on the same page.

SAMPLE TRANSACTIONS

Sample Transactions

25. The following sample transactions are carried through the books described in this section, showing the proper entries and postings (see pp. 40-43). The day book has been omitted, as it is practically obsolete, not being used by progressive bookkeepers.

25. The following sample transactions are processed through the books outlined in this section, illustrating the correct entries and postings (see pp. 40-43). The day book has been left out because it's essentially outdated and isn't used by modern bookkeepers.

Muskegon, Mich., Nov. 1, 1907.

Muskegon, MI, Nov. 1, 1907.

I, Robert B. Robinson, have this day commenced business as a wholesale dealer in groceries and provisions. I have rented the store located at 68 Pine St., from Geo. Baker, at $40.00 a month. My resources and liabilities are as follows:

I, Robert B. Robinson, have officially started my business as a wholesale dealer in groceries and provisions today. I’ve rented the store at 68 Pine St. from Geo. Baker for $40.00 a month. Here’s a breakdown of my assets and debts:

Resources
Cash on hand   $ 2,462.50
Merchandise per inventory   1,147.20
Due me from Roger Bros. 219.40
Liabilities[48]
C. B. Whitney, Grand Rapids   $ 126.90
My net investment   3,702.20
—Nov. 1—
Bought from Grand Rapids Gro. Co., Grand Rapids, Mich.
On account
10 cwt. sugar $4.85 $ 48.50
10 bbls. flour 5.25   52.50
150   "   salt 1.10 165.00
  2     "   molasses 48
50,98 gals. .30 29.40 $295.40
—1—
Paid Geo. Baker
For 1 month's rent Cash 40.00
—2—
Sold to Geo. Wiggins, 110 Ottawa St.
On account
1 box B. B. soap 3.75
1 case X. X. corn 1.60
100# soda biscuit 4.25   9.60
—3—
Sold to Smith & Nixon, 262 Western Av.
On account
2 bbl. flour 6.15   12.30
2 cwt. sugar 5.15 10.30
1 bbl. molasses, 48 gal. .35 16.80 39.40
—5—
Bought from William Bratton, 48 Jefferson Av., Detroit
On account
10 sacks Java coffee, 1,000# .25   250.00
—6—
Sent to C. B. Whitney, Grand Rapids
Draft to balance account   126.90
—7—
Sold to H. A. Brainerd, 961 Lake Av.
On account
2 bbls. salt 1.35   2.70
10# baking powder .42 4.20 6.90
—8—[49]
Charge Grand Rapids Gro. Co.
1 bbl. flour received in bad order   5.25
—9—
Sold to Bryan Bros., Lakeside
On account
2 bbls. salt 1.35   2.70
20# raisins .08 1.60 4.30
—10—
Bought from H. A. Edwin, Chicago
On account
20 bbls. pork 10.30   206.00
—12—
Sold for cash
3 bbl. pork 11.35   34.05
—13—
Sold to R. C. Ellison, 10 Jefferson Av.
On account
2 bbl. pork 11.40   22.80
5 bu. beans 2.10 10.50 33.30
—14—
Received from Geo. Wiggins
Cash to balance   9.60
—15—
Sent to Grand Rapids Gro. Co.
Draft to balance   290.15
—16—
Sold for cash
1 box soap   3.75
—17—
Received from Smith & Nixon
Cash on account   25.00

PROMISSORY NOTES

IOUs

26. A promissory note is a form of commercial paper much used in business. Goods are sold on specific terms—that is, to be paid for in a certain time after date. Profits are based on the supposition that the bills will be paid when due. When not so paid, the debtor is virtually borrowing money from the creditor, and should pay interest for the use of that money just as he would if he had borrowed it from a bank. To settle the account when it is not convenient to pay cash, it is customary to give a promissory note for the amount, plus interest, payable on a certain date. The promissory note is more convenient for the creditor; for when it bears his endorsement, his bankers will discount it, thus giving him the money for use in his business. Even though he may not discount it, the promissory note is better for the creditor, as it gives him a definite promise to pay, which he does not have when the debt is represented by an open account.

26. A promissory note is a type of commercial paper widely used in business. Goods are sold on specific terms, meaning they need to be paid for within a certain period after the date of sale. Profits are based on the expectation that the bills will be paid on time. If they aren’t, the debtor essentially owes money to the creditor and should pay interest for using that money, just like if they had borrowed it from a bank. To settle the account when cash payment isn’t practical, it’s common to issue a promissory note for the amount owed, plus interest, due on a specific date. The promissory note is more convenient for the creditor because, when it has his endorsement, his banks will discount it, giving him immediate cash for his business. Even if he doesn’t discount it, the promissory note is still better for the creditor as it provides a clear promise to pay, which he lacks when the debt is recorded as an open account.

27. Bills Receivable and Bills Payable. The commercial term for promissory notes accepted by us is Bills Receivable. The commercial term for promissory notes given by us is Bills Payable. The term "bill" is used in this connection for the reason that a promissory note is a negotiable instrument, and when indorsed it becomes practically a bill of exchange. The accounts in the ledger which represent notes receivable and notes payable are called Bills Receivable Account and Bills Payable Account.

27. Bills Receivable and Bills Payable. The commercial term for promissory notes we accept is Bills Receivable. The commercial term for promissory notes we issue is Bills Payable. The term "bill" is used here because a promissory note is a negotiable instrument, and when endorsed, it effectively becomes a bill of exchange. The accounts in the ledger that represent notes receivable and notes payable are referred to as Bills Receivable Account and Bills Payable Account.

The bills receivable account is debited when a note is received, and credited when a note is paid. The balance of bills receivable account shows the amount of unpaid notes payable to us.

The bills receivable account is debited when we receive a note and credited when a note is paid. The balance of the bills receivable account shows the amount of unpaid notes that are owed to us.

The bills payable account is credited when we give a note and debited when we pay a note. The balance of bills payable account shows the amount of the notes that we owe.

The bills payable account is credited when we issue a note and debited when we pay off a note. The balance of the bills payable account indicates the total amount of notes we owe.

28. Bill Book. For the purpose of keeping a record of bills receivable and bills payable, a book known as a bill book is used. Any draft, note, due bill, or other written promise to pay a specified sum at a stated time, should be treated as a note or bill—receivable or payable, as the case may be. The bill book is an auxiliary book, and the record kept is usually treated as a memorandum only, records of each transaction being made in the journal. The form shown (p. 45) is one in common use.

28. Bill Book. To keep track of bills receivable and bills payable, a book called a bill book is used. Any draft, note, due bill, or other written promise to pay a specific amount at a certain time should be treated as a note or bill—receivable or payable, depending on the situation. The bill book is a supplementary book, and the records kept are generally considered as a memorandum only, with each transaction recorded in the journal. The form shown (p. 45) is one that is commonly used.

29. Acceptances. A draft when accepted—that is, when it becomes an acceptance—has the same value as a promissory note, for it is a definite promise to pay on a specified date. Drafts are used for the collection of accounts in other cities than the one in which the creditor's place of business is located. A draft may call for payment a certain number of days after date, or it may call for payment at sight. The former is known as a time draft, while the latter is a sight draft.

29. Acceptances. When a draft is accepted—that is, when it becomes an acceptance—it holds the same value as a promissory note because it represents a clear promise to pay on a specified date. Drafts are used for collecting payments from accounts in cities other than where the creditor's business is based. A draft may require payment a certain number of days after the date, or it may require payment upon presentation. The first type is called a time draft, while the second is known as a sight draft.

30. Discount and Exchange. When a promissory note is taken to the bank for the purpose of raising money, it is customary for the banks to calculate the interest for the time the note is to run, and to deduct this from the principal, giving the borrower the net amount only. In other words, the interest is paid in advance, and such advance payment of interest is called discount.

30. Discount and Exchange. When a promissory note is brought to the bank to get some cash, banks typically calculate the interest for the duration of the note and subtract it from the principal, giving the borrower just the net amount. In other words, the interest is paid upfront, and this upfront payment of interest is referred to as discount.

When a draft is collected through a bank, a small fee is charged, and this fee is called exchange. Exchange is also charged for the collection of out-of-town checks, especially if they are drawn on banks in small towns and cities.

When a draft is collected through a bank, a small fee is charged, and this fee is called exchange. Exchange is also charged for the collection of out-of-town checks, especially if they are drawn on banks in small towns and cities.

BANK DEPOSITS

Bank Deposits

31. When money is deposited in a bank, a list of the items in the deposit is made on a blank known as a deposit ticket or deposit slip. These deposit tickets are furnished by the bank for the convenience of its customers.

31. When money is deposited in a bank, a list of the items in the deposit is made on a form known as a deposit ticket or deposit slip. These deposit tickets are provided by the bank for the convenience of its customers.

32. Signature Card. Money deposited in a bank can be withdrawn only by presenting a written order or check, signed by the one in whose name the money is deposited. That the bank may know that money is not paid on checks that do not bear the correct signature, each depositor is required to leave at the bank the signature or signatures which are to be honored. These signatures are written on a card, known as a signature card, which the bank keeps for reference.

32. Signature Card. Money deposited in a bank can only be withdrawn by presenting a written order or check, signed by the person whose name the money is under. To ensure that money isn’t paid out on checks that don’t have the correct signature, each depositor must leave the signature or signatures at the bank that will be honored. These signatures are written on a card, called a signature card, which the bank keeps for reference.

33. Check Books. Blank checks are usually bound in book form, the checks themselves being perforated so that they can be easily removed. These check books are in most cases furnished by the bank. The number of checks on a page varies, but is seldom more than four. When a check is written, the number, date, name, and amount should be written on the face of the stub. To keep a convenient[57] record of the balance in the bank, it is well to enter a list of all checks and deposits on the back of the check stubs.

33. Check Books. Blank checks are typically organized in a book format, with the checks perforated for easy removal. These check books are usually provided by the bank. The number of checks per page varies but is rarely more than four. When writing a check, you should fill in the number, date, name, and amount on the stub. To maintain a handy[57] record of your bank balance, it's a good idea to list all checks and deposits on the back of the check stubs.

Signature Card

Signature Card

34. Pass Book. The bank pass-book should be taken to the bank whenever a deposit is made, as it contains the bank's receipt for all money deposited.

34. Pass Book. The bank passbook should be taken to the bank whenever you make a deposit, as it contains the bank's receipt for all the money you've deposited.

35. Indorsement of Checks. Before a check can be deposited in the bank, it must be indorsed by writing the name of the payee across the back. The indorsement should be on the back of the left end of the check—never on the right end. Several forms of indorsement are shown (p. 48). When the name only is written, it makes the check payable to the bearer, and is known as a blank indorsement. When the words "Pay to" are used, the check becomes payable to the one whose, name appears immediately under the words. It can only be paid to him in person or credited to his account at any bank at which he may deposit the check. A check indorsed with the words "Pay to the order of" permits of a further transfer, and provides a receipt from the one to whom it is so indorsed. When a check is to be deposited, the proper indorsement is "For deposit only." This is of special importance when deposits are sent by messenger. Such indorsements usually include the name of the bank, and are made with a rubber stamp.

35. Endorsing Checks. Before a check can be deposited in the bank, it must be endorsed by writing the payee's name on the back. The endorsement should be on the back of the left end of the check—never on the right end. Several types of endorsements are shown (p. 48). When only the name is written, it makes the check payable to the bearer, which is called a blank endorsement. When the words "Pay to" are used, the check becomes payable to the person whose name appears directly under those words. It can only be paid to them in person or credited to their account at any bank where they deposit the check. A check endorsed with the words "Pay to the order of" allows for a further transfer and serves as a receipt from the person it’s endorsed to. When a check is being deposited, the proper endorsement is "For deposit only." This is especially important when deposits are sent by messenger. Such endorsements usually include the name of the bank and are often made with a rubber stamp.

36. Depositing Cash. It is a good plan to deposit all cash[58] received and to pay all bills by check, except such small items as are paid from petty cash. By doing this, all transactions pass through the bank, providing a receipt in every case in the form of a canceled check bearing the indorsement of the payee.

36. Depositing Cash. It's a smart idea to deposit all cash[58] received and to pay all bills by check, except for small expenses that can be covered by petty cash. This way, all transactions go through the bank, giving you a receipt every time in the form of a canceled check with the payee's endorsement.

Endorsement

Recommendation

37. Treatment of Petty Cash. It is customary in business establishments to keep on hand a certain sum of cash out of which to pay items of expense such as office supplies, etc., when the amount is too small or it is not convenient to write a check.

37. Treatment of Petty Cash. It’s standard practice in businesses to keep a specific amount of cash available to cover small expenses like office supplies when the cost is too low or it’s not practical to write a check.

The best way to handle this is to draw a check for a certain amount, and keep this money separate from the cash received from day to day. At the end of the month, or sooner if the fund is low, draw a check payable to cash for the amount paid out and charge it to expense. This will leave the fund intact.

The best way to manage this is to write a check for a specific amount and keep that money separate from the daily cash received. At the end of the month, or sooner if the fund is running low, write a check payable to cash for the amount spent and categorize it as an expense. This will keep the fund intact.

Example—We shall suppose the amount of petty cash to be kept on hand to be $25.00; and the amount paid out, $15.60, leaving $9.40 on hand. A check will be made for $15.60, to be charged to expense through the regular cash book. The cash will be drawn from the bank, and the amount added to the $9.40, making a total of $25.00.

Example—Let’s assume the petty cash amount is $25.00; after spending $15.60, there will be $9.40 remaining. A check will be issued for $15.60, which will be recorded as an expense in the regular cash book. The cash will be withdrawn from the bank, and this will be added to the $9.40, totaling $25.00.

A record of petty cash is usually kept in a small book called a petty cash book. This book has the regular two-column journal ruling. In handling petty cash, great care should be taken to secure a receipt in some form for every payment.

A record of petty cash is typically kept in a small book called a petty cash book. This book has the usual two-column journal format. When managing petty cash, it's important to make sure you get a receipt of some kind for every payment.

A BIRD'S-EYE VIEW OF THE BELOIT, WIS., FACTORY OF THE FAIRBANKS-MORSE CO.

Aerial view of the Fairbanks-Morse Co. factory in Beloit, WI.

SAMPLE TRANSACTIONS

Sample Transactions

38. The following sample transactions taken from the books of W. B. Clark, Ames, Ia., illustrate the use of the papers and accounts explained in this section, and show how the transactions would appear on the books.

38. The following sample transactions from the records of W. B. Clark, Ames, IA, demonstrate how to use the papers and accounts discussed in this section, and illustrate what these transactions would look like in the books.

Mr. Clark is a shipper of produce, and a retail dealer in coal. His assets and liabilities are as follows:

Mr. Clark is a produce shipper and a coal retailer. His assets and liabilities are as follows:

Assets
Cash in bank $1,262.78
Inventory, Produce 685.00
       "        Coal 747.50
Geo. White—Open account 21.00
F. H. Russel         "       "        7.00
Henry Brown       "       "        8.00
O. L. Duncan—Note due Dec. 1 27.00 $2,758.28
  ————
 
Debts
Iowa Coal Co., Des Moines, Open acct. $120.00
Lehigh Coal Co., Chicago, Ill., Open acct. 325.00
George Hardy, Open account 60.00 505.00
  ————

As he wishes to know how much business he is doing in each department of his business, he keeps accounts in the ledger with both produce and coal instead of one merchandise account. In the sales book, one column is used for coal sales, and one for produce sales. No purchase book is kept, all purchases being posted from the journal or cash book.

As he wants to track how much business he is doing in each part of his company, he maintains accounts in the ledger for both produce and coal instead of using a single merchandise account. In the sales book, there's one column for coal sales and another for produce sales. There's no purchase book; all purchases are recorded from the journal or cash book.

—Oct. 22—
Bought from David Andrews, for cash
200 bu. potatoes       @ .42c $84.00
Paid by check No. 11.
—22—
Sold to Albert Long on account
2 tons run of mine coal $3.25 6.50
—23—[60]
Received from Geo. White on account
Cash   10.00
—24—
Sold to Taft Produce Co., Des Moines, on account
148 bu. beans 3.10 458.80
—24—
Drew from bank for petty cash 10.00
Check No. 12.
—25—
Sold to Geo. Hardy on account
1½ tons nut coal 9.00 13.50
Gave him check No. 13. 46.50
—27—
Gave to Lehigh Coal Co., Chicago.
60-day note   200.00
Check No. 14.   125.00
—28—
Taft Produce Co. paid sight draft through Iowa
National Bank   458.80
—29—
Accepted 30-day draft made by Iowa Coal Co. 120.00
Payable at Ames State Bank
—30—
Deposited in Ames State Bank
Draft Iowa National Bank   458.80
Cash   10.00
—30—
Paid for repairs to stove, cash 1.20
—31—
Sold for cash, ½ ton egg coal 4.50

ACCOUNTING DEPARTMENT IN THE NEW YORK OFFICE OF J. WALTER THOMPSON COMPANY

ACCOUNTING DEPARTMENT IN THE NEW YORK OFFICE OF J. WALTER THOMPSON COMPANY


THEORY OF ACCOUNTS

PART II


CLASSES OF ACCOUNTS

ACCOUNT TYPES

39. In double entry bookkeeping, the accounts used may be divided into the two general classes of personal and impersonal. For the purpose of more complete classification, the second class is further subdivided into real, representative, and nominal accounts.

39. In double-entry bookkeeping, the accounts can be categorized into two main types: personal and impersonal. To classify them more thoroughly, the second type is further divided into real, representative, and nominal accounts.

40. Personal Accounts. A personal account is a record of transactions with a particular person or persons.

40. Personal Accounts. A personal account is a record of transactions with a specific person or people.

Examples

Examples

A record of transactions with persons who buy goods from us.

A log of transactions with people who purchase items from us.

A record of transactions with persons from whom we buy goods.

A log of purchases from the people we buy goods from.

41. Real Account. A real account is a record of transactions with respect to a particular property. Properties which we possess are termed resources or assets; therefore all real accounts are also asset accounts.

41. Real Account. A real account is a record of transactions related to a specific property. The properties we own are called resources or assets; so all real accounts are also asset accounts.

Examples

Examples—

Real estate (land and buildings), Machinery, Furniture, Merchandise, etc.

Real estate (land and buildings), machinery, furniture, merchandise, etc.

42. Representative Account. A representative account is a summary of all debit or credit transactions of a particular class with respect to several personal accounts. The debit or credit to this account completes the double entry, and illustrates the rule that in double entry there must be a credit for every debit.

42. Representative Account. A representative account is a summary of all debit or credit transactions of a specific type related to multiple personal accounts. The debit or credit to this account completes the double entry and demonstrates the principle that in double entry, there must be a credit for every debit.

Example

Example

We sell goods to a number of customers, and the amounts of these sales are debited to their several accounts. To complete the double entry, we credit the total amount of these sales to an account called sales account. The total credits to this account during any given period represent the sales to all customers for the same period, and the sales account is a representative account.

We sell products to various customers, and the amounts from these sales are recorded as debits in their individual accounts. To finish the double entry, we credit the total sales amount to an account called sales account. The total credits to this account during a specific period represent the sales to all customers for that period, and the sales account is a representative account.

The total debits to all customers' accounts for goods purchased in one month amount to $1,423.62. This amount is credited to the sales account. Likewise the purchases for the same period amount to $947.20, and the several amounts are credited to the personal accounts of those from whom the purchases were made, while a like amount is debited to a representative account known as a purchase account.

The total debits for all customers' accounts for goods bought in one month add up to $1,423.62. This amount is credited to the sales account. Similarly, the purchases for the same period total $947.20, and these amounts are credited to the personal accounts of the sellers, while the same amount is debited to a representative account called a purchase account.

43. Nominal Account. A nominal account is a record of transactions having to do with profit and loss; a record of a particular class of expenditures from which no direct returns are expected;[71] any impersonal account which does not come under the classification of real or representative accounts.

43. Nominal Account. A nominal account is a record of transactions related to profit and loss; a record of a specific type of expenses where no direct returns are anticipated;[71] any impersonal account that doesn’t fall into the categories of real or representative accounts.

Example

Example

We buy coal to be used in heating our building. The coal is not to be resold, but its use is necessary; it is one of the expenses of conducting the business, and we charge the amount to an expense account. Expense is a nominal account kept for the purpose of showing the total expenses of the business.

We buy coal for heating our building. The coal isn't for resale, but it’s essential; it’s one of the costs of running the business, and we record the amount in an expense account. An expense is a nominal account maintained to display the total expenses of the business.

44. Merchandise Account. The merchandise account is a real account formerly much used, but discarded by modern accountants. When used, this account is debited with all purchases of merchandise and credited with all sales. The account is also charged with all goods returned by our customers, and credited with all goods which we return to those from whom we have purchased them. Goods returned by our customers are charged at the prices at which they were purchased by the customers; consequently the debit side of the merchandise account does not furnish a true exhibit of our purchases; neither is the credit side a true exhibit of our sales. Since the merchandise account furnished no valuable information, other accounts which exhibit more vital statistics have been substituted.

44. Merchandise Account. The merchandise account is a real account that was commonly used in the past but has been abandoned by modern accountants. When it was in use, this account was debited with all merchandise purchases and credited with all sales. The account was also charged with all goods returned by our customers and credited with all goods we returned to our suppliers. Goods returned by our customers are recorded at the prices they paid; as a result, the debit side of the merchandise account does not provide an accurate representation of our purchases, nor does the credit side accurately reflect our sales. Since the merchandise account did not provide useful information, it has been replaced by other accounts that present more important data.

45. Purchase account is one of the accounts substituted for the merchandise account. This account is charged with all purchases as represented by the footings of the purchase book or purchase journal. This completes the double entry, the separate purchases having been credited to the personal accounts of those from whom the goods were purchased. All returns or other similar[72] deductions allowed on purchase invoices are charged to those from whom the purchases were made and credited to purchase account. The balance of the purchase account then shows the total net purchases.

45. Purchase account is one of the accounts used in place of the merchandise account. This account records all purchases as indicated by the totals in the purchase book or purchase journal. This completes the double entry, with individual purchases being credited to the personal accounts of the vendors from whom the goods were bought. Any returns or similar deductions on purchase invoices are charged to the vendors and credited to the purchase account. The balance of the purchase account then reflects the total net purchases.

46. Sales account takes the place of the credit side of the merchandise account. All sales as shown by the footings of the sales book are credited to the sales account, completing the double entry. All returns and allowances are likewise charged to the sales account. The balance of the sales account shows total net sales.

46. Sales account replaces the credit side of the merchandise account. All sales recorded in the sales book are credited to the sales account, finishing the double entry. Any returns and allowances are also charged to the sales account. The balance of the sales account reflects total net sales.

SAMPLE TRANSACTIONS

Sample Transactions

47. The following transactions, properly recorded in journal sales book, purchase book, and ledger, demonstrate the uses of the merchandise, purchase, and sales accounts explained in the preceding paragraphs:

47. The following transactions, accurately recorded in the sales journal, purchase journal, and ledger, illustrate the applications of the merchandise, purchase, and sales accounts discussed in the previous paragraphs:

—Sept. 20—
Bought from American Furniture Co., Grand Rapids
2 #four-drawer V F cabinets $11.00 $22.00
4 #35 card sections 4.20 16.80
1 #35 top   1.75
1 #35 base   1.25 $41.80
  ———
—21—
Bought from Morgan Printing Co., Chicago
5,000 #1 plain ruled #35 cards .90 4.50
3,000 #1 ledger  "    #35    "     1.50 4.50
2,000 #1     "      "    #46    "     2.00 4.00 13.00
  ———
—22—
Sold to Ackers & Co., 224 Randolph St.
4 #35 sections 5.50 22.00
1 #35 top   2.25
1 #35 base 1.75 26.00
  ———
—23—
Sold to Thompson & Co., 94 Monroe St.
2,000 #1 plain ruled 35 cards 1.25 2.50
—24—[73]
Received from Ackers & Co.
1 #35 section   5.50
(Damaged)
—25—
Shipped to American Furniture Co.
1 #35 section   4.20
(Received in bad order)

In the first demonstration, the footings of the sales and purchase books, as well as the returns entered in the journal, are posted to a merchandise account. It will be noted that the debit side of the merchandise account does not represent the actual purchases, and the credit side does not represent the sales.

In the first demonstration, the totals from the sales and purchase books, along with the returns recorded in the journal, are transferred to a merchandise account. It's important to note that the debit side of the merchandise account does not reflect the actual purchases, and the credit side does not reflect the sales.

In the second demonstration, the purchase and sales accounts are used. Total sales are credited to sales account from purchase book, and returns credited from the journal. The balances of these accounts show actual net purchases and sales.

In the second demonstration, the purchase and sales accounts are utilized. Total sales are credited to the sales account from the purchase book, and returns are credited from the journal. The balances of these accounts reflect the actual net purchases and sales.

CLASSES OF ASSETS

TYPES OF ASSETS

48. Asset accounts are accounts representing resources or assets of the business. Assets are classified as Fixed; Active or Floating; Passive or Speculative; Fictitious.

48. Asset accounts represent the resources or assets of a business. Assets are classified as Fixed; Active or Floating; Passive or Speculative; Fictitious.

Fixed assets are those permanent forms of property which are a necessary part of the equipment used for conducting the business—such as real estate, buildings, machinery, etc.

Fixed assets are those permanent types of property that are essential for the equipment used in running the business—like real estate, buildings, machinery, and so on.

Active or floating assets are those forms of property of which the quantity in our possession varies from day to day—as merchandise, accounts, cash, etc.

Active or floating assets are types of property whose amount we hold changes daily—such as inventory, receivables, cash, and so on.

Passive or speculative assets are those (a) whose values are not readily determined, or (b) whose values are subject to market fluctuations—as, for example, (a) franchises, copyrights, patents; (b) stocks, bonds, or other speculative securities.

Passive or speculative assets are those (a) whose values are not easily determined, or (b) whose values are affected by market fluctuations—such as, for example, (a) franchises, copyrights, patents; (b) stocks, bonds, or other speculative securities.

Fictitious assets are those which are not represented by tangible property, or which are of value to a going business but would have no market value if the business were closed out or liquidated. These assets are frequently represented by an expense account on the books. The initial advertising expense necessary to launch the business successfully is frequently carried on the books as an asset. The amount of such advertising expense is spread over a stated period, a certain proportion being charged into the regular expense accounts each year until the entire amount is used.

Fictitious assets are those not tied to physical property, or that hold value for an ongoing business but would have no market value if the business were to shut down or liquidate. These assets are often recorded as an expense account in the financial statements. The initial advertising costs required to successfully start the business are often listed as an asset. The total amount of these advertising expenses is distributed over a specific period, with a portion being allocated to the regular expense accounts each year until the entire amount is accounted for.

49. Examples of Fixed Assets. The assets of an ordinary mercantile business are of the first two classes only—fixed and floating. The most common forms of fixed assets of such a business are:

49. Examples of Fixed Assets. The assets of a typical retail business are only of the first two types—fixed and current. The most common types of fixed assets for such a business are:

Real Estate—generally understood to include land and buildings owned and used in the business.

Real Estate—commonly understood to include land and buildings that are owned and used for business purposes.

Furniture and Fixtures—represented by office and store furniture, shelving, counters, stoves, furnaces or other heating appliances, lighting fixtures.

Furniture and Fixtures—including office and store furniture, shelving, counters, stoves, furnaces, and other heating appliances, as well as lighting fixtures.

Horses and Wagons or Trucks—including all horses, wagons, trucks, harness, or motor-cars used for hauling goods.

Horses and Wagons or Trucks—referring to all horses, wagons, trucks, harnesses, or cars used for transporting goods.

If the business is one in which these classes of property are dealt in, they become active assets. Land, for example, would[78] be one of the active assets of a business organized to buy and sell real estate.

If the business involves these types of property, they become active assets. For instance, land would[78] be considered one of the active assets of a company set up to buy and sell real estate.

50. Examples of Floating Assets. The active or floating assets of a mercantile business are:

50. Examples of Floating Assets. The active or floating assets of a retail business are:

Merchandise—meaning the stock in trade or goods dealt in.

Merchandise—referring to the inventory or items being sold.

Accounts—the open accounts of customers who owe for goods purchased.

Accounts—the outstanding balances of customers who owe for items they have bought.

Notes or Bills Receivable—all outstanding notes payable to the firm.

Notes or Bills Receivable—all unpaid notes owed to the company.

Cash—the amount of cash on hand and in the bank.

Cash—the total cash available both physically and in the bank.

51. Examples of Passive Assets. Passive or speculative assets are more frequently found on the books of a manufacturing business, a corporation, or a business a part or whole of which has been sold by the original owners. Examples of these assets are:

51. Examples of Passive Assets. Passive or speculative assets are more commonly listed on the balance sheets of manufacturing companies, corporations, or businesses that have been partially or fully sold by their original owners. Examples of these assets are:

Patents—A manufacturer owns a patent the value of which depends upon future profits resulting from the manufacture and sale of the article which it covers. It is customary to place a value on the patent, and to consider it an asset of the business.

Patents—A manufacturer holds a patent, the worth of which is based on the future profits generated from the production and sale of the product it covers. It's common to assign a value to the patent and view it as a business asset.

Good-Will—A man has established a business which has become extremely profitable, and in selling the business he places a certain value on the reputation or goodwill which he has built up.

Good-Will—A man has set up a business that has become really successful, and when he sells the business, he puts a certain value on the reputation or goodwill he has created.

Speculative—A firm having a surplus not required in the business sometimes invests it outside of the business with the expectation of realizing a profit by selling at an advanced price. They buy grain or provisions, mining or railway stocks, etc. Or an investment may be made in the stock of some manufacturing business to be established in the town, because such an enterprise, if successful, will naturally result in an increase in their own business.

Speculative—A company with extra funds that aren't needed for its operations sometimes invests that money elsewhere, hoping to make a profit by selling at a higher price. They might purchase grain or food supplies, mining or railway stocks, and so on. Alternatively, they could invest in the stock of a new manufacturing business being set up in the area, since if that venture succeeds, it will likely boost their own business as well.

52. Examples of Fictitious Assets. Fictitious assets are seldom found on the books of other than corporations where a large initial promotion expense is involved. A good example of a fictitious asset is:

52. Examples of Fictitious Assets. Fictitious assets are rarely seen on the balance sheets of anything other than corporations that have significant initial marketing expenses. A clear example of a fictitious asset is:

Advertising—A business house may decide on an average annual expenditure for advertising; but to be effective, the expenditures for the first two or three years may necessarily exceed this amount. The excess is considered as an investment since it is expected that as the business becomes firmly established the annual expenditure can be reduced to an amount even less than that estimated, gradually[79] reducing the amount carried on the books as an asset. To illustrate:

Advertising—A company might set an average annual budget for advertising; however, to be successful, the spending in the first two or three years may have to go beyond this budget. This extra spending is seen as an investment because it’s believed that as the business becomes well-established, the annual budget can be lowered to even less than originally estimated, gradually[79] reducing the amount recorded as an asset. To illustrate:

Annual advertising appropriation for ten years is $10,000.00
Expended first year $18,000.00
Deduct appropriation 10,000.00
  —————
To advertising inventory   8,000.00
 
Expended second year 15,000.00
Deduct appropriation 10,000.00
  —————
To advertising inventory   5,000.00
 
Expended third year 10,000.00
Deduct appropriation 10,000.00
  —————
To advertising inventory 000.00
 
Appropriation fourth year 10,000.00
Expended          "       " 8,000.00
  —————
To credit advertising inventory   2,000.00
 
Appropriation fifth year 10,000.00
Expended          "       " 9,000.00
  —————
To credit advertising inventory   1,000.00
 
Appropriation sixth year 10,000.00
Expended          "       " 10,000.00
  —————
To advertising inventory 000.00
 
Appropriation seventh year 10,000.00
Expended          "       " 9,000.00
  —————
To credit advertising inventory   1,000.00
 
Appropriation eighth year 10,000.00
Expended          "       " 8,000.00
  —————
To credit advertising inventory   2,000.00
 
Appropriation ninth year[80] 10,000.00
Expended          "       " 7,000.00
  —————
To credit advertising inventory   3,000.00
 
Appropriation tenth year 10,000.00
Expended          "       " 6,000.00
  —————
To credit advertising inventory   4,000.00
  ————— —————
  $13,000.00 $13,000.00

REVENUE ACCOUNTS

Revenue Accounts

53. The term revenue (synonymous with income) is used to designate those items which, when brought together in an account, exhibit the profit or loss of the business.

53. The term revenue (the same as income) is used to refer to those items that, when combined in an account, show the profit or loss of the business.

Revenue receipts are the receipts which originate exclusively from the sale or exchange of the commodities or things of value for the handling of which the business has been organized.

Revenue receipts are the income that comes solely from the sale or trade of the goods or valuable items that the business was set up to manage.

Revenue expenditures are those expenditures connected with the expense of operation or administration of a business, including such items of expense as postage, printing, salaries, rent, etc.

Revenue expenditures are the costs associated with running or managing a business, including expenses like postage, printing, salaries, rent, and so on.

Revenue accounts is a term used to designate those accounts that represent revenue receipts or revenue expenditures.

Revenue accounts refers to accounts that show revenue received or revenue spent.

54. Revenue Receipts. The account representing revenue receipts in all lines of business (though it may sometimes be known by another name) is the sales account—a representative account showing net sales. Net sales, less cost of goods sold, represent gross profits. Gross profits, less cost of conducting the business (revenue expenditures) represent net profits.

54. Revenue Receipts. The account that reflects revenue receipts across all types of businesses (even if it might sometimes be called something else) is the sales account—a key account that displays net sales. Net sales minus the cost of goods sold equal gross profits. Gross profits minus the costs of running the business (revenue expenditures) equal net profits.

55. Expense. The broad term expense account represents all revenue expenditures; but in modern bookkeeping the amounts of the different classes of expense are kept separate as far as possible.

55. Expense. The broad term expense account refers to all revenue expenditures; however, in today’s bookkeeping, the amounts for different types of expenses are kept separate whenever possible.

Some of the most commonly used divisions of expense are: Rent; Insurance; Taxes, Interest and Discount; Out Freight and Express; Heat and Lights; Labor; Salaries, etc. It is customary to open one account in the name of General Expense, to care for expenditures not included in special accounts.

Some of the most frequently used expense categories are: Rent; Insurance; Taxes, Interest and Discount; Outbound Freight and Shipping; Utilities; Labor; Salaries, etc. It's common to create one account titled General Expense to cover expenses that aren't included in specific accounts.

56. Insurance—A nominal account to which is charged all sums paid to insurance companies (called premiums), in consideration of which our property is insured against loss by fire, cyclones, or other disaster.

56. Insurance—A nominal account that includes all amounts paid to insurance companies (known as premiums), in exchange for coverage that protects our property against loss from fire, storms, or other disasters.

57. Rent—A nominal account to which is charged all sums paid for use of property which we rent or lease from others for the benefit of our business—usually the buildings in which our business is transacted or in which our goods are stored.

57. Rent—An account where we record all amounts paid for the use of property that we rent or lease from others for our business's benefit—typically the buildings where we operate our business or store our goods.

58. Taxes—A nominal account to which are charged all taxes and license fees paid on account of property owned or business transacted.

58. Taxes—A record that includes all taxes and license fees paid for owned property or business activities.

59. Interest—This is a nominal account which should include only interest charges paid or interest earned on account of capital. When we borrow money or discount a note, we do it because we need cash capital, and the interest paid is a capital expense or a direct source of loss. Exchange charged for the collection of notes and drafts belongs in the same class. All interest paid for the use of money, and exchange paid for the collection of notes, drafts, and checks, should be debited to interest account. When we save the discount by prepayment of bills, the discount is earned by the use of capital. All such earnings are a direct source of profit and should be credited to interest account. Discount paid on notes is interest paid in advance, and should not be confused with discounts allowed to customers for the prompt payment of bills; the latter is a reduction in the price received for our goods, and reduces trading profits. This question is discussed under the head of Cash Discounts.

59. Interest—This is a nominal account that should include only interest charges paid or interest earned on capital. When we borrow money or get a loan, we do it because we need cash capital, and the interest we pay is a capital expense or a direct loss. The fees charged for collecting notes and drafts belong in the same category. All interest paid for using money and exchange fees paid for collecting notes, drafts, and checks should be recorded in the interest account. When we save on the discount by paying bills early, the discount is earned through the use of capital. All such earnings are a direct source of profit and should be credited to the interest account. The discount paid on notes is interest paid upfront and should not be confused with discounts offered to customers for early payment of bills; the latter reduces the price we receive for our goods and lowers trading profits. This topic is discussed under Cash Discounts.

60. Out Freight and Express—A nominal account which is debited with all transportation charges paid on goods that we ship, whether sales are made at delivered prices or freight is paid as an accommodation to the customer. When goods are sold at f. o. b. prices, and the freight is paid by us as an accommodation to the customer, out freight should be credited and the customer debited.

60. Out Freight and Express—This is an account that records all transportation costs we pay for goods we ship, regardless of whether we sell them at delivered prices or pay freight as a courtesy to the customer. When goods are sold at f.o.b. prices, and we cover the freight cost as a courtesy to the customer, we should credit the out freight account and charge the customer.

This should not be confused with in freight, or freight paid on goods received, as such charges add to the cost of the goods and should be charged to the account representing that particular class of goods.

This should not be confused with in freight, or freight paid on goods received, as such charges increase the cost of the goods and should be charged to the account representing that specific class of goods.

61. Heat and Light—This account is debited with all sums paid for fuel, heating bills, lighting bills, and lighting supplies.

61. Heat and Light—This account is charged for all amounts paid for fuel, heating bills, lighting bills, and lighting supplies.

62. Labor—A nominal account which is debited with all sums paid as wages to mechanics or laborers employed by the business.

62. Labor—An account that records all payments made as wages to the mechanics or laborers hired by the business.

63. Salaries—A nominal account which is debited with all salaries paid to managers, salesmen, clerks, and others employed in the administration of the business.

63. Salaries—A nominal account that records all salaries paid to managers, salespeople, clerks, and others working in the administration of the business.

RULES FOR JOURNALIZING

JOURNALING GUIDELINES

64. Journalizing is one of the most important operations in bookkeeping, since journalizing a transaction involves the selection of the proper accounts to be debited and credited completing the double entry. With the use of separate sales and purchase records, the journal itself is used principally for those entries involving a transfer of values from one account to another. These are frequently referred to as cross entries. The number of possible entries of this class is practically unlimited, and they require careful study on the part of the bookkeeper.

64. Journalizing is one of the most important tasks in bookkeeping because recording a transaction means choosing the right accounts to debit and credit, completing the double entry. With separate records for sales and purchases, the journal is mainly used for entries that transfer values from one account to another. These are often called cross entries. The number of possible entries in this category is practically limitless, and they require careful attention from the bookkeeper.

Rules for journalizing are frequently referred to in bookkeeping textbooks; but, since the custom of journalizing every transaction is now obsolete, the term is no longer sufficiently descriptive. A better term to use would be rules for debit and credit, for it is the rules of debit and credit that must be followed when a journal entry is to be made.

Rules for journal entries are often mentioned in accounting textbooks; however, since the practice of recording every transaction in a journal is now outdated, the term is no longer very descriptive. A better term would be rules for debit and credit, as it is the rules of debit and credit that should be followed when making a journal entry.

65. Three-Column Journal. A three-column journal suitable for a small business is shown above. The third column is used for sales only, while the first two columns are used for regular journal entries. The use of the column for sales answers the same purpose[83] as a sales book, and total sales are posted to the credit of sales account at the end of the month.

65. Three-Column Journal. A three-column journal designed for a small business is shown above. The third column is dedicated to sales only, while the first two columns are for regular journal entries. Using this column for sales serves the same function as a sales book, and total sales are recorded as a credit to the sales account at the end of the month.[83]

SAMPLE TRANSACTIONS

Sample Transactions

66. For the purpose of demonstrating the principles of debit and credit as exemplified in the journal, the following transactions except those involving cash are journalized in a three-column journal. The third column is used for sales, and it is to be understood that a cash account is kept in a separate cash book.

66. To illustrate the principles of debit and credit as shown in the journal, the following transactions, excluding those involving cash, are journalized in a three-column journal. The third column is designated for sales, and it is understood that a cash account is maintained in a separate cash book.

—April 2—
Sold to Hiram Watson on account
10# gran. sugar 5½c. $.55
3 bars soap   .25
2# starch 5 .10
2 cans corn   .25 $1.15
  ——
—2—
Paid electric light bill—cash 4.75
—2—
Sold for cash sundry merchandise 8.60
—3—
Bought from Eureka Milling Co. on account
5 bbls. XXX flour 3.75   18.75
—4—
Sold to J. L. Jarvis on account
¼ bbl. flour   1.25
2# butter .32 .64
1# coffee   .30
10# lard .11 1.10 3.29
  ——
—4—
Bought from J. L. Jarvis on account
Fire Insurance on stock and fixtures, $3,000.00 for one year from date 18.00
—5—
Paid Eureka Milling Co. cash 18.75
—6—
Sold to J. L. Jarvis on account[84]
1# cheese   .16
1 doz. eggs   .22
1# baking powder   .50
3 bu. potatoes .65 1.95 2.83
  ——
—6—
Bought from Atlas Safe Co. on account
1 office safe   50.00
Paid cash for repairs to door lock   .40
Sold for cash sundry merchandise   16.70

EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE

Sure! Please provide the phrases for practice.

1. After you become familiar with each entry and the nature of the accounts to be debited or credited, journalize the transactions given in Article 66, then compare with the model journal, and see if your work is correct.

1. Once you understand each entry and the types of accounts that need to be debited or credited, record the transactions listed in Article 66. Then, compare your work with the sample journal to check if it's accurate.

2. Journalize the following transactions:

2. Record the following transactions:

—April 10—
Bought from David Cole & Son on account
100 bbls. flour at $4.60 $460.00
—10—
Sold to L. H. Stebbins on account
20 bbls. flour at 5.10 102.00
—10—
Sold to Henry Waterbury on account
30 bu. beans 2.00 60.00
20   "   oats .37 7.40
—11—
Paid to David Cole & Son
Cash on account   160.00
Gave them my note for 30 days 300.00
—11—
Received note from L. H. Stebbins
for 30 days to balance account 102.00
—12—
Paid cash for harness oil .35
—12—
Henry Waterbury paid cash on account 40.00

RULES FOR POSTING

POSTING GUIDELINES

67. The act of transferring all items from the journal, sales book, purchase book, cash book, or other books to the ledger is called posting. All items relating to one account are posted to that account in the ledger; thus all sales are posted to the sales account, and all transactions with a person are posted to the account of that person. Every debit must be posted to the debit side of the corresponding account in the ledger.

67. The process of moving all entries from the journal, sales book, purchase book, cash book, or other records to the ledger is known as posting. All entries related to a single account are entered into that account in the ledger; therefore, all sales go into the sales account, and all dealings with a person are entered into that person's account. Each debit must be recorded on the debit side of the corresponding account in the ledger.

68. Routine. The first operation in posting is to open an account in the ledger by writing the name of the account on the line at the head of the ledger page. The month and day are then written in the date column; the page of the book from which the item is posted is written in the folio column, and the amount is placed in the money column. The final operation is to place the number of the ledger page in the folio column of the book from which the item was transferred, directly opposite the item posted.

68. Routine. The first step in posting is to open an account in the ledger by writing the account name at the top of the ledger page. Next, you write the month and day in the date column; the page number from the book where the item is posted goes in the folio column, and the amount is entered in the money column. Finally, you write the number of the ledger page in the folio column of the book from which the item was transferred, directly across from the item posted.

Posting from Journal. In posting from the journal, all items in the left or debit columns are posted to the debit side of the corresponding ledger accounts, while all items in the credit column are posted to the credit side of the ledger accounts.

Posting from Journal. When posting from the journal, all entries in the left or debit columns go to the debit side of the corresponding ledger accounts, while all entries in the credit column go to the credit side of the ledger accounts.

The first item in the journal in the preceding section is a debit to Hiram Watson, amount $1.15. It is necessary to open an account in the ledger, which is done by writing Hiram Watson's name at the head of the page, above the date column on the left side of the page; in the date column we write the date, April 2; in the folio column we write the journal page, 1: and in the money column we write the amount, $1.15. The number of the ledger page is now written in the folio column in the journal, directly opposite the name of Hiram Watson.

The first entry in the journal from the previous section is a charge to Hiram Watson for $1.15. We need to create an account in the ledger by writing Hiram Watson's name at the top of the page, above the date column on the left side. In the date column, we enter April 2; in the folio column, we note the journal page, 1; and in the money column, we write $1.15. The ledger page number is then written in the folio column of the journal, directly across from Hiram Watson's name.

The second transaction recorded in the journal is a purchase which makes it necessary to open a purchase account in the ledger, to which is debited the amount of the purchase $18.75. The first transaction recorded in the journal is a sale, therefore the credit is to the sales account. Since we are placing all sales in a special column, the amount will not be posted until the end of the month, when the total sales will be posted to the credit of the sales account as one item. In the second transaction, the credit is to a personal[89] account, and we open an account in the ledger with Eureka Milling Co., following the same routine in posting as with debit items, except that the item is posted to the credit side of the account.

The second entry in the journal is a purchase, which means we need to create a purchase account in the ledger, where we will record the purchase amount of $18.75. The first entry recorded in the journal is a sale, so we will credit the sales account. Since we're tracking all sales in a separate column, we won't post this amount until the end of the month, when we will total the sales and post it as one item to the credit of the sales account. In the second entry, the credit goes to a personal account, and we will create an account in the ledger for Eureka Milling Co., using the same posting routine as we do for debit items, but this time, we will post it to the credit side of the account.

Posting from Cash Book. When posting from the cash book, it must be remembered that all items on the left-hand page (which debit cash) must be posted to the credit of some other account; and that all items on the right-hand page (which credit cash) must be posted to the debit of an account in the ledger.

Posting from Cash Book. When posting from the cash book, it's important to remember that all items on the left-hand page (which debit cash) need to be posted as credits to other accounts; and that all items on the right-hand page (which credit cash) need to be posted as debits to accounts in the ledger.

Why cash received is entered on the left-hand page of the cash book, and cash paid out on the right-hand page, is a point not always clear to the bookkeeper. To obtain a clear view of this point, it should be remembered that the cash book is nothing more or less than a ledger account with cash, and cash received is entered on the left-hand page (or debit side) for the reason that any account is debited for what is received or is added to it.

Why cash received is recorded on the left-hand side of the cash book and cash paid out on the right-hand side is not always clear to the bookkeeper. To understand this better, it's important to remember that the cash book is simply a ledger account for cash, and cash received is entered on the left-hand side (or debit side) because any account is debited for what is received or added to it.

We sell merchandise, for example, and the person is debited because he receives it. We buy real estate; the real estate account is debited because our real estate possessions are added to. Broadly speaking, we (the business) receive the real estate; but, instead of charging the amount to ourselves (the person), we charge it to Real Estate, that we may know the amount of our real estate investment.

We sell products, for instance, and the person is charged because they receive it. We purchase real estate; the real estate account is charged because our real estate assets increase. Generally speaking, we (the business) acquire the real estate; however, instead of charging the amount to ourselves (the person), we charge it to Real Estate, so we can track the total of our real estate investment.

A customer pays us cash; cash is debited because our cash possessions are added to. We might charge the amount to our account; but we prefer to charge it to a cash account that we may know how much cash we have on hand. We pay out cash; cash is credited because cash has gone out of our possession. The main point of difference is that we post to other ledger accounts direct from the cash book, which is itself a ledger account, instead of journalizing cash transactions.

A customer pays us in cash; we debit cash because our cash holdings increase. We could charge the amount to our account, but we prefer to charge it to a cash account so we can keep track of how much cash we have on hand. When we pay out cash, we credit it because cash has left our possession. The key difference is that we post to other ledger accounts directly from the cash book, which is itself a ledger account, instead of recording cash transactions in a journal.

If cash transactions were journalized—

If cash transactions were recorded—

Cash

Money

To Person

To Someone

Person

Person

To Cash

To Cash Out

the amounts would be posted to the debit or credits of the cash account in the ledger; but for convenience we keep the cash accounts in a separate book. Journalizing a few of the transactions given will clearly demonstrate the point.

the amounts would be recorded as debits or credits in the cash account in the ledger; but for convenience, we maintain the cash accounts in a separate book. Journalizing a few of the transactions provided will clearly illustrate the point.

TRIAL BALANCE

Trial Balance

69. A trial balance is a list of the balances of all accounts remaining open in the ledger, together with the balance shown by the cash account. On journal paper, all open accounts are listed by name; the debit balances are placed in the debit column, and credit balances are placed in the credit column; the pages of the ledger are placed in the folio column, opposite the names of the account. Both debit and credit columns are footed, and the footings of the two columns should agree.

69. A trial balance is a list of the balances of all accounts that are still open in the ledger, along with the balance shown by the cash account. On journal paper, all open accounts are listed by name; the debit balances are in the debit column, and credit balances are in the credit column; the pages of the ledger are noted in the folio column next to the account names. Both the debit and credit columns are totaled, and the totals for the two columns should match.

A trial balance is taken for the purpose of testing the accuracy of the postings to the ledger; to find out if the ledger is in balance. The trial balance can be taken without considering the balances, by taking the total debit and credit items posted to all open accounts.

A trial balance is created to check the accuracy of the entries made in the ledger and to see if the ledger is balanced. The trial balance can be prepared without looking at the individual balances by adding up all the debit and credit entries recorded in all open accounts.

While the trial balance shows that for every debit posted to the ledger a corresponding credit has also been posted (double entry principle), it does not absolutely prove the accuracy of the work. If a debit item of $100.00 were posted to the debit of the wrong account, it would not affect the balance of the ledger; but if the item were posted to the credit instead of to the debit of the account, the ledger would be out of balance and the amount that it was outwould be shown by the trial balance.

While the trial balance indicates that for every debit recorded in the ledger, there’s a matching credit (the double entry principle), it doesn’t definitively prove the accuracy of the work. If a debit of $100.00 is entered in the wrong account, it won’t affect the ledger's balance; however, if the item is recorded as a credit instead of a debit, the ledger will be out of balance, and the amount it is out will be indicated by the trial balance.

CLASSIFICATION OF ACCOUNTS

ACCOUNT TYPES

70. The arrangement of the accounts in the ledger is of considerable importance. Since one of the objects of bookkeeping is to exhibit the standing or condition of the business, the accounts should be classified in a manner that will make easiest the assembling of important statistics.

70. The way the accounts are organized in the ledger is very important. Since one of the goals of bookkeeping is to show the status or condition of the business, the accounts should be categorized in a way that makes it easier to compile important statistics.

The accounts in the ledger represent either Assets (resources), Liabilities, Profits (gains), or Losses. Every account having a debit balance represents either (a) an asset or (b) a loss. (a) A personal account having a debit balance represents an asset; (b) any expense account having a debit balance represents a loss, as it reduces the chance for profit.

The accounts in the ledger represent either Assets (resources), Liabilities, Profits (gains), or Losses. Every account with a debit balance represents either (a) an asset or (b) a loss. (a) A personal account with a debit balance represents an asset; (b) any expense account with a debit balance represents a loss, as it decreases the potential for profit.

Every account having a credit balance represents either (c) a liability or (d) a profit. (c) A personal account having a credit balance represents a liability—that is, something we owe; (d) a sales account having a credit balance represents a profit because it increases our chance of gain.

Every account with a credit balance indicates either (c) a liability or (d) a profit. (c) A personal account with a credit balance signifies a liability—meaning it’s something we owe; (d) a sales account with a credit balance indicates a profit since it boosts our potential for gain.

OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR, AMERICAN SCHOOL OF CORRESPONDENCE

OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR, AMERICAN SCHOOL OF CORRESPONDENCE

71. Arrangement in Ledger. The foregoing classifications should be kept in mind in arranging the accounts in the ledger. First provide space for the asset and liability accounts; then follow with the profit and loss (or revenue) accounts. As far as possible, keep all asset accounts together, following the same plan with liability and profit and loss accounts.

71. Arrangement in Ledger. The classifications mentioned earlier should be considered when organizing the accounts in the ledger. Start by allocating space for the asset and liability accounts; then continue with the profit and loss (or revenue) accounts. As much as possible, keep all asset accounts grouped together, and follow the same approach for liability and profit and loss accounts.

The accounts are arranged in the trial balance in exactly the same order as they appear in the ledger; and if correctly classified they will show at a glance the assets (except inventories of merchandise) and liabilities of the business. Likewise the profit and loss accounts (also known as revenue accounts—see Article 53) will show total sales, purchases, and expense of conducting the business.

The accounts in the trial balance are listed in the same order as they are in the ledger. If they are classified correctly, you'll be able to see the assets (excluding inventory) and liabilities of the business at a glance. Similarly, the profit and loss accounts (also called revenue accounts—see Article 53) will display total sales, purchases, and expenses incurred in running the business.

SAMPLE LEDGER ACCOUNTS

Sample Ledger Accounts

72. The ledger accounts shown on pages 80-81, representing the transactions given in the preceding set of sample transactions, demonstrate the proper arrangement of accounts, manner of posting, and the trial balance.

72. The ledger accounts listed on pages 80-81, which show the transactions provided in the previous set of sample transactions, illustrate the correct organization of accounts, how to post, and the trial balance.

EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE

EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE

1. From the copy of the journal (Article 66) which you have made, post the transactions to the ledger.

1. From the copy of the journal (Article 66) that you made, enter the transactions into the ledger.

2. Post the transactions from the journal you have made (Exercise 2, preceding section) to the ledger.

2. Transfer the transactions you've recorded in the journal (Exercise 2, preceding section) to the ledger.

3. Make a trial balance of the ledger accounts.

3. Create a trial balance of the ledger accounts.

TREATMENT OF CASH DISCOUNTS

Cash Discount Handling

73. Cash discounts are discounts allowed for prepayment of bills. They are frequently confused with bank discounts (or interest collected in advance when notes are discounted), but are of an entirely different character.

73. Cash discounts are discounts given for paying bills early. They are often mixed up with bank discounts (or interest taken out in advance when notes are discounted), but they are completely different.

When the price is made, the profits are calculated with the idea that the customer may take advantage of the cash discount; that is, the price after the discount is deducted includes a legitimate profit. We cannot debit the customer with the amount of the bill less the discount, for we do not know that he will take advantage of the discount; and so, the charge to the customer and credit to sales account is an amount which may never be received.

When the price is set, the profits are figured with the understanding that the customer might use the cash discount; in other words, the price after the discount is deducted includes an actual profit. We can’t charge the customer the bill amount minus the discount, because we don’t know if they will actually use the discount; therefore, the amount charged to the customer and credited to the sales account is a figure that may never be collected.

If the bill is paid less the discount, the amount deducted reduces our profit on the sale. It is not an allowance for the use of capital, for we can probably borrow money at 6 per cent, while the discount may be 5 per cent or more for anticipating payment 30 days or less. 74. Discounts Allowed. Cash discounts allowed must eventually come out of the profits arising from the sale of the commodities in which we are trading. There are two methods of charging cash discounts, either of which is considered correct:

If the bill is paid minus the discount, the amount deducted lowers our profit on the sale. It’s not a cost for using capital, since we can likely borrow money at 6 percent, while the discount might be 5 percent or more for paying early, within 30 days or less. 74. Discounts Allowed. Cash discounts allowed will eventually affect the profits from the sale of the goods we are trading. There are two ways to account for cash discounts, and either method is considered correct:

(1) Open an account called Discounts on Sales, and charge to it all discounts allowed for the prepayment of bills. When the books are closed, the total will be charged against trading profits. This method is coming into general use, and may be considered standard.

(1) Open an account called Discounts on Sales, and record all discounts given for the early payment of bills. When the books are closed, the total will be deducted from trading profits. This method is becoming commonly used and can be considered standard.

(2) Charge to Sales Account directly all discounts allowed, treating them as allowances. The balance of the sales account will then represent net sales after returns, rebates, and cash discounts have been deducted. One feature to recommend this plan is that sales account does not show a fictitious volume of sales.

(2) Directly charge all discounts allowed to Sales Account, treating them as allowances. The balance of the sales account will then reflect net sales after returns, rebates, and cash discounts have been deducted. One advantage of this plan is that the sales account does not display an inflated volume of sales.

75. Entering Cash Discounts in Cash Book. When we receive payment from a customer who has deducted the cash discount, the discount must be taken account of in entering the payment, as the customer is to receive credit for the full amount. We might enter the cash payment in the cash book, and make a journal entry of the cash discount, but this would necessitate two postings from separate books.

75. Entering Cash Discounts in Cash Book. When we get payment from a customer who has taken the cash discount, we need to account for the discount when recording the payment, since the customer should get credit for the full amount. We could record the cash payment in the cash book and then make a journal entry for the cash discount, but that would require two entries from different books.

A better method, and one which has become standard, is to provide a cash discount column in the cash book. When a column has not been provided for this purpose, a narrow column can be ruled in on the cash received or debit side of the cash book. This is carried as a memorandum until the end of the month, when the total is posted to the debit of discount on sales. Two ways of making the entry are shown (p. 84).

A better method, and one that has become standard, is to provide a cash discount column in the cash book. If a column hasn’t been set up for this, a narrow column can be drawn in on the cash received or debit side of the cash book. This is kept as a record until the end of the month, when the total is entered as a debit under discount on sales. Two ways of making the entry are shown (p. 84).

In Example No. 1, the cash discount is entered in the discount column, and the net cash received is entered in the cash column. When the payment is posted, two entries are made in the ledger. One advantage in this is that reference to the account of R. L. Brown & Co. shows at a glance whether they are taking advantage of cash discounts.

In Example No. 1, the cash discount is recorded in the discount column, and the net cash received is logged in the cash column. When the payment is published, two entries are made in the ledger. One benefit of this is that a quick look at R. L. Brown & Co.'s account reveals whether they're utilizing cash discounts.

In Example No. 2, the cash discount is entered in the proper column, but the gross amount is entered in the cash column. The payment is then posted in one item, and reference to the ledger account does not show whether the payment of $100.00 is all cash or part discount. It is necessary, also, to deduct the footing of the discount column from the footing of the cash column to ascertain the amount of cash received. For these reasons the method shown in Example No. 1 is recommended.

In Example No. 2, the cash discount is recorded in the correct column, but the total amount is entered in the cash column. The payment is then posted as one item, and checking the ledger account doesn’t indicate whether the payment of $100.00 is entirely cash or includes a discount. Additionally, it’s important to subtract the total of the discount column from the total of the cash column to determine the amount of cash received. For these reasons, the method shown in Example No. 1 is recommended.

76. Cash Discounts Earned. When we take advantage of the discount offered for the prepayment of bills, the discount earned can be considered a legitimate source of profit. Our own selling prices for goods purchased to be resold are based on the prices at which they are billed to us, without considering a possible saving by discounting our bills. Whether or not we discount our bills is largely a question of capital, and such earnings are legitimate profits entirely outside of regular trading profits. Discounts earned should be treated as interest earned and credited to interest account, from which they will find their way into profit and loss account.

76. Cash Discounts Earned. When we take advantage of the discounts offered for paying bills early, the discounts we earn can be seen as a valid source of profit. Our selling prices for goods we buy to resell are based on the prices we are charged, without factoring in potential savings from discounting those bills. Deciding whether or not to take the discount largely depends on our cash flow, and these earnings are considered legitimate profits separate from regular trading profits. Discounts earned should be treated like interest earned and credited to the interest account, from which they will eventually be reflected in the profit and loss account.

PROFIT AND LOSS

Profit and Loss

77. The profit and loss account is a summary account made up of the balances of all income and expenditure (revenue) accounts in the ledger, the balance of this account representing the net loss or net gain of the business.

77. The profit and loss account is a summary account that combines the balances of all income and expense (revenue) accounts in the ledger, with the balance of this account representing the net loss or net gain of the business.

It is advisable to show the net profits for each year; and to accomplish this, it is customary to transfer the balance of profit and loss account at the end of the year. In single proprietorships and partnerships, the net gain is transferred to proprietor's or partner's investment accounts, while in a corporation it is usually transferred to a surplus account. A loss is transferred to a deficiency account.

It’s a good idea to display the net profits for each year. To do this, it's standard practice to move the balance from the profit and loss account at the end of the year. In sole proprietorships and partnerships, the net profit goes into the proprietor's or partner's investment accounts, whereas in a corporation, it typically goes into a surplus account. A loss is moved to a deficiency account.

78. Trading Account. This is a subdivision of profit and loss account intended to exhibit the gross profit derived from the manufacture or purchase and sale of goods in which the business is organized to trade. These profits are known as trading profits. Just what items of income and expenditure enter into trading profits or losses is an important question in the science of accounts. A safe rule to follow is to debit trading account with the cost of goods sold, including cost of preparing them for sale. In a manufacturing business the cost represents cost of raw materials and cost of manufacture. Credit the account with net income from sales, arrived at by deducting from gross sales all returns, allowances, rebates, and cash discounts.

78. Trading Account. This is a part of the profit and loss account that shows the gross profit made from manufacturing or buying and selling goods that the business is set up to trade in. These profits are called trading profits. Determining which pieces of income and expenses contribute to trading profits or losses is a key issue in accounting. A good rule to follow is to record the cost of goods sold in the trading account, including the expenses for preparing them for sale. In a manufacturing business, the cost includes the expense of raw materials and the cost of production. Credit the account with the net income from sales, which is calculated by subtracting all returns, allowances, rebates, and cash discounts from gross sales.

All expenses incurred in selling the goods, and all expense of administration of the business, should be charged to profit and loss account proper. All profits arising from other transactions than trading should be credited to profit and loss. These include interest received on past due accounts, on notes, or for money loaned; discount earned by the prepayment of bills; profits from the sale of real estate or any property other than that in which the business is trading.

All expenses related to selling the goods and all administrative costs of the business should be recorded in the profit and loss account. Any profits from transactions other than trading should be credited to the profit and loss account as well. This includes interest earned on overdue accounts, on notes, or from money lent; discounts received for paying bills early; and profits from selling real estate or any property outside of the business's trading activities.

Trading Account, How Constructed. The trading account is made up by charging total inventory at the beginning of the year and purchases during the year; crediting net sales and inventory at the close of the year, the balance representing the gross profit.

Trading Account, How Constructed. The trading account is created by adding the total inventory at the start of the year to the purchases made during the year; and subtracting the net sales and the inventory at the end of the year, with the remaining balance showing the gross profit.

Turnover. It is desirable to know the cost of goods sold. This is known as the turnover, on which percentages of profit are based. The turnover may be found by deducting the present inventory from the debit side of the trading account.

Turnover. It's important to understand the cost of goods sold. This is referred to as the turnover, which serves as the basis for calculating profit percentages. You can find the turnover by subtracting the current inventory from the debit side of the trading account.

79. Manufacturing Account. In a manufacturing business it is very desirable to know the cost to produce the goods; and for this purpose a subdivision of profit and loss, called manufacturing account, is used. The manufacturing account is debited with inventory of materials at the beginning of the year; purchases of material; labor or wages in factory, and all other expenses of manufacture; and credited with inventory of materials at the close of the year. The balance represents cost of manufactured goods to the trading division.

79. Manufacturing Account. In a manufacturing business, it's essential to understand the cost of producing goods. For this reason, a specific section of the profit and loss statement, called the manufacturing account, is used. The manufacturing account is charged with the inventory of materials at the start of the year, any purchases of materials, labor or wages in the factory, and all other manufacturing expenses. It is credited with the inventory of materials at the end of the year. The balance reflects the cost of manufactured goods for the trading division.

The principal value of these subdivisions of profit and loss lies in the fact that they reveal not only the amount but the sources of profits and losses, which is one of the important functions of accounting.

The main value of these categories of profit and loss is that they show not just the amount but also the sources of profits and losses, which is one of the key functions of accounting.

The profit and loss account of a professional or other non-trading concern need not be subdivided as explained for a trading concern. In a non-trading business, all accounts representing revenue receipts or revenue expenditures are transferred direct to profit and loss account.

The profit and loss statement of a professional or other non-trading business doesn't need to be broken down as it does for a trading business. In a non-trading organization, all accounts that show money coming in or going out are directly transferred to the profit and loss statement.

80. Transfer of Gross Profit. The gross profit from trading is now transferred to the credit of profit and loss account, and this account is debited with the balances of all revenue expenditure accounts. Continuing the illustration from Article 78, we have:

80. Transfer of Gross Profit. The gross profit from trading is now credited to the profit and loss account, and this account is charged with the balances of all revenue expenditure accounts. Continuing the example from Article 78, we have:

81. Transfer of Net Profit. The net gain is transferred to the credit of proprietor's account in a single proprietorship.

81. Transfer of Net Profit. The net profit is added to the owner’s account in a sole proprietorship.

MERCHANDISE INVENTORY ACCOUNT

Merch Inventory Account

82. The accounts now open in the ledger, other than proprietor's account, exhibit all assets and liabilities of the business with the exception of the present inventory, which is included in the trading account. The amount of the inventory is transferred to the debit of a merchandise inventory account.

82. The accounts currently open in the ledger, apart from the owner's account, show all the assets and liabilities of the business, except for the current inventory, which is included in the trading account. The value of the inventory is moved to the debit of a merchandise inventory account.

The books are now said to be closed, there being no open accounts except those representing assets or liabilities of the business.

The books are now considered closed, with no open accounts except for those showing the assets or liabilities of the business.

BALANCE SHEET

Balance Sheet

83. A statement of the assets and liabilities of a business is called a balance sheet. If the assets exceed the liabilities, the difference is the present worth. If the liabilities exceed the assets, the business is insolvent, and the difference or balance shows the amount of insolvency.

83. A summary of a business's assets and liabilities is called a balance sheet. If the assets are greater than the liabilities, the difference is the net worth. If the liabilities are greater than the assets, the business is insolvent, and the difference or balance indicates the level of insolvency.

The balance sheet is prepared from the ledger balances after the books have been closed. In arranging the accounts on a balance sheet, the assets should be listed first, followed by the liabilities. The balance will agree with the balance shown in the proprietor's or investment account.

The balance sheet is created using the ledger balances once the books are closed. When organizing the accounts on a balance sheet, list the assets first, followed by the liabilities. The balance will match the balance shown in the owner’s or investment account.

For the business of a single proprietor, it is customary to list the accounts in the following general order:

For a sole proprietorship, it's common to list the accounts in this general order:

First—Cash in bank and office.

Cash in bank and office.

Second—Open accounts and bills receivable.

Second—Open accounts and receivables.

Third—Merchandise per inventory, store fixtures, etc.

Inventory items, store fixtures, etc.

Fourth—Real estate.

Real estate.

The first two classes are termed active or quick assets, as they can be most readily converted into cash.

The first two classes are called active or quick assets, since they can be easily turned into cash.

The liabilities represented by credit balances, are listed in the order of their urgency:

The liabilities shown by credit balances are listed by how urgent they are:

First—Open accounts due others.

First—Open accounts owed to others.

Second—Bills payable.

Accounts payable.

Third—Mortgages or bonds payable.

Third—Mortgages or bonds owed.

The third class represents secured liabilities, while the first two represent unsecured liabilities.

The third class represents secured debts, while the first two represent unsecured debts.

Continuing the previous illustration, we find the balance sheet of our imaginary ledger to be as follows:

Continuing from the previous example, we see that the balance sheet of our fictional ledger looks like this:

SAMPLE TRANSACTIONS

Sample Transactions

84. At the end of the first year, the trial balance of a single proprietorship was as follows:

84. At the end of the first year, the trial balance of a single proprietorship looked like this:

Debit Balances
Bank Account $ 764.20
Sundry Open Accounts Receivable   1,127.30
Bills Receivable 475.00
Furniture and Fixtures 325.00
Cash in Office 68.50
Purchases 9,571.40
Expense 675.00
Discount on Sales 96.75
Interest 72.10
  ————
13,175.25
 [102]
Credit Balances
Proprietor (Investment)   2,500.00
Bills Payable 2,000.00
Sundry Accounts Payable 1,761.60
Sales 6,913.65
  ————
$13,175.25

The inventory at the end of the year was $4,962.30; at the beginning of the year, there was no merchandise in stock. The books are to be closed into trading and profit and loss, and a balance sheet prepared.

The inventory at the end of the year was $4,962.30; at the beginning of the year, there was no merchandise in stock. The books are to be closed into trading and profit and loss, and a balance sheet prepared.

When closing the books, all entries necessary to adjust the balances of ledger accounts should be made through the journal. When an audit is made, it is difficult to trace the entries unless they are plainly stated in one group, which is provided when they are made in the journal. The making of entries in the ledger directly, also increases the opportunity for fraudulent entries. Never make original entries in the ledger.

When closing the books, all entries needed to adjust the balances of ledger accounts should be done through the journal. During an audit, it's hard to track the entries unless they are clearly grouped together, which is ensured when they're recorded in the journal. Making entries directly in the ledger also increases the chance of fraudulent entries. Never make original entries in the ledger.

EXAMPLE FOR PRACTICE

EXAMPLE FOR PRACTICE

From the following trial balance prepare trading account; profit and loss account; and balance sheet.

From the following trial balance, prepare the trading account, profit and loss account, and balance sheet.

Trial Balance
Proprietor (Investment)   $ 7,600.00
Bills Payable   4,000.00
Accounts Payable 1,470.00
Bank $ 1,262.84
Accounts Receivable   2,693.11
Bills Receivable 4,360.00
Merchandise Inventory 6,277.76
Furniture and Fixtures 750.00
Purchases 7,105.78
Expense 1,416.30
Discount on Sales 112.65
Interest   44.20
Sales 10,985.70
Cash 121.46
  ————— —————
$24,099.90 $24,099.90
Inventory at end of year $6,493.06.

CASHIER TERMINAL, LAMSON MOTOR-DRIVEN CABLE CASH CARRYING SYSTEM FOR DRY GOODS, GENERAL, OR DEPARTMENT STORES
Lamson Consolidated Store Service Co.

CASHIER TERMINAL, LAMSON MOTOR-DRIVEN CABLE CASH CARRYING SYSTEM FOR DRY GOODS, GENERAL, OR DEPARTMENT STORES
Lamson Consolidated Store Services Co.

JOURNALIZING NOTES

Journal Notes

85. When a note is received by us or we give our note to another, it is necessary to make a journal entry in order that there may be a proper record of the transaction on our books. Careful study is sometimes necessary to determine just how the entry should be made, and the following illustrations will serve as a guide.

85. When we receive a note or give our note to someone else, we need to make a journal entry to keep a proper record of the transaction in our books. Sometimes, we need to study carefully to figure out how the entry should be made, and the following examples will serve as a guide.

86. When Received. When we receive a note, we debit bills receivable and credit the maker—that is, the person who gives us the note.

86. When Received. When we get a note, we debit accounts receivable and credit the person who issued the note—that is, the individual who gives us the note.

We receive a note from Samuel Smart for $100.00 payable in 30 days. The journal entry is:

We got a note from Samuel Smart for $100.00 due in 30 days. The journal entry is:

Bills Receivable $100.00
Samuel Smart   $100.00
30-day note dated Sept. 10

87. When Paid. When this note is paid, we debit cash and credit bills receivable. The entry is made in the cash book on the debit side which debits cash and credits bills receivable.

87. When Paid. When this note is paid, we record a cash debit and a bills receivable credit. The entry is made in the cash book on the debit side, which debits cash and credits bills receivable.

Bills Receivable Samuel Smart's note $100.00
  due Oct. 10th

88. When Collected by Bank. Perhaps the note was collected through our bank; in that case, the bank, instead of sending us the cash, will credit the amount to our account. The bank may, also, charge a small fee for collecting the money; consequently the amount placed to our credit will be the sum collected, less their fee. The entry in the journal would then be:

88. When Collected by Bank. Maybe the note was collected through our bank; if that’s the case, the bank, instead of giving us the cash, will add the amount to our account. The bank might also charge a small fee for collecting the money, so the amount credited to us will be the sum collected, minus their fee. The entry in the journal would then be:

Bank $99.85
Interest and Discount .15
Bills Receivable   $100.00
Smart's note due Oct. 10th
Collected by bank.

89. When Discounted. At the time we received Samuel Smart's note, we may have needed the money for immediate use in our business. We would then take the note to the bank, endorse it payable to the bank, when they would discount it, giving us credit for the net proceeds. Since the money is advanced to us, the bank would charge us interest for its use, which amount would be deducted[108] from the whole amount, leaving the net proceeds. This amount would then be available for immediate use. The note is then the property of the bank; it has gone out of our possession and we have received the cash. The note is not paid, and in discounting it we have created a liability to the bank. Remembering that one of the functions of bookkeeping is to exhibit the true nature of our assets and liabilities, we open a Bills Discounted account in the ledger. The entry is:

89. When Discounted. When we got Samuel Smart's note, we might have needed the money right away for our business. We would then take the note to the bank, endorse it to them, and they would discount it, giving us credit for the net amount. Since the bank is lending us the money, they would charge us interest for using it, which would be deducted[108] from the total, leaving us with the net amount. This money would then be available for immediate use. The note then becomes the bank's property; it’s no longer in our possession, and we have received the cash. The note isn’t paid yet, and by discounting it, we are creating a liability to the bank. Keeping in mind that one of the purposes of bookkeeping is to show the true nature of our assets and liabilities, we open a Bills Discounted account in the ledger. The entry is:

Bank $99.50
Interest .50
Bills Discounted   $100.00
Discounted Smart's note due Oct. 10th.

90. When a Note Drawing Interest is Discounted. The above transaction presupposes that the note is given without interest; but if it were given with interest, the bank would simply add the interest to the principal and deduct the discount from the total. In the case the sum of the principal and interest ($100.00 + .50 = $100.50) is $100.50, and the discount $.50, which would leave $100.00 as the net proceeds. If the amount of the note were larger or the interest was figured for a longer time, it would make a difference. Suppose the amount of the note to be $2,000.00, time 30 days, interest 6% per annum.

90. When a Note Drawing Interest is Discounted. The above transaction assumes that the note is given without interest; but if it included with interest, the bank would just add the interest to the principal and take the discount off the total. In this case, the total of the principal and interest ($100.00 + .50 = $100.50) is $100.50, and the discount is $.50, which would leave $100.00 as the net proceeds. If the note amount were larger or the interest calculated for a longer period, it would make a difference. Suppose the note amount is $2,000.00, for 30 days, with an interest rate of 6% per annum.

Principal $2,000.00
Interest 30 days 10.00
Total $2,010.00
Less interest on $2,010.00 for 30 days 10.05
  —————
  $1,999.95

Since the net amount realized is less than the face of the note, we need not consider the interest earned, but the entry would be:

Since the net amount received is less than the value of the note, we don't need to take the interest earned into account, but the entry would be:

Bank $1,999.95
Interest and Discount .05
Bills Discounted   $2,000.00

91. When a Note Drawing Interest is Paid. But suppose Samuel Smart's note is $100.00 for 30 days, with 6% interest, and that the note is kept by us and the money is paid directly to[109] us when due. We shall then receive the interest, in addition to the face of the note, making a total of $100.50. The entry would then be made in the cash book on the debit side, and would be:

91. When an Interest-Bearing Note is Paid. But let’s say Samuel Smart’s note is $100.00 for 30 days, with 6% interest, and that we hold the note and receive the payment directly from[109] when it’s due. We will then collect the interest along with the principal, making a total of $100.50. The entry would be recorded in the cash book on the debit side, as follows:

Bills Receivable $100.00
Interest and Discount .50
Samuel Smart's note due Oct. 10, paid to-day.

92. When a Discounted Note is Not Paid. When we discounted Samuel Smart's note of $100.00 for 30 days without interest at the bank, we were obliged to endorse it, which had the effect of a guarantee of payment. If not paid when due, the amount would be charged to our account at the bank. The note would again come into our possession, and the amount must be debited to some account, the credit being to the bank.

92. When a Discounted Note is Not Paid. When we discounted Samuel Smart's note of $100.00 for 30 days without interest at the bank, we had to endorse it, which acted as a guarantee of payment. If it’s not paid when due, the amount will be charged to our account at the bank. The note will come back to us, and the amount will need to be charged to some account, with the credit going to the bank.

We have previously credited the amount to bills discounted, and our entry is:

We have already recorded the amount for the discounted bills, and our entry is:

Bills Discounted $100.00
Bank   $100.00
Samuel Smart's note not paid at maturity.

But suppose the transaction to have been the one described in Article 90. The note returned to us is $2,010.00, that being the amount of principal and interest. Our bills receivable and bills discounted accounts show the item as $2,000.00 only. Therefore we must include the $10.00 in our adjusting entries which will be:

But let's say the transaction was the one mentioned in Article 90. The note we got back is for $2,010.00, which covers both the principal and the interest. Our bills receivable and bills discounted accounts only show the amount as $2,000.00. So, we need to add the $10.00 in our adjusting entries, which will be:

Bills Receivable $10.00
Interest added to Smart's note not paid when due
Bills Discounted $2,000.00
Bank   $2,010.00
Smart's note not paid at maturity.

93. When a Note is Past Due. The above entries leave this unpaid item in the bills receivable account. If the business is one in which a large number of bills are discounted, it will be advantageous to show past due bills receivable by themselves, leaving bills receivable account to represent only paper not due. The entry for a bill unpaid at maturity would be:

93. When a Note is Past Due. The entries above leave this unpaid item in the bills receivable account. If the business regularly discounts a lot of bills, it would be helpful to show past due bills receivable separately, keeping the bills receivable account to represent only paper that is not due. The entry for a bill that remains unpaid at maturity would be:

Bills Receivable Past Due $2,010.00
Bills Receivable   $2,010.00
Smart's note past due.

94. When a Note is Renewed. We shall now suppose that Samuel Smart finds that he will be unable to pay his note when due. He comes to us and offers a new note for 30 days, which we accept. He prefers to add the interest due on the original note to the principal, and makes his note for $100.50. We then return the original note and the entry is:

94. When a Note is Renewed. Let's assume that Samuel Smart realizes he won't be able to pay his note when it's due. He comes to us and offers a new note for 30 days, which we accept. He chooses to add the interest owed on the original note to the principal, making his new note for $100.50. We then return the original note, and the entry is:

Bills Receivable $100.50
Interest and Discount   .50
Bills Receivable $100.00
New note given by Samuel Smart to cover note due Oct. 10, with interest.

The effect of this transaction is that we have received a new note for $100.50, and we debit bills receivable. This new note pays an older one which goes out of our possession, so we credit bills receivable. The amount of the new note includes the interest on the old, and we credit interest.

The effect of this transaction is that we’ve received a new note for $100.50, and we debit bills receivable. This new note pays off an older one which we no longer have, so we credit bills receivable. The amount of the new note includes the interest from the old one, and we credit interest.

We might have gone about this in a roundabout way by making these entries:

We may have approached this in a roundabout way by making these entries:

To cancel the old note:
Samuel Smart $100.50
Bills Receivable   $100.00
Interest, and Discount .50
Note due Oct. 10th.
To enter the new note:
Bills Receivable $100.50
Samuel Smart   $100.50
New note 30 days to take up note due Oct. 10th.

These entries would leave the accounts in exactly the same condition as our first entry, and would serve no useful purpose. This is given as an illustration of how several entries may be made when the transaction could be as clearly explained in one.

These entries would leave the accounts in exactly the same condition as our first entry and wouldn't serve any useful purpose. This is provided as an example of how multiple entries can be made when the transaction could be explained just as clearly in one.

95. When Renewed Note Has Been Discounted. If the note which Samuel Smart has renewed has been discounted at the bank, we must reimburse the bank in some manner before we can obtain possession of the original note. The most simple way to handle this transaction will be to give the bank our check to pay the note. The entry is:

95. When Renewed Note Has Been Discounted. If the note that Samuel Smart renewed has been discounted at the bank, we need to pay the bank back in some way before we can get the original note. The easiest way to deal with this transaction is to write the bank a check to pay off the note. The entry is:

Bills Discounted $100.00
Interest and Discount .50
To Bank   $100.50
Gave check to take up Samuel Smart's note.

We shall then treat the new note as previously explained. If, after getting it recorded on the books, we wish to discount this note, the entries will be exactly the same as when we discounted the original note.

We will then handle the new note as explained earlier. If we want to discount this note after recording it in the books, the entries will be exactly the same as when we discounted the original note.

96. When We Give or Pay a Note. When we give our note, the effect of the transaction is just the opposite of the receipt of a note. Instead of adding to one class of our resources we are increasing one class of our liabilities, in return for which we either receive something of value or reduce our liabilities of another class. When we give our note in payment of a loan, we receive cash; if we buy goods and give a note in payment, we receive merchandise; if we give a note in payment of an account, we simply reduce our liabilities of one class and add to those of another.

96. When We Give or Pay a Note. When we issue our note, the outcome of the transaction is the exact opposite of receiving a note. Instead of increasing one category of our assets, we are boosting one category of our liabilities, in exchange for which we either get something of value or decrease our liabilities in another category. When we give our note to pay off a loan, we receive cash; if we purchase goods and provide a note as payment, we get merchandise; if we give a note to settle an account, we merely reduce our liabilities in one category and increase them in another.

The entries necessary to properly record transactions involving notes given or bills payable, are not so complex as is the case with transactions involving bills receivable. The following illustrations cover transactions likely to arise in the average business:

The entries needed to accurately record transactions involving notes given or bills payable aren't as complicated as those involving bills receivable. The following examples cover transactions that are likely to occur in an average business:

We give our note for $100.00 payable in 30 days, without interest, to Western Grocer Co. in settlement of an account. The entry is:

We’re issuing a note for $100.00 due in 30 days, with no interest, to Western Grocer Co. to settle an account. The entry is:

Western Grocer Co. $100.00
Bills Payable   $100.00
Note 30 days without interest

When we pay the note the entry is:

When we pay the bill, the entry is:

Bills Payable $100.00
Bank   $100.00
Check to Western Grocer Co. to pay note due Oct. 10.

97. When Our Note Has Been Discounted. The Western Grocer Co. has either discounted the note or placed it in the bank for collection, and it is presented for payment by the Merchants Bank. We give them a check in payment, and the entry is:

97. When Our Note Has Been Discounted. The Western Grocer Co. has either discounted the note or submitted it to the bank for collection, and it is now presented for payment by the Merchants Bank. We write them a check for payment, and the entry is:

Bills Payable $100.00
Bank   $100.00
Check to Merchants Bank to pay our note to Western Grocer Co., due Oct. 10.

The entry in this case is the same as in the previous illustration, with the exception of the explanation.

The entry in this case is the same as in the previous example, except for the explanation.

98. When We Pay Our Note With Interest. We give our note to Western Grocer Co. for $100.00 payable in 30 days, with interest at 6%. We pay the note by check, and the entry is:

98. When We Pay Our Note With Interest. We give our note to Western Grocer Co. for $100.00, due in 30 days, with an interest rate of 6%. We pay the note by check, and the entry is:

Bills Payable $100.00
Interest and Discount .50
Bank   $100.50
Paid Western Grocer Co. note due Oct. 10, by check No. 10.

99. When We Discount Our Note. We wish to borrow $100.00 from the bank, and give our note for the amount, payable in 30 days. The bank discounts the note, placing the proceeds to our credit. The rate of interest charged is 6%. Our entry is:

99. When We Discount Our Note. We want to borrow $100.00 from the bank and provide a note for that amount, due in 30 days. The bank discounts the note and deposits the proceeds into our account. The interest rate charged is 6%. Our entry is:

Bank $99.50
Interest and Discount .50
Bills Payable   $100.00
Note for $100.00, 30 days discounted at bank.

100. When We Pay for Goods With Our Note. We buy goods from Michigan Milling Co. to the amount of $100.00, and tender our note at 30 days with interest, in payment. This makes it unnecessary for us to open an account with Michigan Milling Co. and the entry is:

100. When We Pay for Goods With Our Note. We purchase goods from Michigan Milling Co. for $100.00 and present our note due in 30 days with interest as payment. This means we don't need to set up an account with Michigan Milling Co., and the entry is:

Purchases $100.00
Bills Payable   $100.00
Invoice #16 from Michigan Milling Co.
Gave note for 30 days with interest at 6%.

101. When We Renew a Note. When this note is due, we find it inconvenient to pay, and give a new note for 30 days, adding the interest now due to the face of the original note. The amount of the new note is $100.50, and the entry is:

101. When We Renew a Note. When this note is due, if we find it difficult to pay, we issue a new note for 30 days, including the interest that is currently due added to the original note's amount. The new note totals $100.50, and the entry is:

Interest and Discount $ .50
Bills Payable   100.00
Bills Payable   $100.50
New note given Michigan Grocer Co. to renew note due Oct. 10, $100.00, interest $.50, 30 days, with interest.

102. When We Renew Our Discounted Note. When our note given to the bank is due, we find it inconvenient to pay the entire amount. We give the bank a check for $50.00, and a new note at 30 days for the balance. The bank always collects interest in advance, so we shall be obliged to give them our note for $50.00 plus the interest, or $50.25. In effect, the bank discounts our note for $50.25, the proceeds, $50.00, paying the balance of our note now due. The entry is:

102. When We Renew Our Discounted Note. When our note to the bank is due, we find it inconvenient to pay the full amount. We write the bank a check for $50.00 and a new note at 30 days for the remaining balance. The bank always collects interest upfront, so we’ll need to provide them with our note for $50.00 plus the interest, which totals $50.25. Essentially, the bank discounts our note for $50.25, with the proceeds of $50.00 covering the balance of our note that is currently due. The entry is:

Bills Payable $100.00
Interest and Discount .25
Bank   $50.00
Bills Payable   50.25
Gave check for $50.00 to apply on note due at bank to day.
Discounted new note for $50.25, payable in 30 days.

JOURNALIZING DRAFTS

Journaling drafts

103. When a draft has been accepted, it should be treated the same as any other form of bill receivable or bill payable. If we make a draft on a customer, which he accepts, it becomes a bill receivable. If we accept a draft drawn on us, it becomes a bill payable.

103. Once a draft is accepted, it should be handled like any other kind of bill receivable or bill payable. If we create a draft for a customer and they accept it, it turns into a bill receivable. If we accept a draft that’s been issued to us, it becomes a bill payable.

Sight drafts are frequently made use of as a convenient means of collecting an account. Such drafts are taken to our bank for collection, but they do not give us credit for the amount until the draft is paid. Drafts of this kind, which are placed with the bank for collection only, are not treated as bills receivable, as we do not credit the account of the one on whom it is drawn until payment is received.

Sight drafts are often used as a convenient way to collect payment. These drafts are taken to our bank for collection, but we don’t get credit for the amount until the draft is paid. Drafts like this, which are given to the bank just for collection, are not considered bills receivable, as we don’t credit the account of the person it’s drawn on until payment is received.

104. When Our Sight Draft is Paid. We draw on Samuel Smart at sight for $50.00 through our bank. When paid, we receive credit at the bank for the amount, less collection charges. The entry in our journal is:

104. When Our Sight Draft is Paid. We issue a sight draft to Samuel Smart for $50.00 through our bank. Once it's paid, we get credited at the bank for that amount, minus any collection fees. The entry in our journal is:

Bank $49.90
Interest and Discount .10
Samuel Smart   $50.00
Paid sight draft

105. When Discounting Time Draft. Samuel Smart owes us $100.00, and while the amount is not due for 30 days, we have reason to believe that he will accept a draft payable in 30 days. We accordingly draw on him through our bank. Our reason for doing this is that his acceptance will be a promise to pay, and our bank will then discount the draft. The draft is accepted, and our bank notifies us that the proceeds have been placed to our credit, the draft being discounted at 6%. The entries are:

105. When Discounting Time Draft. Samuel Smart owes us $100.00, and even though the payment isn't due for 30 days, we believe he will accept a draft due in 30 days. So, we draw on him through our bank. The reason for this is that his acceptance will act as a promise to pay, and our bank will then discount the draft. The draft gets accepted, and our bank informs us that the proceeds have been credited to our account, with the draft being discounted at 6%. The entries are:

Bills Receivable $100.00
Samuel Smart   $100.00
Samuel Smart accepted our 30-day draft
Bank 99.50
Interest and Discount .50
Bills Discounted   $100.00
Discounted Samuel Smart's 30-day acceptance.

106. When We Accept. When we accept a draft payable at a future date, it immediately becomes a bill payable and should be so treated.

106. When We Accept. When we accept a draft that’s payable at a future date, it instantly becomes a bill payable and should be handled as such.

We accept the 30-day draft of the Western Grocer Co. for $200.00. Our journal entry is:

We accept the 30-day draft from Western Grocer Co. for $200.00. Our journal entry is:

Western Grocer Co. $200.00
Bills Payable   $200.00
Accepted 30-day draft.

107. When We Pay an Acceptance. When this draft is due, we pay it, giving our check to the bank. The entry is:

107. When We Pay an Acceptance. When this draft is due, we pay it by giving our check to the bank. The entry is:

Bills Payable $200.00
Bank   $200.00
Gave check to pay draft of Western Grocer Co.

108. When We Pay a Sight Draft. Instead of accepting a time draft, we pay a sight draft of Western Grocer Co. for $200.00. In this case it has not become a bill payable, and our entry is:

108. When We Pay a Sight Draft. Instead of accepting a time draft, we pay a sight draft from Western Grocer Co. for $200.00. In this case, it has not become a bill payable, and our entry is:

Western Grocer Co. $200.00
Bank   $200.00
Check to Merchants Bank to pay sight draft.

EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE

PRACTICE EXAMPLES

The following examples are to be journalized by the student after he has become thoroughly familiar with the transactions previously explained:

The following examples should be recorded by the student after they have become fully familiar with the transactions explained earlier:

—Nov. 6—

—Nov. 6—

Received from Jackson & Co. their note for $214.00 without interest, payable in 30 days, in full settlement of account.

Received from Jackson & Co. their note for $214.00 with no interest, due in 30 days, as full payment of the account.

—Nov. 6—

—Nov. 6—

Received from David Newman his note for $650.00 with interest at 6%, payable in 30 days, in settlement of account. We discounted this note at First National Bank.

Received from David Newman his note for $650.00 with interest at 6%, due in 30 days, to settle the account. We discounted this note at First National Bank.

—Nov. 7—

—Nov. 7—

Paid our note given Oct. 6, to National Spice Co., amount $150.00 with interest at 6%. This note was paid by check #11 to Mechanics Bank.

Paid our note given Oct. 6, to National Spice Co., amount $150.00 with interest at 6%. This note was paid by check #11 to Mechanics Bank.

—Nov. 8—

—Nov. 8—

Bought from Valley Mills on our note for 30 days with interest at 6%, 100 bbls. flour at $5.25 per bbl.

Bought from Valley Mills on our note for 30 days with interest at 6%, 100 barrels of flour at $5.25 per barrel.

—Nov. 9—

—Nov. 9—

Discounted our note for $1,000.00, 30 days, at First National Bank.

Discounted our note for $1,000.00, 30 days, at First National Bank.

—Dec. 6—

—Dec. 6—

Jackson & Co., paid their note due to-day, $214.00.

Jackson & Co. paid their note due today, $214.00.

—Dec. 6—

—Dec. 6—

David Newman paid $300.00 on his note due to-day. Gave new note for balance due, payable in 30 days with interest at 6%.

David Newman paid $300.00 on his note due today. He issued a new note for the remaining balance, payable in 30 days with interest at 6%.

—Dec. 8—

—Dec. 8—

Paid our note to Valley Mills by check #11.

Paid our bill to Valley Mills with check #11.

—Dec. 9—

—Dec. 9—

Paid $500.00 on our note to First National Bank by check #12. Gave new note for $500 payable in 30 days, interest at 6%.

Paid $500.00 on our loan to First National Bank using check #12. Issued a new note for $500 due in 30 days, with an interest rate of 6%.

—Dec. 9—

—Dec. 9—

Andrew White paid sight draft, $42.60, through First National Bank, exchange $.10.

Andrew White paid a sight draft of $42.60 through First National Bank, with an exchange fee of $0.10.

—Dec. 9—

—Dec. 9—

J. D. Jenks accepted our 30-day draft for $140.00, which we discounted at First National Bank at 6%.

J. D. Jenks accepted our 30-day draft for $140.00, which we discounted at First National Bank at 6%.

—Dec. 10—

—Dec. 10—

Accepted a 30-day draft for $75.00 drawn by Eastern Woodenware Co.

Accepted a 30-day draft for $75.00 issued by Eastern Woodenware Co.

—Dec. 11—

—Dec. 11—

Gave First National Bank our check for $90.00 to pay 60-day draft of Farwell & Graves accepted by us Oct. 11.

Gave First National Bank our check for $90.00 to pay the 60-day draft from Farwell & Graves that we accepted on Oct. 11.

—Dec. 12—

—Dec. 12—

Gave First National Bank our check for $41.00 to pay sight draft of Dun & Co.

Gave First National Bank our check for $41.00 to pay the sight draft from Dun & Co.

ACCOUNTING DEPARTMENT, SWIFT & COMPANY, CHICAGO

ACCOUNTING DEPARTMENT, SWIFT & COMPANY, CHICAGO


SINGLE PROPRIETOR'S AND PARTNER'S ACCOUNTS

RETAIL BUSINESS

Retail Business

1. In this section we demonstrate complete sets of books for a retail business, showing every necessary step in bookkeeping from the opening of the business. The first set represents a small business in which the simplest methods are adequate. The business is owned by a single proprietor who opens a retail grocery store.

1. In this section, we show complete sets of books for a retail business, outlining every necessary step in bookkeeping from the start of the business. The first set represents a small business where the simplest methods are enough. The business is owned by a single individual who opens a retail grocery store.

2. Opening the Books. Remembering that bookkeeping is the art of recording the transactions of a business, the first thing to be done is to make the proper opening entry of the books. Being the opening entry, it should record the first fact of importance, which is that the business has been opened. Since bookkeeping should exhibit the exact financial standing of the business, the next step will be a complete statement of assets and liabilities.

2. Opening the Books. Remembering that bookkeeping is the skill of recording business transactions, the first task is to make the correct opening entry of the books. As the opening entry, it should note the most important fact, which is that the business has been launched. Since bookkeeping needs to reflect the accurate financial status of the business, the next step will be a full statement of assets and liabilities.

It is customary to make this opening entry on the first page of the journal. The entry should be a plain statement of facts which can be readily understood by anyone.

It’s common to make this initial entry on the first page of the journal. The entry should be a straightforward statement of facts that anyone can easily understand.

3. Books Used. In this set, the books used are Journal, Cash Book, and Ledger. In addition a counter book or blotter, corresponding to a day book, is used. This is a rough book in which are recorded sales on account, cash purchases, and sometimes payments on account. The entries are merely memoranda of transactions, made when they occur, to be later entered in the regular books. No bookkeeper being employed, it would be inconvenient for the proprietor or his clerk to go to the desk and make a detailed entry every time a sale is made, and so the transaction is entered in pencil in the blotter. Bookkeeping records must be permanent, and should always be made in ink; and it is advisable, when possible, to have all entries made in one handwriting.

3. Books Used. In this set, the books used are the Journal, Cash Book, and Ledger. Additionally, a counter book or blotter, similar to a day book, is used. This is a rough draft where sales on account, cash purchases, and sometimes payments on account are recorded. The entries are just notes of transactions made as they happen, to be later recorded in the official books. Since no bookkeeper is employed, it would be impractical for the owner or their clerk to go to the desk and make a detailed entry every time a sale is made, so the transaction is written in pencil in the blotter. Bookkeeping records need to be permanent and should always be made in ink; it's also advisable, whenever possible, to have all entries written in the same handwriting.

A sample page of the blotter, which illustrates its use, is shown[120] (p. 3). The marks // indicate that the item has been transferred to journal or cash book.

A sample page of the blotter, which shows how it's used, is displayed[120] (p. 3). The marks // indicate that the item has been moved to the journal or cash book.

4. The ledger used is one with journal ruling. In posting, each item is entered in the ledger. This is a very satisfactory plan for a small business, as the items of which each charge is composed can be seen at a glance. More space is required for an account, but the saving in time in making statements is a distinct advantage, especially when the proprietor is his own bookkeeper. With the ordinary style of ledger, it is necessary to refer to books of original entry to find the items.

4. The ledger used is one with journal ruling. In posting, each item is entered in the ledger. This is a very effective plan for a small business, as the details of each charge can be seen at a glance. More space is needed for an account, but the time saved in creating statements is a clear benefit, especially when the owner is also the bookkeeper. With the typical style of ledger, you have to check the original entry books to find the items.

Ledger with Journal Ruling

Ledger with Journal Lines

5. Statements. Customers frequently request detailed statements of account which will give full particulars of each transaction, including each item. At other times the proprietor sends statements to his customers, with a request for payment. When this is done, it is not necessary to enter each item, a statement of the balance due being sufficient unless an itemized statement is requested by the customer.

5. Statements. Customers often ask for detailed account statements that provide full details of every transaction, including each item. At other times, the owner sends statements to customers with a request for payment. When this happens, it's not required to list each item; a statement of the balance due is enough unless the customer specifically asks for an itemized statement.

6. The business is opened by William Webster on the 21st day of November, 190-. He is to conduct a retail grocery business, and has rented a store from Wm. Bristol at a monthly rental of $30.00. His resources consist of cash $600.00; merchandise, consisting of a miscellaneous stock of groceries, $964.50; personal accounts due him as follows: Henry Norton, $25.00; L. B. Jenkins, $22.70. His liabilities consist of two accounts due for goods purchased, as follows: Brewster & Co., Rochester, N. Y., $115.20; Warsaw Milling Co., $64.00. The opening entry, which furnishes a permanent record of these facts, is shown (p. 4).

6. The business was opened by William Webster on November 21, 190-. He will run a retail grocery store and has leased a space from Wm. Bristol for $30.00 a month. His resources include $600.00 in cash; inventory, which is a varied stock of groceries worth $964.50; and personal accounts receivable as follows: Henry Norton, $25.00; L. B. Jenkins, $22.70. His liabilities consist of two accounts payable for goods purchased, specifically: Brewster & Co., Rochester, NY, $115.20; Warsaw Milling Co., $64.00. The opening entry, which provides a permanent record of these details, is shown (p. 4).

7. Proprietor's Account. The proprietor's account is an account representing capital when the business is owned by a single proprietor. When the business is started, this account is opened in the name of the proprietor (Wm. Webster, Proprietor), and to it is credited his net investment. From time to time the books are closed and the proprietor's account then receives credit for the net profits or is debited with the net losses of the business.

7. Proprietor's Account. The proprietor's account is an account that shows the capital when the business is owned by one person. When the business starts, this account is created in the name of the proprietor (Wm. Webster, Proprietor), and it is credited with their net investment. Periodically, the books are closed, and the proprietor's account is credited with the net profits or debited with the net losses of the business.

Day Book

Journal

Opening Entry in Journal

Journal Entry Opening

AIR-LINE MEAT-CARRYING SYSTEM FOR A LARGE RETAIL MARKET
Lamson Consolidated Store Service Co.

AIR-LINE MEAT-CARRYING SYSTEM FOR A LARGE RETAIL MARKET
Lamson Consolidated Store Service Co.

When the proprietor withdraws money or goods from the business for his personal use, the amount may be charged to his investment or proprietorship account, or to a personal account (Wm. Webster, Personal) opened in his name. The latter method is recommended by some writers for the reason that the proprietor's personal expenses, or those of his family, are then separated from the expenses or capital expenditures of the business. As a customer of the business, he is placed on the same basis as any other individual. But the personal account must be closed some time; he must pay it in cash, or close it into profit and loss so that it finally operates to reduce his net investment.

When the owner takes money or goods from the business for personal use, the amount can be charged to their investment or owner’s account, or to a personal account (Wm. Webster, Personal) set up in their name. Some writers recommend the latter method because it keeps the owner’s personal expenses, or those of their family, separate from the business’s expenses or capital expenditures. As a customer of the business, they are treated like any other individual. However, the personal account needs to be closed eventually; they must pay it in cash, or it should be transferred to profit and loss so that it ultimately reduces their net investment.

It appears, therefore, that the question whether withdrawals are charged to the investment or a personal account is largely a matter of personal preference.

It seems that the issue of whether withdrawals are taken from the investment account or a personal account mostly comes down to personal preference.

8. The opening entries having been made, the books are now ready for the recording of the regular transactions of the business. The following transactions are shown in the model set, but the blotter is omitted, all transactions being entered in the journal and cash book. The sample page of the blotter described in Article 3 is sufficient to illustrate its use.

8. With the initial entries completed, the books are now set up to record the regular transactions of the business. The transactions listed in the model set are included, but the blotter is not shown since all transactions are recorded in the journal and cash book. The sample page of the blotter described in Article 3 is enough to demonstrate how it’s used.

SAMPLE TRANSACTIONS

Sample Transactions

9.

9.

—Nov. 21—
Sold to Henry Norton on account,
10# sugar .05½ $.55
2 cans corn   .25
1 can peas .15
3# rice .30
  ———
1.25
—Nov. 21—
Sold to John Smallwood on account,
5# butter   1.00
4# lard .50
1 doz. eggs .25
  ———
1.75
—Nov. 21—[124]
Cash sales 14.10
—Nov. 22—
Sold to Harry Webster on account,
7 bars Lenox soap   .25
1 pkg. gold dust .20
matches .15
¼ bbl. flour 1.35
  ———
1.95
—Nov. 22—
Bought for cash
10 doz. eggs .21 2.10
—Nov. 22—
Cash sales   11.27
—Nov. 23—
Bought from H. Klink & Co., Buffalo, N.Y., on account,
278# hams .11 30.58
200# lard .07½ 15.00
  ———
45.58
—Nov. 23—
Sold to F. W. Bradley on account,
2 bu. potatoes   1.60
—Nov. 23—
Sold to C. D. Glover on account,
1 bbl. apples   3.25
5 gal. vinegar   1.25
  ———
4.50
—Nov. 23—
Cash sales 13.20
—Nov. 24—
Bought from John Smallwood on account,
100 bu. potatoes .60 60.00
Paid him cash   25.00
—Nov. 24—
Sold John Smallwood on account,
2# cheese   .32
1 bottle vanilla ext. .35
1# coffee .35
1# tea .60
  ———
1.62
—Nov. 24—[125]
Sold to A. C. Maybury on account,
1# royal baking powder   .50
1# corn starch .10
1# soda .10
2 pkgs. jello .20
  ———
.90
—Nov. 24—
Cash sales 15.10
—Nov. 25—
Paid Brewster & Co.
Cash   115.20
—Nov. 25—
Sold to L. B. Jenkins on account,
½# pepper   .20
½# cloves .20
¼ bbl. flour 1.35
  ———
1.75
Sold to D. E. Johnson on account,
12# ham .14 1.68
—Nov. 25—
Received from Henry Norton
Cash   26.25
—Nov. 25—
Cash sales 13.00
—Nov. 26—
Sold to Wm. Bristol on account,
11# ham .14 1.54
1 qt. bottle olives   .50
2# coffee .70
20# sugar .05½ 1.10
  ———
3.84
—Nov. 26—
Credit Wm. Bristol
1 month's rent   30.00
—Nov. 26—
Sold to C. D. Glover on account,
¼ bbl. flour   1.35
1# baking powder .50
7 cakes borax soap .25
  ———
2.10
—Nov. 26—[126]
Paid clerk hire   8.00
—Nov. 26—
Cash sales   18.70
—Nov. 28—
Sold to H. N. Shaw on account,
1 bu. potatoes   .80
1 doz. cans corn 1.50
  ———
2.30
—Nov. 28—
Sold to Watkins Hotel Co., on account,
10 bu. potatoes .75 7.50
50# lard .10 5.00
20# ham .13½ 2.70
  ———
15.20
—Nov. 28—
Cash sales   9.45
—Nov. 29—
Bought from Lowell & Sons
500# sugar .04¾ 23.75
50 gal. molasses .30 15.00
  ———
38.75
—Nov. 29—
Bought from Star Salt Co.
10 bbls. salt .80 8.00
—Nov. 29—
Sold to R. H. Sherman on account,
1# coffee   .25
1# chocolate .45
1 qt. olive oil 1.35
¼# ginger .15
¼# pepper .15
1 pkg. mince meat .10
2# lard .25
  ———
2.70
—Nov. 29—
Cash sales   14.35
—Nov. 30—[127]
Received from F. W. Bradley
Cash   1.60
—Nov. 30—
Paid Warsaw Milling Co.
Cash   64.00
—Nov. 30—
Sold to John Smallwood on account,
1 bbl. salt   1.10
—Nov. 30—
Sold to D. E. Johnson on account,
10# lard .10 1.00
1# baking powder   .50
1 pk. apples .35
  ———
1.85
—Nov. 30—
Bought for cash
5 bu. apples 1.00 5.00
—Nov. 30—
Cash sales   17.90

Journal Entrees Recording all Transactions

Journal Entries Recording all Transactions

Journal Entries Recording all Transactions

Transaction Log

Journal Entries Recording all Transactions

Transaction Log

Cash Book

Cash Ledger

Journal Ruled Retail Ledger

Journal-Formatted Retail Ledger

Journal Ruled Retail Journal

Retail Journal with Lined Pages

Journal Ruled Retail Ledger

Journal Ruled Retail Log

Journal Ruled Retail Ledger

Journal-Ruled Retail Ledger

Journal Ruled Retail Ledger

Journal-Style Retail Ledger

Journal Ruled Retail Ledger

Journal Ruled Retail Log

At the close of business, Nov. 30, a trial balance of the ledger accounts is taken. No attention is paid to the accounts which are closed, the open accounts being only included in the trial balance.

At the end of the day on November 30, a trial balance of the ledger accounts is prepared. Closed accounts are disregarded, and only the open accounts are included in the trial balance.

The proprietor wishes to know whether the business has made or lost money, and what the gross and net profits (or the losses) have been. To obtain this information the books are to be closed. Before this process can be completed, it is necessary to know the value of goods now in stock—that is, to take an inventory.

The owner wants to find out if the business has made or lost money, along with the gross and net profits (or losses). To get this information, the books need to be closed. Before this can be finished, it's important to know the value of the goods currently in stock—that is, to take an inventory.

INVENTORY

Stock List

10. An inventory is taken by counting, measuring, or weighing all goods in stock. The stock is listed on journal paper or in a day book, listing first the quantity; second, the name of the article; third, the price; fourth, the value of each item.

10. An inventory is done by counting, measuring, or weighing all the goods in stock. The stock is recorded on journal paper or in a daybook, starting with the quantity; then, the name of the item; next, the price; and finally, the value of each item.

Inventory Sheet

Inventory List

Trial Balance

Trial Balance

11. Pricing. In taking an inventory, all goods must be priced at cost—never at the selling price. If selling prices are used, credit is being taken for profits which cannot be earned until the goods are sold. It may even be found advisable at times to list goods at less than cost. Some classes of goods deteriorate; at other times the stock may contain merchandise that was purchased on a high market, on which prices have been materially lowered. To price such goods at actual cost prices is creating fictitious values. Conservatism is necessary in pricing an inventory, for the taking of credit for unearned profits is wrong in principle.

11. Pricing. When taking an inventory, all goods must be priced at cost—never at the selling price. Using selling prices means you're counting profits that can't be made until the goods are actually sold. Sometimes, it might even be wise to list goods at less than cost. Certain types of goods can lose value; other times, the stock may include items that were bought at a higher price when the market was up, and now their prices have dropped significantly. Pricing such goods at actual cost creates misleading values. It's important to be conservative when pricing an inventory because counting on unearned profits is fundamentally wrong.

This inventory shows the cost of goods in stock to be $1,042.77.

This inventory shows the total value of the goods in stock to be $1,042.77.

12. Closing the Books. This is the process of balancing all revenue accounts, and transferring the balances to the profit and loss account, the balance of the account being finally transferred or closed into the capital, surplus, or deficiency account, as the case may be. We have learned that in a single proprietorship, profit and loss is finally closed into capital or investment account.

12. Closing the Books. This is the process of balancing all revenue accounts and transferring the balances to the profit and loss account, with the final balance being transferred or closed into the capital, surplus, or deficiency account, depending on the situation. We've learned that in a sole proprietorship, the profit and loss is ultimately closed into the capital or investment account.

ERECTING SHOP IN THE WORKS OF THE BALDWIN LOCOMOTIVE WORKS, PHILADELPHIA, PENNA.

ERECTING SHOP IN THE WORKS OF THE BALDWIN LOCOMOTIVE WORKS, PHILADELPHIA, PA.

This being a trading business, the first step is to open a trading account for the purpose of finding the gross profit. The accounts now in the ledger to be closed into trading account are merchandise, inventory, and purchases, which are entered on the debit side; and sales account, which is entered on the credit side. The present inventory is now entered on the credit side; the two sides of the account are footed; and the difference or balance represents the gross gain or loss.

This is a trading business, so the first step is to open a trading account to determine the gross profit. The accounts that need to be closed into the trading account are merchandise, inventory, and purchases, which are listed on the debit side, and sales account, which is listed on the credit side. The current inventory is now recorded on the credit side; both sides of the account are totaled, and the difference or balance shows the gross gain or loss.

13. The trading account shows a credit balance or gross profit of $92.00. This balance is now closed into profit and loss, being entered on the credit side. The only revenue account now open is expense, which shows a debit balance of $38.00. This is a revenue expenditure, representing a loss, and is therefore transferred to the debit or loss side of profit and loss account.

13. The trading account shows a credit balance or gross profit of $92.00. This balance is now closed into profit and loss, entered on the credit side. The only revenue account still open is expenses, which shows a debit balance of $38.00. This is a revenue expenditure, representing a loss, and is therefore transferred to the debit or loss side of the profit and loss account.

Profit and loss shows a credit balance or net profit of $54.00. The balance closes into the account of the proprietor, where it is entered on the credit side increasing his net investment to $1,487.00.

Profit and loss shows a credit balance or net profit of $54.00. The balance transfers into the owner’s account, where it is recorded on the credit side, increasing their net investment to $1,487.00.

NOTE—Complete postings from page 4 of the journal.

NOTE—Complete postings from page 4 of the journal.

14. A balance sheet should now be prepared; and if our work is correct in every particular, the present worth will correspond in amount with the net investment shown by the proprietor's account.

14. A balance sheet should be prepared now; and if our work is accurate in every detail, the current value will match the net investment shown in the owner's account.

Balance Sheet, Nov. 30
 
Assets
Cash $535.62
Accounts Receivable 57.63
  ————
  $593.25
Merchandise Inventory 1,042.77 1,042.77 1,636.02
  ————
 
Liabilities
Sundry Accounts Payable 149.02   149.02
  ————
Present Worth   $1,487.00

Closing Entries, Trading and Profit and Loss Accounts

Closing Entries, Trading and Profit and Loss Accounts

EXERCISE

Workout

15. On a certain date the assets and liabilities of John Noble are as follows:

15. On a specific date, the assets and liabilities of John Noble are as follows:

Assets: cash, $450.00; inventory, $762.50; due from sundry debtors—John Lane $30.00, Henry Watson $17.60, D. B Olin $27.60.

Assets: cash, $450.00; inventory, $762.50; amounts owed from various debtors—John Lane $30.00, Henry Watson $17.60, D. B Olin $27.60.

Liabilities: due sundry creditors—Perkins & Co. $90.00, F. C. Watkins $54.00.

Liabilities: owed to various creditors—Perkins & Co. $90.00, F. C. Watkins $54.00.

The following transactions take place:

The following transactions occur:

April 1: Sold to Wm. Aultman on account, 1 bbl. apples $4.50; 10 bu. corn @ 48c. Bought from Mills & Sweet, 114# cheese at 11c.

April 1: Sold to Wm. Aultman on credit, 1 barrel of apples for $4.50; 10 bushels of corn at 48 cents. Bought from Mills & Sweet, 114 pounds of cheese at 11 cents.

April 2. Sold to Henry Watson on account, 10 bu. potatoes @ 75c; D. B. Olin paid his account in cash; sold for cash, miscellaneous merchandise $17.20.

April 2. Sold to Henry Watson on credit, 10 bushels of potatoes @ 75 cents; D. B. Olin paid his bill in cash; sold miscellaneous merchandise for cash, totaling $17.20.

April 3. Sold to Andrew Nevin on account, 20# lard at 11c, 14-1/2# ham at 15c; sold to Homer Miller on account, 1/4 bbl. flour, $1.55, 3 doz. eggs @ 26c, 20# sugar @ 5-1/4c; sold for cash, miscellaneous merchandise $18.60.

April 3. Sold to Andrew Nevin on credit, 20# of lard at 11c, 14-1/2# of ham at 15c; sold to Homer Miller on credit, 1/4 bbl. of flour, $1.55, 3 dozen eggs @ 26c, 20# of sugar @ 5-1/4c; sold for cash, miscellaneous merchandise $18.60.

April 4. Paid Perkins & Co., cash 90.00; sold Marvin Stetson 1 bbl. apples $4.50, 2# coffee @ 40c, 1# tea @ 60c; Wm. Aultman paid his account in full; sold for cash, miscellaneous merchandise $16.30.

April 4. Paid Perkins & Co., cash $90.00; sold 1 barrel of apples to Marvin Stetson for $4.50, 2 pounds of coffee at $0.40, 1 pound of tea at $0.60; Wm. Aultman paid off his account in full; sold miscellaneous merchandise for cash totaling $16.30.

April 5. Bought from Geneva Milling Co. 100 bbls. flour @ $3.25; sold to D. Wiseman 2 bbls. salt @ $1.10, 10# sugar @ 5-1/2c; sold for cash, miscellaneous merchandise $14.90.

April 5. Purchased from Geneva Milling Co. 100 barrels of flour at $3.25; sold to D. Wiseman 2 barrels of salt at $1.10, 10 pounds of sugar at 5.5 cents; sold miscellaneous merchandise for cash totaling $14.90.

April 6. Sold F. C. Watkins 20 bu. corn @ 35c, 10# butter @ 30c, 1 vinegar cask $1.50; paid F. C. Watkins cash $42.50; Henry Watson paid his account in full; paid 1 month's rent $35.00; paid clerk hire $7.00; sold for cash, merchandise $27.90.

April 6. Sold F. C. Watkins 20 bushels of corn at 35 cents, 10 pounds of butter at 30 cents, 1 cask of vinegar for $1.50; paid F. C. Watkins cash $42.50; Henry Watson paid his account in full; paid 1 month's rent $35.00; paid clerk hire $7.00; sold merchandise for cash $27.90.

At the close of business, the merchandise inventory was $987.75.

At the end of the day, the merchandise inventory was $987.75.

Using journal, cash book, and ledger, open the books, enter and post these transactions Make a trial balance and a balance sheet, showing present worth. Does the business show a profit or a loss, and how much? How is the amount determined from the balance sheet?

Using a journal, cash book, and ledger, start recording the transactions. Make sure to enter and post them correctly. Create a trial balance and a balance sheet that show the current value. Does the business have a profit or a loss, and how much is it? How is this amount calculated from the balance sheet?

Close the books into the proper accounts, showing gross and net profit and loss. To what account is the profit or loss transferred?

Close the books into the correct accounts, showing gross and net profit and loss. Which account is the profit or loss transferred to?

RETAIL COAL BOOKS

Retail Coal Books

16. The proprietor wishes to retire from the grocery business, and, having an opportunity to sell the stock at inventory value, does so, receiving $1,042.77 in cash. He immediately pays sundry accounts payable, $149.02. He collects all accounts receivable except the amount due from L. B. Jenkins, $24.45. This leaves him with assets consisting of cash $1,462.55; due from L. B. Jenkins, $24.45; and no liabilities.

16. The owner wants to retire from the grocery business, and, seizing the chance to sell the inventory at its value, does so, receiving $1,042.77 in cash. He immediately pays various outstanding bills, totaling $149.02. He collects all accounts receivable except for the amount owed by L. B. Jenkins, which is $24.45. This leaves him with assets consisting of cash $1,462.55; the amount due from L. B. Jenkins, $24.45; and no debts.

He next engages in the retail coal business, investing his entire assets. He rents an office and yards at $40.00 per month, and engages a teamster who owns a team and wagon, paying him $24.00 per week.

He then gets into the retail coal business, putting all of his assets into it. He rents an office and yard for $40.00 a month and hires a teamster who owns a team and wagon, paying him $24.00 a week.

17. In this business there are introduced a sales book, with which the student is familiar, and a form of ledger known as center ruled (p. 25). This form at first appears slightly confusing; but there is considerable advantage in having the debit and credit columns side by side, as balances can be calculated more readily.

17. In this business, a sales book is introduced that the student is familiar with, along with a type of ledger known as center ruled (p. 25). This format may initially seem a bit confusing; however, it's very beneficial to have the debit and credit columns next to each other, as it makes calculating balances easier.

18. The cash book used is one having three columns. On the debit side the third column is used for cash sales. The footing is carried forward until the end of the month, or any other time when a trial balance is desired, when the amount is posted in one item. All bills are paid by check, the money received being deposited in the bank.

18. The cash book in use has three columns. The third column on the debit side is for cash sales. The totals are carried forward until the end of the month, or whenever a trial balance is needed, at which point the amount is posted as a single entry. All bills are paid by check, and any money received is deposited in the bank.

19. An auxiliary book used in this business is a scale book, in which are recorded the weight of wagon, gross and net weights. Weighing the delivery wagons used by the business each morning is sufficient; this weight can be used on each load hauled for the day. And on deliveries made by the regular wagons, it is not necessary to record the weight of each load in the scale book; knowing the tare, the net weight can be recorded in the sales book.

19. An additional book used in this operation is a scale book, which records the weight of the wagon, along with gross and net weights. Weighing the delivery wagons each morning is enough; this weight can be applied to every load transported that day. For deliveries made with the regular wagons, it's not necessary to log the weight of every load in the scale book; by knowing the tare, the net weight can be recorded in the sales book.

The principal use of the scale book is to record the weights of coal sold at the yards and hauled by the purchaser. When a wagon comes to the yard for a load of coal, it is of course necessary to obtain first the weight of the empty wagon; and it is important that both this and the gross weight be permanently recorded to prevent later disputes. The scale or weight book is usually made with sheets of from four to six weight tickets, perforated, having[143] stubs which are exact duplicates of the tickets. The perforated ticket is given to the customer and the stub remains in the book as a permanent record.

The main purpose of the scale book is to log the weights of coal sold at the yards and taken away by the buyer. When a truck arrives at the yard for a load of coal, it's essential to first get the weight of the empty truck; it’s also crucial that both this and the total weight are recorded permanently to avoid any future disputes. The scale or weight book usually has sheets with four to six weight tickets, perforated, with[143] stubs that are exact copies of the tickets. The perforated ticket is given to the customer, and the stub stays in the book as a permanent record.

Since it is necessary to enter the weights in two places, and because this duplication of work is liable to result in errors, a better plan would be to omit the stub and make the book with carbon duplicate tickets. Even with the old style of book a sheet of carbon paper can be placed between two sheets and two copies of the ticket made at one writing; the record sheet to remain in the book. See illustration, p. 26.

Since you have to enter the weights in two places, and this extra work can lead to mistakes, a better idea would be to skip the stub and use a book with carbon-copy tickets. Even with the old-style book, you can place a sheet of carbon paper between two sheets to create two copies of the ticket at once; the record sheet will stay in the book. See illustration, p. 26.

CENTER RULED LEDGER

Center ruled notebook

20. Uncollectable Accounts. In the closing entries of the last model set, we have shown that the gross trading profits are represented by the balance of trading account. All profits from other sources are credited directly to profit and loss account; likewise all other losses are charged directly to profit and loss. One such source of loss is uncollectable accounts. To charge the loss resulting from an uncollectable account against trading profits would create a false showing in respect to the trading profits during the current period, for the reason that the account may represent sales made during a former period.

20. Uncollectable Accounts. In the final entries of the last model set, we've shown that the gross trading profits are reflected in the balance of the trading account. All profits from other sources are credited directly to the profit and loss account; similarly, all other losses are charged straight to profit and loss. One such source of loss is uncollectable accounts. Charging the loss from an uncollectable account against trading profits would give a misleading impression of the trading profits for the current period, because the account might reflect sales made during a previous period.

Scale Book

Scale Manual

SAMPLE TRANSACTION

SAMPLE TRANSACTION

21. The transactions which follow represent the business for the period covered:

21. The transactions that follow reflect the business for the period covered:

—Dec. 10—
Commenced business with the following assets:
Cash   $1,415.55
Due from L. B. Jenkins 24.45
—Dec. 10—
Bought from Lehigh Coal Co., on account,
25 tons nut coal $4.25 106.25
—Dec. 10—
Bought from Reading Coal Co., on account,
25 tons egg coal 4.25 106.25
15 tons pea coal 3.75 56.25
  ————
162.50
—Dec. 10—[145]
Deposited cash 1,400.00
—Dec. 11—
Sold to Henry Newton
2,000# nut 5.25 5.25
—Dec. 11—
Sold to D. H. Kennedy
6,000# egg 5.75 17.25
4,000# nut 5.75 11.50
  ————
28.75
—Dec. 11—
Sold for cash
1,000# nut 5.25 2.63
—Dec. 12—
Sold to Andrew White
4,000# egg 5.75 11.50
1,000# pea 5.25 2.63
  ————
14.13
—Dec. 12—
Sold to F. W. Francis
6,000# nut 5.75 17.25
1,500# pea 5.25 3.94
  ————
21.19
—Dec. 12—
Sold for cash
4,000# nut 5.75 11.50
—Dec. 13—
Bought from Lackawanna Coal Co.
50 tons run of mine 3.25 162.50
—Dec. 13—
Sold to Eastern Foundry Co.
25 tons run of mine 3.75 93.75
—Dec. 13—
Sold to Geo. Miller
8,000# egg 5.75 23.00
—Dec. 13—[146]
Sold for cash
2,000# nut 5.75 5.75
4,000# nut 5.25 10.50
2,000# pea 4.75 4.75
  ————
21.00
—Dec. 13—
Deposited all cash on hand
—Dec. 14—
Bought from Lehigh Coal Co.
30 tons nut 4.25 127.50
—Dec. 14—
Sold to Lotus Club
10 tons nut 5.75 57.50
—Dec. 14—
Sold to David Meyer
4,000# pea 5.25 10.50
—Dec. 14—
Sold to City Wagon Co.
10,000# run of mine 4.50 22.50
—Dec. 14—
Sold for cash
6,000# egg 5.25 15.75
—Dec. 15—
Paid Lehigh Coal Co.
Check# 1   106.25
—Dec. 15—
Received from D. H. Kennedy
Cash in full payment of his account.
—Dec. 15—
Sold to Samuel Hartley
1,000# pea 4.75 2.38
2,000# nut 5.25 5.25
  ————
7.63
[147]—Dec. 15—
Sold for cash
2,000# pea 5.25 5.25
5,000# nut 5.25 13.13
4,000# egg 5.25 10.50
2,500# run of mine 4.25 6.38
  ————
35.26
—Dec. 15—
Paid Henry Wiggins, teamster
Check #2   24.00
—Dec. 15—
Paid D. H. Tuttle
1 month's rent, check #3 40.00
—Dec. 15—
Deposited all cash on hand
—Dec. 15—
Charged L. B. Jenkins account to profit and loss

EXERCISE

Workout

22. Open the books, using cash book, sales book, journal, and ledger. Enter each transaction, and make all postings to ledger. Take off a trial balance of the ledger accounts.

22. Open the books using the cash book, sales book, journal, and ledger. Record each transaction and post everything to the ledger. Prepare a trial balance of the ledger accounts.

At the close of business, Dec. 15, the inventory is taken, and shows the following quantities on hand:

At the end of the day on December 15, the inventory is counted and shows the following quantities available:

38 tons nut @ 4.25
14 " egg @ 4.25
9 " pea @ 3.75
18½ " run of mine @ 3.25

Close all accounts representing trading transactions into a trading account, and find the gross trading profit or loss.

Close all accounts representing trading transactions into a trading account, and determine the overall trading profit or loss.

Close trading and revenue expenditure accounts into profit and loss account.

Close trading and revenue expense accounts into the profit and loss account.

Close net profits into proprietor's account.

Close net profits into the owner's account.

Bring down the balances in the ledger and take a new trial balance.

Bring down the balances in the ledger and prepare a new trial balance.

SALES TICKETS

Tickets for Sale

23. In a retail business it is necessary for the sales person to record purchases at the time the goods are selected by the customer.[148] When but one or two clerks are employed, it is possible to record these sales in a counter book or blotter; but in a larger business employing several clerks, this method would be extremely inconvenient. The bookkeeper would be obliged to wait for the books; and even if two sets of counter books were provided for use on alternate days, the work would always be at least one day behind.

23. In a retail business, it's essential for the salesperson to log purchases right when the customer picks out the items.[148] When there are only one or two clerks working, these sales can be recorded in a counter book or blotter, but in a larger business with multiple clerks, that method would be very inconvenient. The bookkeeper would have to wait for the records, and even if two sets of counter books were used on alternate days, the work would always lag by at least one day.

The increase in the volume of business transacted, and the multiplicity of transactions in a retail store, have been responsible for the introduction of many labor-saving methods and devices. One of these now used in all large stores and in many small ones, is the sales ticket.

The rise in the amount of business being done and the numerous transactions in a retail store have led to the adoption of many labor-saving methods and devices. One of these, now used in all large stores and many small ones, is the sales ticket.

The sales ticket is to all intents and purposes a small invoice blank. Sales tickets are put up in pads or in book form, and are numbered in duplicate. The number is prefixed by a letter—as H 10—which is intended to indicate either the department or the sales person. When a sale is made, the ticket or bill is made in duplicate by means of carbon paper; one copy is given to the customer, and the other retained. If it is a cash sale, the copy retained goes to the cashier with the money; if a sale on account, to the bookkeeper to be charged.

The sales ticket is essentially a small invoice blank. Sales tickets come in pads or books and are numbered in duplicate. The number starts with a letter—like H 10—which indicates either the department or the salesperson. When a sale is made, the ticket or bill is created in duplicate using carbon paper; one copy is given to the customer, and the other is kept. If it's a cash sale, the retained copy goes to the cashier with the payment; if it's a charge sale, it goes to the bookkeeper to be recorded.

These sales tickets are also used for taking orders for future delivery, both copies being retained until the order is filled. When delivery is made, one copy goes to the customer as a bill. Aside from the time saved, the sales ticket is a great convenience, as its use gives the customer a bill for every purchase.

These sales tickets are also used for taking orders for future delivery, with both copies kept until the order is fulfilled. When delivery occurs, one copy is given to the customer as a bill. Beyond the time saved, the sales ticket is really convenient since it provides the customer with a bill for every purchase.

DEPARTMENTAL RECORDS

Department Records

24. When the goods sold are divided into departments, it is here customary to record carefully the purchases and sales for each department. These records are provided for by the use of purchase and sales books having as many columns as there are departments. Let us suppose that the business under consideration is a single proprietorship, and that the goods sold are clothing, shoes, and furnishings. Each class of goods is kept in a separate department, sales and purchases being recorded by departments.

24. When goods are sold in different departments, it's common to keep detailed records of purchases and sales for each department. This is done by using purchase and sales books that have as many columns as there are departments. Let's say the business we're talking about is a sole proprietorship, and it sells clothing, shoes, and furnishings. Each type of goods is kept in its own department, with sales and purchases documented by department.

25. Purchase and sales books of a special design are used, each having three special columns. It will be noted that neither purchases nor sales are recorded in detail, but that both purchase invoices and sales tickets are recorded by number, and only the[149] totals extended in the proper column. The charges and credits are posted to personal accounts from the purchase and sales books. All purchase invoices are filed in numerical order. The sales tickets are kept in bundles, each day's tickets by themselves. The tickets of each department and each sales person are also kept by themselves. If it becomes necessary at any time to know the items of an invoice or sales ticket, it is an easy matter to refer to the files under the proper date and number for the desired information.

25. Specialized purchase and sales books are used, each containing three specific columns. It's important to note that neither purchases nor sales are recorded in detail; instead, both purchase invoices and sales tickets are logged by number, with only the[149] totals entered in the appropriate column. Charges and credits are posted to personal accounts from the purchase and sales books. All purchase invoices are sorted in numerical order. Sales tickets are kept in bundles, with each day’s tickets organized separately. Tickets for each department and each salesperson are also maintained separately. If it's ever necessary to check the details of an invoice or sales ticket, it's easy to reference the files by the correct date and number for the needed information.

The combined totals of the three department columns must equal the footing of the total column. All footings are carried forward until the end of the month, when the totals are posted directly to purchase and sales accounts, completing the double entry. In the ledger, purchase and sales accounts are kept with each department; but when the books are closed, the results from all departments are combined in the trading account. Instead of recording cash sales in a special column in the cash book, all receipts of this kind are entered in the regular cash received column. These sales are not posted from the cash book, but are entered in the sales book daily. Thus they are carried forward in the footings, and at the end of the month the totals of the sales book represent all sales, both on account and for cash.

The total amounts from the three department columns must match the total in the main column. All totals are carried over until the end of the month, when they are posted directly to the purchase and sales accounts, completing the double entry. In the ledger, purchase and sales accounts are maintained for each department; however, when the books are closed, the results from all departments are merged into the trading account. Instead of recording cash sales in a separate column in the cash book, all cash receipts are entered in the regular cash received column. These sales are not posted from the cash book but are logged in the sales book daily. This way, they are carried over in the totals, and by the end of the month, the totals in the sales book reflect all sales, both on account and cash.

26. The cash book in this set presents some new features. Instead of using both pages of the book, one page is used for both debit and credit. The bank account is also kept in the cash book, debit and credit columns being provided for this purpose. Deposits are entered in the bank debit column and in the cash credit column. Checks are entered in the bank credit column and posted to individual accounts.

26. The cash book in this set has some new features. Instead of using both pages of the book, one page is used for both debit and credit. The bank account is also recorded in the cash book, with debit and credit columns provided for this purpose. Deposits are entered in the bank debit column and in the cash credit column. Checks are entered in the bank credit column and posted to individual accounts.

The other books used are the journal and ledger. The journal is used only for adjusting entries which cannot be made through the other books.

The other books used are the journal and ledger. The journal is used solely for adjusting entries that can't be made through the other books.

SAMPLE TRANSACTIONS

Sample Transactions

27. The business is opened by C. D. Walker, who invests $3,500.00 cash, which he deposits in the bank. The following transactions are recorded:

27. The business is started by C. D. Walker, who invests $3,500.00 in cash, which he deposits in the bank. The following transactions are recorded:

—Jan. 12—
Bought from Hart, Schaffner & Marx, Chicago
50 suits   —————— $13.50 $675.00
15 " 16.50 247.50
  ————
$912.50
Net; 2% 10.
Invoice #1.
—Jan. 12—
Bought from Hamilton Brown Shoe Co., St. Louis
30 pr. shoes —————— 2.25 67.50
30 " " 4.25 127.50
10 " " 1.50 15.00
  ————
210.00
Net 60; 2% 10.
Invoice #2.
—Jan. 14—
Bought from Farwell & Co., Chicago
1 doz. shirts —————— 13.50 13.50
2 " " 9.00 18.00
4 " " 6.25 25.00
2 " sox 1.50 3.00
1 " " 2.00 2.00
10 " underwear 6.50 65.00
5 " hdkfs. 1.10 5.50
  ————
132.00
Net 60; 2% 10.
Invoice #3.
—Jan. 14—
Bought from Barr Dry Goods Co., St. Louis
12 doz. collars —————— .75 9.00
12 " " 1.10 13.20
  ————
22.20
Net 30.
Invoice #3.
[151]—Jan. 15—
Sold to S. W. Martin, 842 3d Av., on account
Sales ticket A4. 25.00
S.T. B6 4.50
S.T. C18 6.00
  ————
35.50
—Jan. 15—
Sold for cash
Clothing 148.70
Furnishings 26.50
Shoes 54.00
  ————
229.20
—Jan. 15—
Paid Hart, Schaffner & Marx account
Check #1 894.25
Discount 18.25
  ————
912.50
—Jan. 16—
Sold to A. R. Crane, 1162 Baker St., on account
S.T. B7 3.00
—Jan. 17—
Sold to D. H. Whipple, 476 Lake St., on account
S.T. A12 27.50
Paid cash on account 10.00
—Jan. 17—
Received from S. W. Martin
1 shirt, for exchange 1.50
Sold him on account
1 shirt 2.00
S.T. B9
—Jan. 17—
Sold for cash
Department A —————— 200.00
" B 64.00
" C 87.50
  ————
351.50
[152]—Jan. 19—
Sold to C. D. Lewis, 64 Ferry Av., on account
S.T. B11 6.50
S.T. C23 3.50
  ————
10.00
—Jan. 19—
Paid Hamilton Brown Shoe Co., on account
Check #2 205.80
Discount 4.20
  ————
210.00
—Jan. 19—
Paid clerk hire, cash 12.00
—Jan. 19—
Paid store rent to D. C. Watson
Check #3 50.00
—Jan. 19—
Sold for cash
Department B —————— 37.50
" C 35.00
  ————
72.50
—Jan. 19—
Deposited in bank 550.00
—Jan. 20—
Sold to B. E Johnson, 92 King St., on account
S.T. A15 20.00
—Jan. 20—
Sold for cash
Department A —————— 75.00
" B 21.25
  ————
96.25
—Jan. 20—
Deposited in bank 100.00
[153]—Jan. 20—
Paid freight bills
Department A —————— 8.75
" B 3.42
" C 4.20
  ————
Check #4 to C. D. Jenks, Agt. 16.37
The inventory on Jan. 20 is:
Clothing $487.00
Furnishings 30.50
Shoes 64.50
Balance Sheet, Jan 20
Assets
Cash
Bank $2,983.58
Office 97.45
  ———— $3,081.03
Accounts Receivable
Martin 36.00
Crane 3.00
Whipple 17.50
Lewis 10.00
Johnson 20.00
  ————
  86.50
Merchandise (Inventory) 582.00
  ———— $3,749.53
Liabilities
Accounts Payable
Farwell 132.00
Barr 22.20 154.20 154.20
  ———— ———— ————
Present Worth $3,595.33

Adjustment Journal and Department Purchase Book

Adjustment Journal and Department Purchase Book

Departmental Sales Book

Sales Department Log

Cash Book Including Bank Account

Cash Book and Bank Account

Center Ruled Ledger

Center-Ruled Notebook

Center Ruled Ledger

Center-Ruled Notebook

Center Ruled Ledger

Center Ruled Notebook

Center Ruled Ledger

Center-Ruled Notebook

Center Ruled Ledger

Centered Ruled Ledger

Trial Balance

Trial Balance

EXERCISE

WORKOUT

28. Take a trial balance of the ledger accounts as they appear after the books are closed Jan. 20.

28. Take a trial balance of the ledger accounts as they appear after the books are closed on January 20.

At the close of business, Feb. 28, we find that the following transactions have been recorded:

At the end of the business day on February 28, we see that the following transactions have been recorded:

Purchased clothing from Hart, Schaffner & Marx, $1,500.00; from Brokau Bros., $720.00.

Purchased clothing from Hart, Schaffner & Marx, $1,500.00; from Brokau Bros., $720.00.

Purchased furnishings from Barr Dry Goods Co., $60.00, from Rosenthal & Co., $437.50.

Purchased furnishings from Barr Dry Goods Co., $60.00, from Rosenthal & Co., $437.50.

Purchased shoes from Brown Shoe Co., $460.00.

Purchased shoes from Brown Shoe Co., $460.00.

Sold on account, clothing, $600.00; furnishings, $224.40; shoes, $112.00.

Sold on credit: clothing, $600.00; furnishings, $224.40; shoes, $112.00.

Sold for cash, clothing, $789.50; furnishings, $302.90; shoes, $447.25.

Sold for cash: clothing, $789.50; furnishings, $302.90; shoes, $447.25.

Received cash on account, $672.20.

Received cash on account, $672.20.

Received returned goods: clothing, $15.00; shoes, $7.00.

Received returned goods: clothing, $15.00; shoes, $7.00.

Deposited cash in bank, $2,230.00.

Deposited cash in bank: $2,230.00.

Paid cash for expenses, $10.00.

Paid $10.00 cash for expenses.

Gave checks as follows: Hart, Schaffner & Marx, $1,176.00; Brokau Bros., $705.60; Brown Shoe Co., $294.00; Farwell & Co., $132.00; Barr Dry Goods Co., $22.20; Rosenthal & Co., $428.75; rent, $50.00; expenses, $100.00.

Gave checks as follows: Hart, Schaffner & Marx, $1,176.00; Brokau Bros., $705.60; Brown Shoe Co., $294.00; Farwell & Co., $132.00; Barr Dry Goods Co., $22.20; Rosenthal & Co., $428.75; rent, $50.00; expenses, $100.00.

Cash discounts earned on accounts paid as follows: Hart, Schaffner & Marx, $24.00; Brokau Bros., $14.40; Brown Shoe Co., $6.00; Rosenthal & Co., $8.75.

Cash discounts earned on accounts paid are as follows: Hart, Schaffner & Marx, $24.00; Brokau Bros., $14.40; Brown Shoe Co., $6.00; Rosenthal & Co., $8.75.

Take a new trial balance as the ledger accounts appear after posting these transactions.

Take a new trial balance as the ledger accounts look after posting these transactions.

The inventory, Feb. 28, is:

The inventory as of Feb. 28 is:

Clothing $1,790.50
Furnishings 176.40
Shoes 136.25
  ————
$2,103.15

Close the books, make statement of trading and profit and loss account. Make a balance sheet.

Close the books, create a trading statement and profit and loss account. Prepare a balance sheet.

What were the gross profits for this period?

What were the total profits for this time period?

What were the net profits?

What were the net earnings?

What is the proprietor's present worth?

What is the owner's current value?

PARTNERSHIP

Collaboration

29. Legal authorities define a partnership as a combination by two or more persons, of capital, labor, or skill, for the transaction of business for their common profit.

29. Legal authorities define a partnership as an arrangement between two or more people, combining capital, labor, or skills, to conduct business for their mutual benefit.

Partnerships may be formed for the purpose of conducting any legitimate business or undertaking, and are created by contract, expressed or implied, between the parties. Partnership agreements need not be in writing, but may be made by oral assent of the parties. Even though they are legal if made orally, partnership agreements should always be made in writing.

Partnerships can be created to conduct any lawful business or activity and are established by a contract, either explicitly stated or implied, between the parties involved. Partnership agreements don’t have to be in writing and can be formed through spoken agreement. Although they are valid if made verbally, it’s always best to have partnership agreements in writing.

30. Partnership Agreements. These should state the date on which the agreement is entered into, the name of the contracting parties, the name by which the partnership is to be known, and the address of the place of business. Following should be a statement of the nature of the business, the amount and form of investment of each partner, the duration of the partnership, the basis of division of profits, provisions for the dissolution of the partnership, definition of the duties of active partners, and a provision for the division of the assets in the event of dissolution or at the termination of the partnership.

30. Partnership Agreements. These should include the date the agreement is made, the names of the parties involved, the name of the partnership, and the address of the business location. Next, there should be a description of the business type, the amount and form of each partner's investment, the length of the partnership, how profits will be divided, terms for dissolving the partnership, a definition of the roles of active partners, and guidelines for dividing assets if the partnership dissolves or ends.

31. Kinds of Partners. Partners are of different kinds, depending on the nature of the partnership agreement and the extent of their liability, expressed or implied, as between themselves or in respect to third persons. The usual classification of partners is as follows: ostensible, secret, nominal, silent, and dormant.

31. Types of Partners. Partners come in various forms, based on the type of partnership agreement and the level of their liability, whether stated or implied, among themselves or toward third parties. The common classification of partners is as follows: ostensible, secret, nominal, silent, and dormant.

Ostensible partners are those whose names are disclosed to the public as actual partners.

Ostensible partners are those whose names are made public as actual partners.

Secret partners are those whose names are not disclosed to the public, though participating in the profits.

Secret partners are those whose names aren’t revealed to the public, even though they share in the profits.

Nominal partners are those who allow their names to be used as partners, though they may have no actual interest in the business. The fact of their being known as partners makes them liable to third parties.

Nominal partners are people who let their names be used as partners, even if they don't have any real interest in the business. Because they are recognized as partners, they are responsible to third parties.

Silent partners are those who, while sharing in the profits, take no active part in the management of the business. Their names may or may not be known. Silent partners may also be secret partners,

Silent partners are individuals who, while sharing in the profits, do not take an active role in managing the business. Their names may or may not be known. Silent partners can also be secret partners,

Dormant partners are those, who are both silent and secret partners. They are usually included in a general term like Company, Sons, or Brothers.

Dormant partners are those who are both silent and secret partners. They are usually included in a general term like Company, Sons, or Brothers.

32. Participation in Profits. The most simple partnership from an accounting standpoint is one in which the investments of the several partners are equal, and profits are to be divided equally.

32. Participation in Profits. The simplest partnership from an accounting perspective is one where all partners have equal investments, and profits are shared equally.

This condition does not exist in all partnerships. The members of the partnership may invest unequal amounts and share in the profits on the basis of their investment. The investment may be equal, but one partner may receive an extra share of the profits in return for work performed in lieu of a salary. The investment may be unequal, but the one with the smaller investment may share equally in the profits in return for work performed. It is not unusual for a silent partner to furnish all of the capital and share equally in the profits with an ostensible partner who assumes full responsibility for the management of the business.

This situation doesn't apply to all partnerships. Members of the partnership might invest different amounts and share profits based on their investment. The investment could be equal, but one partner might get a larger share of the profits in exchange for their work instead of a salary. The investment might be unequal, but the partner with the smaller investment could still share equally in the profits for the work they do. It's not uncommon for a silent partner to provide all the capital and share profits equally with an active partner who takes full responsibility for managing the business.

33. Interest on Investment. When the investment of the partners is unequal, it is customary to allow interest on the capital invested and to charge interest on all withdrawals. The interest on capital must be credited, and the interest on withdrawals must be charged, before profits can be distributed.

33. Interest on Investment. When the partners' investments aren't equal, it's common to pay interest on the capital put in and charge interest on any withdrawals. The interest on capital has to be credited, and the interest on withdrawals has to be charged, before profits can be shared out.

34. Capital and Personal Accounts. In a partnership a special account should be opened in the name of each partner to represent his investment (for example, John Smith, Capital). To this account is credited his net investment. When the books are closed, the account is credited with his share of the profits, and debited with his withdrawals.

34. Capital and Personal Accounts. In a partnership, a separate account should be opened in the name of each partner to represent their investment (for example, John Smith, Capital). This account is credited with their net investment. When the books are closed, the account is credited with their share of the profits and debited with their withdrawals.

A personal account should be opened in the name of each partner, to which is debited all withdrawals, either of money or goods. Even when the capital invested is equal, some partnership agreements provide that interest shall be charged on all withdrawals, particularly when the business is of such a nature that goods traded in are likely to be withdrawn by the partners, or when, for any reason, withdrawals are likely to be unequal. The balance of the partner's personal account is closed into his capital account when the books are closed. Before closing this account, it should be credited with interest on capital account and charged with the interest provided on withdrawals.

A personal account should be opened in the name of each partner, to which all withdrawals, whether cash or goods, are charged. Even if the capital invested is the same, some partnership agreements specify that interest will be applied to all withdrawals, especially when the nature of the business means that goods are likely to be taken out by the partners, or when, for any reason, withdrawals are likely to be uneven. The balance of the partner's personal account is transferred to their capital account when the books are closed. Before closing this account, it should be credited with interest from the capital account and debited with the interest applied to withdrawals.

35. Opening the Books. When the books of a partnership are opened, the essential features of the partnership agreement should be written at the top of the first page of the journal. Next following the partnership agreement, are the entries showing the nature and amount of the investment of each partner, the amounts being posted to the credit of partners' capital accounts.

35. Opening the Books. When the partnership's books are opened, the key elements of the partnership agreement should be written at the top of the first page of the journal. Following the partnership agreement, there should be entries that detail the nature and amount of each partner's investment, with the amounts being credited to the partners' capital accounts.

36. Closing the Books. When the books of a partnership are to be closed, the revenue accounts are closed into trading and profit and loss, the same as in any other form of business organization. The net profit is then apportioned according to agreement, the share of each partner being credited to his capital account. The balance of his personal account is then carried to his capital account; the balance of that account will then show his net investment.

36. Closing the Books. When it's time to close the books of a partnership, the revenue accounts are closed into trading and profit and loss, just like in any other business structure. The net profit is then distributed according to the agreement, with each partner's share being credited to their capital account. The remaining balance of their personal account is then transferred to their capital account; the balance of that account will reflect their net investment.

Illustration of Closing Entries. A, B, and C form a partnership, each investing $1,000.00, profits to be shared equally. When the books are closed, the net profits are found to be $909.60. A's personal account shows a debit balance of $46.50; B's personal account shows a credit balance of $100.00; C's personal account shows a credit balance of $52.00. The entries are as follows:

Illustration of Closing Entries. A, B, and C start a partnership, each putting in $1,000.00, with profits shared equally. When the books are closed, the net profits total $909.60. A's personal account has a debit balance of $46.50; B's personal account has a credit balance of $100.00; C's personal account has a credit balance of $52.00. The entries are as follows:

Profit and Loss $909.60
To A, Capital a/c   $303.20
" B, " "   303.20
" C, " "   303.20
A, Capital a/c 46.50
A, Personal a/c   46.50
B, Personal a/c 100.00
B, Capital a/c   100.00
C, Personal a/c 52.00
C, Capital a/c   52.00
The capital accounts after closing are:
 
A, Capital City a/c
Dec. 31, Bal. personal a/c $46.50 $1,000.00   Jan. 1
  Balance 1,256.70 303.20 (1/3 profits) Dec. 31
  ———— ————
  $1,303.20 $1,303.20
  ══════ ══════
  $1,256.70 net invest. Dec. 31
[167] 
B, Cap. a/c
Dec. 31, Balance $1,403.20 $1,000.00   Jan. 1
  303.20 (1/3 profits) Dec. 31
  100.00 pers. a/c Dec. 31
  ———— ————
  $1,403.20 $1,403.20
  ══════ ══════
  $1,403.20 net invest. Dec. 31
 
C, Capital City a/c
Dec. 31, Balance $1,355.20 $1,000.00   Jan. 1
  303.20 (1/3 profits) Dec. 31
  52.00 pers. a/c Dec. 31
  ———— ————
  $1,355.20 $1,355.20
  ══════ ══════
  $1,355.20 net invest. Dec. 31

SAMPLE TRANSACTION

SAMPLE TRANSACTION

37. The first business taken up for consideration under the head of partnerships is a retail shoe business. The stock is kept in three classes: men's, women's, and children's shoes. Purchase and sales books, ruled to segregate transactions of each class, are used. The bank account is kept in the cash book, which is also provided with two columns for discount. All sales, whether for cash or on account, are recorded on sales tickets.

37. The first topic we’ll discuss regarding partnerships is a retail shoe business. The inventory is divided into three categories: men's, women's, and children's shoes. There are purchase and sales books organized to track transactions for each category. The bank account is maintained in the cash book, which also has two columns for discounts. All sales, whether paid in cash or on credit, are noted on sales tickets.

James Benton, Horace Douglas, and Henry Kemp form a partnership under the firm name of Benton, Douglas & Kemp, for the purpose of conducting a retail shoe business in Buffalo, N. Y. The date of the agreement, which is to continue for ten years, is March 1, 1908. James Benton invests $1,000.00 in cash and a stock of shoes inventorying $2,000.00 as follows: men's, $800.00; women's, $700.00; children's, $500.00. Horace Douglas and Henry Kemp each invest $3,000.00 in cash. The three partners are to share equally in the profits and each is to receive a salary of $100.00 per month. The books are to be closed and net profits divided at the end of each three months' period counting from January 1, which brings the first distribution on March 31.

James Benton, Horace Douglas, and Henry Kemp have formed a partnership under the name Benton, Douglas & Kemp to run a retail shoe business in Buffalo, N.Y. The agreement, which will last for ten years, was made on March 1, 1908. James Benton contributes $1,000 in cash and a stock of shoes worth $2,000, broken down as follows: men's $800; women's $700; children's $500. Horace Douglas and Henry Kemp each invest $3,000 in cash. The three partners will share the profits equally and each will receive a salary of $100 per month. The financial records will be closed, and net profits will be distributed at the end of each three-month period starting from January 1, with the first distribution occurring on March 31.

The following transactions are recorded during the month of March:

The following transactions are logged during the month of March:

—March 1—
Deposited in Second National Bank $7,000.00
—March 1—
Bought from National Fixture Co.
Store fixtures 2,000.00
Invoice #1
—March 1—
Bought from John C. Morrison, Buffalo
Men's shoes 135.00
Invoice #2
—March 1—
Bought from Hoyt & Co., Rochester, N. Y.
Women's shoes 127.50
Children's shoes 84.00
  ———
  211.50
Net 60; 2% 10.
Invoice #3
—March 2—
Sold to R. H. Wallace, 842 Delaware Av.
1 pr. men's shoes 6.00
1 pr. men's slippers 2.50
  ———
  8.50
—March 2—
Sold to D. H. Lyon, 416 Niagara St.
1 pr. women's 3.50
1 pr. women's 4.00
1 pr. children's 2.00
  ———
  9.50
—March 2—
Sold to Henry Norris, 297 Madison Av.
1 pr. men's 5.00
1 pr. children's 1.25
1 pr. children's 1.50
  ———
  7.75
[169]—March 2—
Sold to R. H. Homans, 427 Lafayette Av.
1 pr. women's 5.00
—March 2—
Sold for cash
Men's 44.00
Women's 37.50
Children's 22.00
  ———
  103.50
—March 3—
Sold to H. J. Watson, 197 Locust St.
2 pr. men's 15.00
1 pr. women's 5.50
  ———
  20.50
—March 3—
Sold to H. J. Meyer, 82 Bennett St.
1 pr. children's 1.50
1 pr. children's 2.00
1 pr. women's 3.50
  ———
  7.00
—March 3—
Paid Hoyt & Co. bill by check
Less cash discount.
—March 3—
Deposited in Second National Bank 75.00
—March 3—
Paid freight on shoes in cash 2.60
—March 3—
Sold for cash
Men's 30.00
Women's 24.00
Children's 15.00
  ———
  69.00
[170]—March 4—
Bought from Lee & Co., Rochester
Women's shoes 140.00
Net 30.
Invoice #4
—March 4—
Sold to D. Andrews, 84 Peck St.
1 pr. men's 3.50
1 pr. men's 5.00
1 pr. women's 4.00
  ———
  12.50
—March 4—
Sold to Jas. Hayes, 519 Washington St.
1 pr. women's 3.50
1 pr. children's 2.00
1 pr. children's 1.25
  ———
  6.75
—March 4—
Sold for cash
Men's 27.00
Women's 32.00
Children's 12.50
  ———
  71.50
—March 5—
Sold to R. D. Nelson, 842 Niagara St.
1 pr. men's 6.00
1 pr. women's 5.00
  ———
  11.00
—March 5—
Sold to D. Needham, 47 Ames St.
1 pr. men's 3.50
1 pr. women's 2.50
1 pr. children's 1.50
  ———
  7.50
[171]—March 5—
Sold for cash
Men's 31.50
Women's 26.00
Children's 11.00
  ———
  68.50
—March 6—
Deposited in Second National Bank 200.00
—March 6—
Sold to D. B. Wright, 47 Andrews St.
1 pr. men's 5.00
—March 6—
Sold to H. N. Hoyt, 821 Delaware Av.
1 pr. women's 5.00
1 pr. children's 2.50
  ———
  7.50
—March 6—
Sold to Amos Wiggins, 92 Prospect St.
1 pr. men's 5.00
1 pr. women's 3.50
  ———
  8.50
—March 6—
Sold for cash
Men's 52.00
Women's 36.50
Children's 18.25
  ———
  106.75
—March 6—
Paid clerk hire, cash 9.00
—March 6—
Gave checks as follows:
Horace Douglas 20.00
Henry Kemp 25.00
[172]—March 8—
Sold to D. Altman, 127 Wright St.
1 pr. men's 6.00
Gave him check 44.00
Credited his account for 1 mo.'s rent 50.00
—March 8—
Sold to R. H. Homans, 427 Lafayette Av.
1 pr. men's 6.00
—March 8—
R. H. Wallace paid his account in full.
—March 8—
Paid account of John C. Morrison by check
—March 8—
Sold for cash
Men's 25.00
Women's 18.00
Children's 10.50
  ———
  53.50
—March 9—
Sold to Walter Jenks, 87 South Av.
1 pr. men's 6.00
1 pr. women's 4.00
1 pr. children's 2.00
  ———
  12.00
—March 9—
Sold to D. W. Mantel, 419 Delaware Av.
1 pr. women's 5.00
1 pr. children's 2.50
  ———
  7.50
—March 9—
Sold to D. C. White, 1160 Main St.
1 pr. men's 5.00
1 pr. men's 3.50
  ———
  8.50
[173]—March 9—
Sold to A. R. Crows, 40 Shaw St.
1 pr. women's 3.50
—March 9—
Sold for cash
Men's 54.00
Women's 41.50
Children's 20.50
  ———
  116.00
—March 9—
Deposited in Second National Bank 275.00
—March 10—
Sold to Henry Brown, 87 Douglas St.
1 pr. men's 6.00
1 pr. women's 4.00
  ———
  10.00
—March 10—
Sold to D. L. Benedict, 80 Adams St.
1 pr. women's 3.50
1 pr. children's 2.00
1 pr. children's 1.50
  ———
  7.00
—March 10—
Sold for cash
Men's 48.50
Women's 39.00
Children's 16.50
  ———
  104.00
—March 11—
Sold to D. H. Lyon, 416 Niagara St.
1 pr. men's 6.00
—March 11—
Received from Henry Norris, cash 7.75
[174]—March 11—
Sold to D. B. Wright, 47 Andrews St.
1 pr. women's 3.50
1 pr. children's 2.00
  ———
  5.50
—March 11—
Sold to H. J. Meyer, 82 Bennett St.
1 pr. men's 3.50
—March 11—
Sold for cash
Men's 42.00
Women's 39.50
Children's 11.00
  ———
  92.50
—March 12—
Deposited in Second National Bank 195.00
—March 12—
Sold to D. L. Benedict, 80 Adams St.
1 pr. men's 5.00
—March 12—
Sold to H. A. Fisher, 42 Lyons St.
1 pr. women's 4.00
1 pr. children's 1.50
  ———
  5.50
—March 12—
Sold to Andrew Winters, 476 Delaware Av.
1 pr. men's 6.00
1 pr. children's 2.50
  ———
  8.50
—March 12—
Sold for cash
Men's 51.50
Women's 43.00
Children's 17.75
  ———
  112.25
[175]—March 13—
Bought from Rochester Shoe Co., Rochester
Men's shoes 265.00
Women's  " 220.00
Children's " 98.50
  ———
  583.50
Net 30; 2% 10.
—March 13—
Sold to D. Altman, 127 Wright St.
1 pr. women's 4.00
1 pr. children's 2.50
1 pr. children's 2.00
  ———
  8.50
—March 13—
Sold to D. Alton, 46 Eastern Av.
1 pr. men's 5.00
1 pr. women's 3.50
  ———
  8.50
—March 13—
Sold for cash
Men's 67.00
Women's 52.00
Children's 29.00
  ———
  148.00
—March 13—
Paid clerk hire 9.00

Henry Kemp wishes to retire from the business. His partners, Benton and Douglas, agree to pay him cash for his interest. To close the books, each partner is credited with one-half a month's salary, and the amount is charged to expense. The inventory shows the stock to be:

Henry Kemp wants to retire from the business. His partners, Benton and Douglas, agree to pay him cash for his share. To finalize the accounts, each partner is credited with half a month's salary, and that amount is charged to expenses. The inventory indicates the stock is:

Stock List
Men's shoes $759.75
Women's 835.75
Children's 519.00
  ————
  $2,114.50

Journal Showing Opening Entries for a Partnership

Journal Showing Opening Entries for a Partnership

Cash Book with Center Column for Particulars

Cash Book with Center Column for Details

Departmental Sales Book

Sales Department Book

Departmental Sales and Purchase Books

Sales and Purchase Records

Classified Ledger Accounts

Classified Account Ledgers

Classified Ledger Accounts

Classified Ledger Accounts

Classified Ledger Accounts

Classified Ledger Accounts

Classified Ledger Accounts

Classified Ledger Accounts

Classified Ledger Accounts

Classified Ledger Accounts

Classified Ledger Accounts

Classified Ledger Accounts

Classified Ledger Accounts

Classified Ledger Accounts

Classified Ledger Accounts

Classified Accounts Ledger

Classified Ledger Accounts

Classified Ledger Accounts

EXERCISE

Workout

38. 1. Submit a trading and a profit and loss account as shown by the books at the close of business March 13.

38. 1. Submit a trading and profit and loss statement as recorded in the books at the end of business on March 13.

2. What errors do you find in these books?

2. What mistakes do you notice in these books?

3. Submit a balance sheet.

3. Submit a balance sheet.

4. Submit the journal entries to be used in apportioning the profits, and in closing partner's personal account. Show partners' capital accounts after final closing.

4. Submit the journal entries to use for dividing the profits and closing the partner's personal account. Show the partners' capital accounts after the final close.

5. Submit proper entries when Kemp's interest is purchased, assuming that he is paid by check from the funds in hand.

5. Submit the correct entries when Kemp's interest is bought, assuming he is paid by check from the available funds.

6. Submit trial balance of ledger of Benton & Douglas as the accounts appear after the purchase of Kemp's interest. Remember that no additional capital is invested.

6. Submit the trial balance of the Benton & Douglas ledger as the accounts appear after acquiring Kemp's interest. Keep in mind that no extra capital is invested.

39. Sale of Partnership. When the business of a partnership is sold, the net assets must be divided among the partners according to agreement, unless the partnership is to continue for the transaction of the same or some other class of business. As a rule, the liabilities are paid (if possible), from the cash funds on hand, leaving the net assets for division.

39. Sale of Partnership. When a partnership sells its business, the net assets need to be divided among the partners according to their agreement, unless the partnership will continue for the same or a different type of business. Generally, the liabilities are settled (if possible) using the available cash funds, leaving the net assets for distribution.

In the division of assets, one partner will frequently agree to accept a certain class of assets in lieu of cash, but at a discount. To illustrate, one partner might accept fixtures, which cost $1,000.00, at 10% discount. Deducting 10% from the cost price of the fixtures reduces the assets just that amount, and it is necessary to debit profit and loss and to credit fixture account, with the loss.

In dividing assets, one partner often agrees to take a specific type of asset instead of cash, but at a lower value. For example, one partner might take fixtures that are worth $1,000.00 at a 10% discount. Reducing the cost of the fixtures by 10% lowers the asset value by that amount, meaning you need to record the loss by debiting profit and loss and crediting the fixture account.

If any class of assets, other than the goods in which the firm is trading, bring a price above cost, it is necessary to debit the purchaser and credit profit and loss with the profit. If the stock regularly traded in is sold at a profit, no special entry is required; the sale is recorded in the regular way and credited to sales account, from which it finds its way into profit and loss in the final closing of the books.

If any type of assets, aside from the products the company is selling, get a price higher than their cost, you need to charge the buyer and credit the profit and loss account with the profit. If the stock that is regularly traded is sold for a profit, no special entry is needed; the sale is recorded normally and credited to the sales account, which then is included in the profit and loss in the final closing of the books.

This class of transactions involves but one of the many kinds of adjusting entries, all of which necessitate careful study on the part of the bookkeeper. In making adjusting entries, full explanations should be given that their meaning or intent may not be misunderstood by one who later refers to them. It is better to err on[190] the side of what may appear as too detailed explanation, than to leave anything to be taken for granted.

This type of transaction is just one of many kinds of adjusting entries, all of which require the bookkeeper to study them closely. When making adjusting entries, it’s important to provide complete explanations so that their meaning or intent isn’t misunderstood by anyone who might look at them later. It’s better to provide what might seem like too much detail than to leave anything open to assumption.

Following is an illustration of the entry involving the sale of fixtures at 10% discount:

Following is an example of the entry for the sale of fixtures at a 10% discount:

Profit and Loss $100.00
Fixture Account   $100.00
10% discount allowed on fixtures taken by A in part payment of his share of assets
A's Capital a/c $900.00
Fixture Account   $900.00
Fixtures taken at 10% discount in part payment of his share of assets.

40. Benton and Douglas agree to continue the business and to share profits equally. At the close of business, Dec. 31, their balance sheet showed the following:

40. Benton and Douglas agree to keep the business going and to split the profits equally. By the end of business on December 31, their balance sheet displayed the following:

Balance Sheet, Dec 31
Assets
Cash
In office $144.60
In bank 1,287.20 $1,431.80
  ————
Accounts Receivable 810.00
Inventory, Merchandise 3,769.50 4,579.50
  ————
Inventory, Fixtures 2,000.00 2,000.00
  ————
Total Assets   $8,011.30
 
Liabilities
Accounts Payable   925.20
  ————
Present Worth   $7,086.10
Benton's present worth $3,543.05
Douglas's present worth 3,543.05

They accept an opportunity to sell for cash the stock and fixtures, the buyer agreeing to pay 15% above cost price for the merchandise, and cost price for the fixtures. The money received from this transaction, and the money in the office at time of sale, are deposited in the bank. Checks are drawn to settle all accounts payable, $7.22 discount being earned. In liquidating the business[191] of the firm, Benton agrees to accept the accounts receivable in part payment of his share, on condition that 10% be first charged off to cover uncollectable accounts.

They take the chance to sell the inventory and fixtures for cash, with the buyer agreeing to pay 15% over the cost price for the merchandise and the cost price for the fixtures. The money from this sale, along with the cash in the office at the time of the sale, is deposited in the bank. Checks are issued to settle all outstanding bills, earning a discount of $7.22. When winding down the business[191], Benton agrees to accept the accounts receivable as part of his share, provided that 10% is deducted first to account for uncollectible accounts.

EXERCISE

Workout

1. Show all entries required to complete the liquidation of this business.

1. Display all the entries needed to finish liquidating this business.

2. At the final settlement, how much cash does each partner receive?

2. At the final settlement, how much cash does each partner get?

41. Division of Profits. When the investment of the several partners is unequal, the partnership agreement usually provides for the crediting of interest on capital, and the charging of interest on withdrawals.

41. Division of Profits. When the partners' investments are not equal, the partnership agreement typically states that interest will be credited on the capital and charged on withdrawals.

A and B form a partnership, and commence business Oct. 1. A invests $7,000.00, and B invests $3,000.00. The agreement provides that interest at 6% shall be credited on capital and charged on withdrawals at the time of closing the books, profits to be shared on the basis of their investments.

A and B start a partnership and begin their business on October 1. A puts in $7,000.00, and B puts in $3,000.00. The agreement states that interest at 6% will be added to their capital and charged on any withdrawals when the books are closed, with profits shared based on their investments.

The books were closed Oct. 31, with the following results:

The books were closed on October 31, with the following results:

The adjustment is made as follows:

The adjustment is made as follows:

A's investment, $7,000.00 Interest for 30 days (1 month) $35.00
A's withdrawals 200.00 Interest for 15 days   .50
  ————
  Net interest to be credited to A $34.50
B's investment, $3,000.00 Interest for 30 days $15.00
B's withdrawals, 100.00 Interest for 10 days .17
  ————
  Net interest to be credited to B $14.83

The journal entry is:

Please provide the journal entry for modernization.

Interest $49.33
A's personal a/c   $34.50
B's personal a/c 14.83
Net interest credited on capital accounts.

After posting the entry, our interest account shows the following:

After posting the entry, our interest account shows this:

Interest on capital $49.33

This account is, of course, closed into profit and loss, leaving net profits to be divided, $954.67, of which A receives 70%, and B 30%.

This account is, of course, closed for profit and loss, leaving net profits to be divided: $954.67, with A receiving 70% and B getting 30%.

For the final closing of the books, we would close the personal accounts of A and B into their capital accounts, and close profit and loss account into their capital accounts. In actual practice the interest on withdrawals and investment would be entered and charged to profit and loss through interest account, before the net profit is brought down. In our illustration we have first brought down what appears to be the net profit, for the purpose of emphasizing the fact that the interest must be considered before profits are divided.

For the final closing of the books, we would transfer the personal accounts of A and B into their capital accounts and close the profit and loss account into their capital accounts. In practice, the interest on withdrawals and investments would be recorded and deducted from profit and loss through the interest account before the net profit is finalized. In our example, we’ve brought down what seems to be the net profit first to highlight that the interest needs to be taken into account before profits are divided.

EXERCISE

Workout

42. C, D, and E formed a partnership Nov. 1. C invested $9,000.00 cash; D invested $7,000.00 cash; E invested $4,000.00 cash. The partnership agreement provided that profits should[193] be shared on the basis of the capital invested by each; interest at 6% to be credited on capital and charged on withdrawals.

42. C, D, and E formed a partnership on November 1. C invested $9,000 in cash; D invested $7,000 in cash; E invested $4,000 in cash. The partnership agreement stated that profits should[193] be shared based on the amount of capital each person invested; interest at 6% would be credited on the capital and charged on withdrawals.

At the close of business the following statistics are gathered from the books:

At the end of the day, the following statistics are gathered from the records:

C's Capital a/c Cr. ————— $9,000.00
D's Capital a/c Cr. 7,000.00
E's Capital a/c Cr. 4,000.00
Purchases Dr. 15,000.00
Sales Cr. 12,000.00
Expense Dr. 160.00
Rent Dr. 150.00
Salaries Dr. 700.00
Bank Dr. 7,250.00
Bills Receivable Dr. 6,000.00
Accounts Receivable Dr. 7,220.00
Bills Payable Cr. 3,000.00
Accounts Payable Cr. 2,820.00
 
C's personal a/c Dr. Nov. 15 $300.00
D's personal a/c Dr. Dec. 1 200.00
E's personal a/c Dr. Nov. 20 100.00
Inventory   Dec. 31 7,000.00

Make trading account, profit and loss account, and journal entries to adjust interest.

Make a trading account, a profit and loss account, and journal entries to adjust interest.

Make balance sheet, and show partners' capital accounts after final closing of the books.

Make a balance sheet and display the partners' capital accounts after the final closing of the books.

A VIEW OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OFFICES OF THE WESTERN ELECTRIC COMPANY

A VIEW OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OFFICES OF THE WESTERN ELECTRIC COMPANY


CORPORATION ACCOUNTS

CORPORATIONS

COMPANIES

1. A corporation is an artificial body created by statute law and vested with power to act in many respects as an individual—in particular to acquire, hold, and dispose of property, real or personal; to make contracts; to sue and be sued, and the like.

1. A corporation is a legal entity created by law that has the ability to act much like an individual—in particular, to buy, own, and sell property, whether it's real estate or personal items; to enter into contracts; to sue and be sued, and so on.

It is a legal entity apart from its members. It may sue without joining its members, and may be sued by others without the necessity of joining its members. It may transfer property and transact all business, not inconsistent with the rights granted by its charter, in its own name. In the transaction of business it is regarded as an individual.

It is a legal entity separate from its members. It can sue without needing to include its members, and can be sued by others without the need to include its members. It can transfer property and conduct all business, as long as it doesn’t conflict with the rights given by its charter, in its own name. In business dealings, it is seen as an individual.

CLASSIFICATION OF CORPORATIONS

CORPORATION CLASSIFICATIONS

2. Corporations may be divided into two general classes—public and private. A public corporation is a political entity organized for the purposes of government—as a city, county, or village. A private corporation is one organized to further the interests of its members. These may be divided into two classes—stock corporations and non-stock corporations.

2. Corporations can be divided into two main types—public and private. A public corporation is a political entity set up for government purposes—like a city, county, or village. A private corporation is created to benefit its members. These can be further split into two categories—stock corporations and non-stock corporations.

A stock corporation is one organized for the pecuniary gain of its members.

A stock corporation is set up for the financial benefit of its members.

A non-stock corporation is one organized to further a particular object—as clubs, charitable associations, societies for scientific research, etc.

A non-stock corporation is one created to pursue a specific purpose—like clubs, charitable organizations, scientific research societies, and so on.

Stock or business corporations are the ones with which we are chiefly concerned. Such corporations are organized to enable several persons to unite their capital to conduct a legitimate business enterprise and such organization accomplishes two important results; the rights of the members to transfer their interest without affecting the standing of the business, and exemption from personal liability for contracts or acts of the corporation.

Stock or business corporations are the ones we're primarily focused on. These corporations are set up to allow multiple people to pool their money to run a legitimate business. This setup achieves two key outcomes: it allows members to transfer their interests without impacting the business's status, and it provides protection from personal liability for the corporation's contracts or actions.

In a partnership, each individual partner is liable for the debts of the partnership, and any partner can make contracts in the name of the partnership, such contracts becoming obligations of net only the partnership but of each individual partner.

In a partnership, each partner is responsible for the debts of the partnership, and any partner can enter into contracts in the name of the partnership. These contracts become obligations not just for the partnership but for each individual partner as well.

A member or stock holder in a corporation is, as a rule, liable only for the amount of his subscription to the capital stock of the corporation. The exception to this is the organization of certain classes of corporations in which it is provided that a stockholder shall be liable for twice the amount of his stock subscription. National Banks are examples of this class. No stockholder, as such, has the right to make contracts in the name of the corporation, and any contracts he may make are not binding on the corporation. Contracts made in the name of the corporation, to be binding, must be executed by an officer duly authorized to make such contracts.

A shareholder in a corporation is usually only responsible for the amount they invested in the company's stock. An exception exists for certain types of corporations where a shareholder can be liable for twice the amount of their stock investment. National Banks are examples of this type. A shareholder does not have the authority to make contracts on behalf of the corporation, and any contracts they make are not enforceable against the corporation. For contracts to be legally binding on the corporation, they must be signed by an officer who is officially authorized to make such agreements.

3. Joint Stock Companies. How distinguished from corporations. A joint stock company is a large partnership in which the capital is divided into shares which are distributed among the partners in proportion to their interests. Joint stock companies differ from corporations and are like partnerships in the following respects:

3. Joint Stock Companies. How they differ from corporations. A joint stock company is essentially a big partnership where the capital is split into shares that are allocated to the partners based on their investment. Joint stock companies are different from corporations and resemble partnerships in the following ways:

Each member is liable for the debts of the company, and if he sells his shares he is still liable for the debts which were contracted while he was a shareholder.

Each member is responsible for the company’s debts, and even if he sells his shares, he remains liable for the debts incurred while he was a shareholder.

Except when otherwise provided by statute, all members must join in any action at law by the company, and if another brings an action against the company he must join as many shareholders as he wishes to hold. In some states the law provides that an action against a joint stock company may be brought in the name of its president or other designated officer representing all the members.

Except when a law states otherwise, all members must participate in any legal action taken by the company. If someone files a lawsuit against the company, they must include as many shareholders as they want to hold. In some states, the law allows a lawsuit against a joint stock company to be brought in the name of its president or another designated officer representing all the members.

4. Joint Stock Companies. How like Corporations. A joint stock company is like a corporation and differs from a partnership in the following respects:

4. Joint Stock Companies. How They Are Similar to Corporations. A joint stock company is similar to a corporation and differs from a partnership in the following ways:

The shares may be transferred. If a member dies his shares pass to his estate; if bankrupt they pass to his assignee; if he sells his shares they pass to the purchaser. Partners may withdraw and new partners may be admitted without the dissolution of the company. A partnership is dissolved by the withdrawal by death or otherwise of a single partner.

The shares can be transferred. If a member dies, their shares go to their estate; if they go bankrupt, the shares go to their assignee; if they sell their shares, they go to the buyer. Partners can withdraw and new partners can join without dissolving the company. A partnership is dissolved if a single partner withdraws, dies, or otherwise exits.

The shareholders do not manage the affairs of the company but[197] elect directors or other officers in whom the management of the business is vested. Members, as such, have no authority to bind the company.

The shareholders don't run the company but[197] elect directors or other officers who are responsible for managing the business. Members, as individuals, have no power to commit the company.

CREATION OF CORPORATIONS

Starting Corporations

5. A corporation is created by legislative act. Formerly each corporation received a special charter from the legislature of the state, but as the advantages of corporations began to receive universal recognition it was seen that the delays incident to the granting of special charters were bound to work a hardship on those desiring to incorporate. Partly to overcome this, but more particularly to insure uniformity in the rights and privileges of corporations, and to prevent the conferring of special privileges through special charters, the legislature of most states has enacted uniform corporation laws. These statutes prescribe uniform regulations for the organization of corporations. State constitutions now very generally prohibit the granting of special charters to private corporations.

5. A corporation is established by legislative action. In the past, each corporation had to obtain a special charter from the state legislature, but as the benefits of corporations became widely acknowledged, it became clear that the delays associated with getting these special charters created difficulties for those wanting to incorporate. To address this issue, and especially to ensure consistency in the rights and privileges of corporations and to prevent the granting of special privileges through unique charters, most states' legislatures have implemented uniform corporation laws. These laws set standard regulations for the formation of corporations. Nowadays, state constitutions generally prohibit granting special charters to private corporations.

6. Requirements. While every state has its own corporation laws, the requirements of corporations are in many respects uniform. The law usually provides that a certificate of incorporation shall be filed with the secretary of state, or some other designated officer. This certificate must as a rule state:

6. Requirements. Although each state has its unique corporation laws, the requirements for corporations are quite similar in many ways. The law typically states that a certificate of incorporation should be filed with the secretary of state or another designated official. This certificate must generally include:

The name of the corporation;

The corporation's name;

The place of business, where its principal office is located;

The location of the business, where its main office is situated;

The objects of the corporation, including a statement of the business in which it is to engage;

The goals of the corporation, including a description of the business it will be involved in;

The amount of the capital stock, and the number and par value of the shares into which it is to be divided;

The total amount of capital stock, along with the number and par value of the shares it will be divided into;

The period for which the corporation is organized;

The time period for which the corporation is set up;

The number of its directors and the names of those who are to serve at the outset;

The number of its directors and the names of those who will serve at the beginning;

The names and addresses of the original incorporators with the number of shares of the capital stock subscribed for by each.

The names and addresses of the original incorporators along with the number of shares of capital stock each has subscribed for.

The form of the certificate required in the state of Illinois is shown in the illustration, p. 4.

The certificate format required in Illinois is shown in the illustration on page 4.

STOCKHOLDERS

Shareholders

7. The members of a business corporation are known as stockholders or shareholders. At the time of organization the members subscribe for the shares of the capital stock agreeing to take and pay for them when issued. When the stock has been delivered and paid for, the stockholder is under no further obligation, unless the stock is by statute or contract subject to assessment.

7. The people in a business corporation are called stockholders or shareholders. When the company is formed, the members agree to buy shares of the capital stock and pay for them when they are issued. Once the stock has been delivered and paid for, the stockholder has no further obligations, unless the stock is subject to assessment by law or contract.

8. Stock Certificate. When a stockholder has paid for his shares a certificate, known as a stock certificate, is issued to him. This certificate is the written evidence issued by the corporation that the person whose name appears therein is registered on the company's books as the owner of shares of the number and par value named.

8. Stock Certificate. When a stockholder has paid for their shares, a certificate, called a stock certificate, is issued to them. This certificate is the written proof provided by the corporation that the person whose name is listed is recorded in the company's books as the owner of the specified number of shares and their par value.

The owner of a stock certificate can transfer it, and the one to whom it is transferred becomes a stockholder. Such transfers are not complete, however, until registered on the books of the company. A stock certificate is not, strictly speaking, a negotiable instrument, but it is the custom among business men to indorse stock certificates in blank and transfer them from hand to hand as negotiable instruments, until some one inserts his own name and has the transfer registered on the books of the company.

The owner of a stock certificate can transfer it, and the person it’s transferred to becomes a stockholder. However, these transfers aren't complete until they are recorded in the company’s books. A stock certificate isn’t technically a negotiable instrument, but it’s common practice among businesspeople to endorse stock certificates in blank and pass them around as if they were negotiable instruments, until someone fills in their name and has the transfer recorded in the company’s books.

Such indorsement does not make a stock certificate a negotiable instrument, and the purchaser can acquire no better title than is possessed by the seller. Courts have held that the fact that a certificate of stock is not payable to bearer makes it non-negotiable.

Such endorsement does not make a stock certificate a negotiable instrument, and the buyer can acquire no better title than what the seller has. Courts have ruled that the fact that a stock certificate is not payable to the bearer makes it non-negotiable.

CAPITALIZATION

Capitalization

9. This is the term commonly used to designate the amount of stock which the company is authorized to issue. It may have little reference to the amount subscribed or paid in, for most states authorize corporations to begin business as soon as a certain number of shares have been subscribed for, or even when only a small part of the subscriptions have been paid. For instance, a company with an authorized capitalization of $100,000 may be permitted to commence business as soon as $10,000 has been subscribed and $1,000 is actually paid in.

9. This is the term usually used to refer to the amount of stock the company is allowed to issue. It might not have much to do with the amount that’s actually been subscribed or paid in, because most states let corporations start operating as soon as a specific number of shares have been subscribed, or even when only a small portion of the subscriptions have been paid. For example, a company with an authorized capitalization of $100,000 might be allowed to begin business as soon as $10,000 has been subscribed and $1,000 is actually paid in.

10. Capital and Capital Stock. The capital of a corporation is usually understood to mean its assets, and is a general term covering all of its property of every nature. It has no connection with the capital stock authorized or the number of shares subscribed.

10. Capital and Capital Stock. The capital of a corporation typically refers to its assets and is a broad term that includes all types of its property. It is not related to the authorized capital stock or the number of shares issued.

Capital Stock is a term used in many ways each of which implies a different meaning. It may mean the amount which must be paid in before it can transact business as a corporation; it may mean the capital which the corporation is authorized to issue; it may mean[200] the amount subscribed regardless of the amount actually paid in; or it may mean the amount actually paid in regardless of the amount subscribed.

Capital Stock is a term that can be used in various ways, each implying a different meaning. It can refer to the amount that must be paid in before a corporation can start doing business; it can refer to the capital that the corporation is allowed to issue; it can refer to the amount subscribed, regardless of how much is actually paid in; or it can refer to the amount actually paid in, regardless of the amount subscribed.

11. Kinds of Stock. As a rule the capital stock of a corporation is of two classes—common and preferred—though not all corporations issue both classes.

11. Kinds of Stock. Generally, a corporation's capital stock comes in two types—common and preferred—although not all corporations offer both types.

Common Stock is the stock of a corporation issued to all stockholders under the same conditions, and which is to share equally in the dividends.

Common Stock refers to the shares of a corporation distributed to all shareholders under the same terms, and it is intended to equally share in the dividends.

Preferred Stock is stock which gives its owner certain preferences over the owners of common stock. This preference usually consists of a provision for the payment of certain dividends out of the net earnings of the business before any dividends can be paid on common stock. The officers of a corporation have no power to issue preferred stock unless it is provided for in the charter. Preferred stock may, however, be issued with the consent of all common stockholders. Preferred stock falls into subdivisions depending upon its provisions as follows:

Preferred Stock is a type of stock that gives its owner specific advantages over common stockholders. This advantage generally includes a requirement for certain dividends to be paid from the company's net earnings before any dividends can go to common stockholders. Corporate officers cannot issue preferred stock unless it's allowed in the company charter. However, preferred stock can be issued if all common stockholders agree to it. Preferred stock is categorized into subdivisions based on its specific provisions as follows:

Cumulative preferred stock is stock on which the payment of dividends is not dependent upon the earnings of one year. If a dividend is passed in one year or if not paid in full, it must be paid from future earnings before common stock can draw dividends.

Cumulative preferred stock is stock where dividend payments aren’t tied to the earnings of just one year. If a dividend is skipped in one year or not paid in full, it has to be paid out of future earnings before any dividends can be distributed to common stockholders.

Non-cumulative preferred stock is stock which carries a dividend preference only in respect to the earnings of the current year. While dividends are payable prior to dividends on common stock, no liability attaches to the corporation if earnings in any year are insufficient to pay dividends.

Non-cumulative preferred stock is stock that has a dividend preference only for the earnings of the current year. While dividends are paid out before those on common stock, the corporation has no obligation if the earnings in any year aren't enough to cover the dividends.

Guaranteed Stock is another name for cumulative or non-cumulative preferred stock—any stock on which the payment of dividends is guaranteed.

Guaranteed Stock is another term for cumulative or non-cumulative preferred stock—any stock that guarantees dividend payments.

A corporation may issue more than one series of preferred stock, as first preferred, second preferred, etc. These issues take preference in the payment of dividends in the order of their priority. Dividends must be paid on first preferred before any surplus is available for the payment of dividends on second preferred.

A corporation can issue multiple series of preferred stock, like first preferred, second preferred, and so on. These issues are prioritized when it comes to dividend payments. Dividends need to be paid on first preferred before any leftover funds can be used to pay dividends on second preferred.

12. Treasury Stock. This is stock subscribed for and issued which has been acquired by the corporation either by purchase or donation. The term is often erroneously applied to that part of the authorized[201] capital stock which has never been issued, and the error has even been made of referring to it as unsubscribed stock. Treasury stock is an asset and should be so treated on the books of the corporation. Unsubscribed or unissued stock is in no sense an asset; or as one writer puts it, no more an asset than the power of a person to issue notes is an asset.

12. Treasury Stock. This is stock that was purchased or donated and has been acquired by the corporation. The term is often mistakenly used to refer to the authorized [201] capital stock that hasn’t been issued yet, and some even wrongly call it unsubscribed stock. Treasury stock is an asset and should be treated as such in the corporation's records. Unsubscribed or unissued stock is not an asset at all; as one writer puts it, it’s no more an asset than a person's ability to issue notes is an asset.

13. Watered Stock. Any stock which is not represented by actual assets is called watered stock. It is usually represented by fictitious assets—as patents, copyrights, franchises, promotion expense, goodwill, etc.

13. Watered Stock. Any stock that isn't backed by real assets is called watered stock. It's typically represented by imaginary assets—like patents, copyrights, franchises, marketing costs, goodwill, etc.

STOCK SUBSCRIPTIONS

Stock Subscriptions

14. It is customary for the first board of directors to state by resolution in what manner the stock is to be disposed of; if subscriptions are to be received; if subscriptions are to be paid immediately or in installments. When the certificate of incorporation has been filed the subscription list is opened. This may be in book form, or a written or printed list. The following is a common form of stock subscription:—

14. It's standard for the first board of directors to decide by resolution how the stock will be handled; whether subscriptions will be accepted; and if those subscriptions need to be paid all at once or in installments. Once the certificate of incorporation is filed, the subscription list becomes available. This can be in a book format or as a written or printed list. Here’s a typical format for a stock subscription:—

We, the undersigned, do hereby subscribe to the capital stock of the————company, organized under the laws of the state of————in the amount set forth below, and severally agree to pay the amount of such subscription as follows:

We, the undersigned, agree to invest in the capital stock of the ———— company, established under the laws of the state of ————, in the amounts listed below, and each of us commits to pay the amount of our subscription as follows:

When the board of directors shall, through its secretary or treasurer, certify that there has been subscribed——% of the authorized capital of $————, then we severally agree to pay——% of said subscriptions, and to pay a further——% on the——day of each month thereafter, until the full amount of such subscriptions shall have been paid.

When the board of directors certifies through its secretary or treasurer that there has been subscribed——% of the authorized capital of $————, we each agree to pay——% of those subscriptions and to pay an additional——% on the——day of each month after that, until the full amount of those subscriptions has been paid.

MANAGEMENT OF CORPORATIONS

Corporate Management

15. The affairs of a corporation are managed by its directors who are elected by the stockholders. A director has no authority individually[202] to bind the company. He can only act in conjunction with other directors in regular meeting as provided by the by-laws. The acts of the board are effected by orders or resolutions passed at such meetings. The number of directors constituting the board and the number required to form a quorum is specified in the by-laws. Directors must attend meetings in person to be entitled to vote. They cannot be represented by proxy. Since it is not practicable for the directors to attend to all of the details, they usually delegate to their officers authority to transact all of the every day business of the company. In larger corporations the directors organize themselves into subcommittees as executive committee, finance committee, etc. In small corporations these committees are unnecessary, their acts being performed by the board of directors.

15. A corporation is run by its directors, who are elected by the shareholders. A director doesn’t have the individual authority to bind the company. They can only make decisions together with other directors at a regular meeting as outlined in the by-laws. The board's decisions are made through orders or resolutions passed at these meetings. The by-laws specify how many directors make up the board and how many are needed for a quorum. Directors must attend meetings in person to vote; they can't be represented by proxy. Since it's not feasible for directors to manage every detail, they usually give authority to their officers to handle the daily operations of the company. In larger corporations, directors form subcommittees like an executive committee or finance committee. In smaller corporations, these committees aren't needed, as the board of directors handles all the necessary functions.

16. Powers of Directors and Officers. The powers of the directors are extensive and are prescribed by the charter and by-laws. The directors have the power to bind the corporation in all its dealings with other persons or corporations. The powers of the stockholders are limited to the election of the directors; but as the directors are elected by a majority of the stockholders, the power to control the corporation through the election of a board of directors who will respect their wishes is thus conveyed to a majority of the stockholders.

16. Powers of Directors and Officers. The directors have broad authority defined by the charter and by-laws. They can bind the corporation in all its interactions with other people or companies. Stockholders' power is limited to electing the directors; however, since directors are elected by a majority of stockholders, the ability to influence the corporation through the election of a board of directors that will align with their preferences is effectively given to a majority of the stockholders.

Being representatives of the stockholders as a body, the directors must at all times be governed by what they honestly consider the wishes of the majority. Directors have the power to make contracts with the corporation only when they are manifestly fair contracts. For example, when not otherwise provided for, they may fix a fair compensation for their services and for the services of their officers. Except in cases of actual fraud, it is for the majority of stockholders to complain of such contracts, and they have the power to remove offending directors.

As representatives of the shareholders as a whole, the directors must always act according to what they truly believe reflects the wishes of the majority. Directors can make contracts on behalf of the corporation only if those contracts are clearly fair. For instance, when not specified otherwise, they can set a reasonable pay for their own services and for the services of their officers. Except in cases of actual fraud, it's up to the majority of shareholders to raise concerns about such contracts, and they have the authority to remove any directors who are not fulfilling their duties.

Officers of a corporation are its agents and have limited powers, usually prescribed by the by-laws. When not so specified, they are prescribed by the directors. It is not always necessary that all of the powers of an officer be specified in detail. If an officer has been accustomed to perform certain acts with the knowledge and consent of the directors, his acts become binding on the corporation. The title of an office does not necessarily convey any special powers. For example, while it is customary for the directors to confer special powers on the president, his title does not make him, in the corporation's dealings with the public, an agent of higher grade than the secretary, treasurer, or any other officer.

Officers of a corporation are its agents and have limited powers, usually defined by the by-laws. When not specified, they are determined by the directors. It's not always necessary for all of an officer's powers to be laid out in detail. If an officer has been known to perform specific actions with the directors' knowledge and approval, those actions become binding on the corporation. The title of an office doesn't automatically grant special powers. For instance, while directors typically give extra powers to the president, his title doesn't make him a higher-ranking agent than the secretary, treasurer, or any other officer in the corporation's interactions with the public.

THE SUPERINTENDENT'S OFFICE, DOBIE FOUNDRY & MACHINE CO., NIAGARA FALLS, N. Y.

THE SUPERINTENDENT'S OFFICE, DOBIE FOUNDRY & MACHINE CO., NIAGARA FALLS, N. Y.

17. Powers of Corporations. As such, a corporation possesses certain necessary powers, and such other special powers as may be conferred by its charter.

17. Powers of Corporations. In this way, a corporation has certain essential powers, along with any additional specific powers that may be granted by its charter.

To have a corporate name which can only be changed by law.

To have a business name that can only be changed through legal means.

To sue and be sued.

To take legal action.

To possess a corporate seal.

To have a company seal.

To appoint the necessary officers for the conduct of its business.

To appoint the necessary officers to manage its business.

To enact by-laws necessary for the management of its business, for transferring of its stock, for calling of meetings, etc.

To create rules needed for running its business, transferring its stock, calling meetings, etc.

To acquire and dispose of such property as may be necessary for the conduct of the business for which it is organized.

To buy and sell property that may be necessary for running the business it was created for.

To make contracts necessary for the carrying out of its purposes.

To create contracts needed to achieve its goals.

In general a corporation can engage in no other business than that specified in its charter, but it is granted certain incidental powers necessary to carry out its original purpose.

In general, a corporation can only engage in the business outlined in its charter, but it is given certain incidental powers needed to fulfill its original purpose.

18. Stockholder's Rights. Each stockholder has the right to have a certificate of stock issued to him; to vote at meetings of stockholders; to inspect the books of the company; to participate in dividends; to invoke the aid of the courts in restraining the directors from committing a breach of trust.

18. Stockholder's Rights. Every stockholder has the right to receive a stock certificate; to vote at stockholder meetings; to review the company’s books; to share in dividends; and to seek the courts' help in stopping the directors from breaking their trust.

DIVIDENDS

Dividends

19. Every business corporation is conducted with a view to earning profits. When such profits are distributed to its stockholders they are called dividends, but stockholders cannot participate in the profits until a dividend has been declared by the directors. The law specifies that dividends must be paid out of the net surplus of the company, and provides a penalty for their payment out of capital. Therefore, before declaring a dividend, the directors must be provided with a balance sheet and use every care to determine that a surplus actually exists. For dividend purposes, surplus is usually considered that part of the profits remaining after paying expenses and providing the necessary reserve to cover depreciation of machinery and buildings and losses from uncollectable accounts. Sometimes a further provision is made in the by-laws for the creation of a sinking fund for the payment of bonds.

19. Every business corporation is run with the goal of making profits. When these profits are shared with stockholders, they are called dividends, but stockholders can't benefit from the profits until the directors announce a dividend. The law states that dividends must come from the company's net surplus and imposes a penalty for paying them out of capital. Therefore, before declaring a dividend, the directors must review a balance sheet and carefully ensure that a surplus actually exists. For the purpose of dividends, surplus is generally the portion of profits remaining after covering expenses and setting aside a necessary reserve for depreciation of machinery and buildings, as well as losses from uncollectible accounts. Sometimes, the by-laws include provisions for establishing a sinking fund to pay off bonds.

The times for the payment of dividends are fixed in the certificate[204] of incorporation or the by-laws. Provision is usually made for the payment of dividends either quarterly, semi-annually, or annually.

The schedule for dividend payments is set in the certificate[204] of incorporation or the by-laws. Typically, dividends are paid out quarterly, semi-annually, or annually.

Directors have full discretion in the declaration of dividends and, so long as they are acting in good faith, may add profits to capital instead of declaring a dividend. When the directors have, by proper resolution, stated that the surplus, or a part of the surplus, shall be distributed to the stockholders, a dividend is said to have been declared. When declared, a dividend becomes a debt of the corporation to its stockholders. It is not necessary that the directors declare dividends of all the surplus or net profits. Frequently the by-laws provide that a certain amount be reserved as working capital, and under any circumstances the questions of the advisability of declaring a dividend rests with the directors. They cannot be compelled to declare a dividend unless it can be shown that, in declining to do so, they are acting in bad faith.

Directors have complete freedom in deciding when to declare dividends and, as long as they are acting in good faith, they can choose to reinvest profits instead of distributing them as dividends. When the directors pass a proper resolution stating that a portion of the surplus will be distributed to shareholders, it is considered that a dividend has been declared. Once declared, a dividend becomes a debt owed by the corporation to its shareholders. Directors are not required to declare dividends on the entire surplus or net profits. Often, the by-laws specify that a certain amount must be set aside as working capital, and ultimately, the decision to declare a dividend is up to the directors. They cannot be forced to declare a dividend unless it can be demonstrated that they are acting in bad faith by refusing to do so.

20. Stock Dividends. At their discretion, the directors may, instead of paying a dividend in cash, declare what is known as a stock dividend. When there remains certain unsubscribed stock, or when the corporation is in possession of treasury stock, this stock may be issued to stockholders in payment of dividends. A stock dividend cannot, however, be declared when it would not be proper to declare a cash dividend. The assets must exceed all liabilities, and in determining the existence of a surplus available for dividends, all capital stock that has been issued must be considered as a liability.

20. Stock Dividends. At their discretion, the directors may, instead of paying a cash dividend, declare what’s called a stock dividend. When there is unsold stock or when the company has treasury stock, this stock can be issued to shareholders as a dividend. However, a stock dividend cannot be declared if it wouldn’t be appropriate to declare a cash dividend. The company’s assets must be greater than its liabilities, and when figuring out if there’s a surplus available for dividends, all issued capital stock must be treated as a liability.

CLOSING TRANSFER BOOKS

CLOSING TRANSFER BOOKS

21. In large companies it is customary for the board of directors to close the stock transfer books a certain number of days prior to the date of payment of a dividend, for the purpose of obtaining the names and addresses of all stockholders. Notices are then sent to all stockholders that a dividend will be paid on a certain date and that the transfer books will be closed for a stated period. Transfer books are also frequently closed for a certain period prior to the annual meeting of the stockholders. The laws of some states provide that only those stockholders whose names have appeared as stockholders on the books of the company for at least thirty days prior to the date of the annual meeting, shall be entitled to vote at said meeting.

21. In large companies, it's common for the board of directors to temporarily close the stock transfer books a few days before the dividend payment date to gather the names and addresses of all shareholders. Notices are then sent to all shareholders informing them that a dividend will be paid on a specific date and that the transfer books will be closed for a designated period. The transfer books are often closed for a certain time before the annual shareholders' meeting as well. Some state laws stipulate that only those shareholders whose names have been listed as shareholders in the company's books for at least thirty days prior to the annual meeting will be allowed to vote at that meeting.

STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS

Shareholders' meetings

22. Meetings of stockholders are, as a rule, held annually, and the date of such meeting is usually specified in the charter. At the annual meeting the board of directors presents, through its president or other officer, a report of the business for the year, accompanied by a financial statement. At this meeting the stockholders elect directors to take the place of those whose terms of office have expired. A stockholder may vote at stockholders' meetings either in person or by proxy, and is entitled to one vote for each share of stock registered in his name at the time of the meeting. Notice of a stockholders' meeting must in all cases be mailed to each stockholder at his last known address, a certain number of days prior to the date of the meeting. This notice is mailed by the secretary of the company.

22. Stockholder meetings are generally held once a year, with the date usually outlined in the charter. During the annual meeting, the board of directors presents a report on the business for the year, delivered by the president or another officer, along with a financial statement. At this meeting, stockholders elect new directors to replace those whose terms have ended. A stockholder can vote at stockholders' meetings either in person or through a proxy, and is entitled to one vote for each share of stock registered in their name at the time of the meeting. Notice of a stockholder meeting must always be sent to each stockholder at their last known address a specified number of days before the meeting. This notice is sent out by the company secretary.

SALE OF STOCK BELOW PAR

Sale of stock below face value

23. Many corporations formed to carry on business of a speculative nature find it difficult to sell stock at par. This is especially true when the assets consist largely of patents, an undeveloped mine, or property of a similar nature. It has become the custom for corporations to take over such properties, issuing in payment for the same full paid stock greatly in excess of its value. The original owners of the property will in turn donate a certain portion of the stock to the corporation to be sold to provide working capital. This stock then becomes treasury stock and is offered for sale at a liberal discount. The selling of property to a corporation at an inflated value is called the process of watering the stock. It can only be justified when an uncertainty exists as to the actual value of the property acquired. In the purchase of a going business, the real value of the goodwill is largely a matter of opinion, and the judgment of the board of directors of a corporation making such a purchase must be considered as final.

23. Many companies that are set up for speculative business find it hard to sell stock at its face value. This is especially true when their assets mainly consist of patents, an undeveloped mine, or similar types of property. It has become common for companies to acquire such properties, issuing fully paid stock that is significantly higher than its actual value in exchange. The original owners of the property then contribute some of that stock back to the company to be sold for working capital. This stock then becomes treasury stock and is offered for sale at a generous discount. Selling property to a company at an inflated value is known as watering the stock. This practice can only be justified when there is uncertainty about the actual value of the acquired property. When purchasing an ongoing business, the true value of goodwill is mostly subjective, and the judgment of the board of directors of a company making such a purchase is considered final.

CORPORATION BOOKKEEPING

Business bookkeeping

24. Bookkeeping for a corporation as a record of its business transactions with the public is not different than bookkeeping for a single proprietorship or a partnership. There are, however, certain necessary records peculiar to a corporation, including accounts of a[206] financial nature between the corporation and its stockholders. It is with these records and accounts that we are concerned in this discussion of corporation bookkeeping.

24. Keeping the books for a corporation, which records its business transactions with the public, is similar to bookkeeping for a sole proprietorship or a partnership. However, there are specific records that are unique to a corporation, including financial accounts between the corporation and its shareholders. These records and accounts are what we will focus on in this discussion of corporation bookkeeping.

25. Books Required. The books required for corporation records are, Stock Certificate Book, Stock Transfer Book, Stock Ledger, Minute Book, (and in certain cases, Installment Book, Stock Register, and Dividend Book). These are auxiliary books and are known as stock books.

25. Books Required. The books needed for corporation records are the Stock Certificate Book, Stock Transfer Book, Stock Ledger, Minute Book, and in some cases, the Installment Book, Stock Register, and Dividend Book. These are additional books and are called stock books.

Stock Certificate Book. This is a book of stock certificates, with stubs giving full particulars of each certificate issued. When a stock register is used, the record is posted to it from the stub, otherwise posting is made direct from the stub to the stock ledger.

Stock Certificate Book. This is a book of stock certificates, with stubs providing complete details of each certificate issued. When a stock register is used, the record is posted to it from the stub; otherwise, posting is done directly from the stub to the stock ledger.

Stock Transfer Book. This is a book in which is kept a record of all transfers of stock. Each entry is practically a copy of the form of assignment found on the back of the stock certificate. It is supposed that each transfer will be signed by the one transferring the stock, but frequently when certificates are presented with the proper endorsement, the transfer is signed by the one making the transfer as attorney in fact. The transfer book is made with two, and sometimes three, transfers to a page. Transfers are posted to the stock register, when used, or direct to the stock ledger.

Stock Transfer Book. This is a book that keeps a record of all stock transfers. Each entry is basically a copy of the assignment form found on the back of the stock certificate. It's expected that each transfer will be signed by the person transferring the stock, but often when certificates are presented with the correct endorsement, the transfer is signed by the person making the transfer as attorney in fact. The transfer book typically has space for two, and sometimes three, transfers on a page. Transfers are posted to the stock register, when applicable, or directly to the stock ledger.

Transfer Book

Transfer Booklet

Stock Ledger. This is the book in which an account is kept with each stockholder showing the number of shares held by him. Sometimes the amount is included. When a stockholder receives a certificate of stock it is posted to the credit side of his account in the stock ledger. When he transfers a certificate it is posted to the debit side of his account. A trial balance of the stock ledger should be taken at stated periods, for the stock standing to the credit of the stockholders should equal the total stock outstanding. The stock ledger is supposed to show only the stock issued and the names of its holders. For example, if the authorized stock of a corporation is 1,000 shares and there remains 300 shares unsubscribed, the stock ledger will show 700 shares—the total issued—to the credit of individual stockholders. An account should be opened in the stock ledger with Capital Stock, which account will be debited with all stock issued. This is in effect a representative account since it represents the total stock that should stand to the credit of other accounts in the stock ledger.

Stock Ledger. This is the book where an account is kept for each stockholder that shows the number of shares they hold. Sometimes the amount is included. When a stockholder receives a stock certificate, it is added to the credit side of their account in the stock ledger. When they transfer a certificate, it is recorded on the debit side of their account. A trial balance of the stock ledger should be taken at regular intervals, as the stock credited to the stockholders should equal the total stock outstanding. The stock ledger is meant to show only the stock issued and the names of its holders. For instance, if a corporation has 1,000 authorized shares and 300 shares remain unsubscribed, the stock ledger will show 700 shares—the total issued—credited to individual stockholders. An account should be opened in the stock ledger for Capital Stock, which will be debited with all stock issued. This effectively serves as a representative account since it represents the total stock that should be credited to other accounts in the stock ledger.

Stock Ledger

Stock Ledger

Minute Book. This is a record book in which the secretary keeps records or minutes of the proceedings of all stockholders' and directors' meetings. This is an official record of the acts of the corporation, and is frequently called for to be introduced in court as evidence. The secretary is custodian of the minute book and should see that it is carefully preserved.

Minute Book. This is a record book where the secretary keeps notes or minutes of all stockholders' and directors' meetings. This serves as an official record of the corporation's actions and is often requested to be submitted in court as evidence. The secretary is responsible for the minute book and should ensure that it is well-preserved.

Installment Book. When stock subscriptions are payable in installments, a form of receipt called a scrip or installment certificate is issued. As payments are made they are endorsed on the back of this certificate, and when all payments have been made the scrip is exchanged for a regular stock certificate. These scrip certificates are bound in book form similar to stock certificates.

Installment Book. When stock subscriptions are paid in installments, a type of receipt known as a scrip or installment certificate is issued. As payments are received, they are recorded on the back of this certificate, and once all payments have been completed, the scrip is exchanged for a regular stock certificate. These scrip certificates are organized in book form, similar to stock certificates.

Sometimes the scrip certificate takes the form of an installment[208] receipt for the amount paid, all receipts being surrendered to the company when payments have been completed.

Sometimes the scrip certificate is issued as an installment[208] receipt for the amount paid, with all receipts being returned to the company once the payments are finished.

INSTALLMENT CERTIFICATE

Payment Plan Certificate

Stock Register. Some large corporations keep, in addition to the stock ledger and transfer books, a stock register which is a complete register of all stock issued. This book is kept by the registrar—usually a trust company or bank. All certificates are entered in the register in numerical order and full particulars of each are given. When a transfer is made both the old and new certificates must be taken to the registrar, who cancels the old and places his indorsement on the new, certifying that it has been registered.

Stock Register. Some large companies maintain, along with the stock ledger and transfer books, a stock register that records all stock issued. This book is managed by the registrar—typically a trust company or bank. All certificates are listed in the register in numerical order, with complete details provided for each. When a transfer occurs, both the old and new certificates must be presented to the registrar, who cancels the old one and stamps the new one, certifying that it has been registered.

One purpose of having a registrar is to prevent an over-issue of stock. The number of shares shown on the register must not exceed the number of shares which the corporation is authorized to issue.

One purpose of having a registrar is to prevent an over-issue of stock. The number of shares listed in the register must not exceed the number of shares that the corporation is authorized to issue.

Stock Register

Inventory Record

Dividend Book. When the directors declare a dividend it is necessary to make a list of stockholders entitled to receive a dividend. Large corporations use a special form similar to the one illustrated.[209] It is made either in a book or on loose sheets which are placed in a binder.

Dividend Book. When the board of directors announces a dividend, it’s essential to create a list of shareholders who are eligible to receive it. Large companies use a specific form similar to the one shown.[209] This list can be in a book or on loose sheets that are kept in a binder.

Dividend Book

Dividend Ledger

Some stockholders issue written orders to pay all dividends to some other person, which makes it necessary to record on this list the name of the person to whom this dividend is payable, as well as the name of the stockholder.

Some shareholders provide written instructions to pay all dividends to another person, which requires us to list both the name of the person receiving the dividend and the name of the shareholder.

OPENING ENTRIES

Opening Entries

26. In opening the books of a corporation it is necessary to first get the capital entered. In a proprietorship, the capital is credited to the owner; in a partnership it is credited to the individual partners. On the books of a corporation an account called capital stock is opened, to which capital is credited. This account is opened in the general ledger and original entries are made in the journal. The manner of making the opening entries depends upon the method of disposing of the capital stock.

26. When starting the books for a corporation, the first step is to record the capital. In a sole proprietorship, the capital is recorded as belonging to the owner; in a partnership, it’s attributed to each partner individually. For a corporation, an account called capital stock is created, and the capital is recorded there. This account is set up in the general ledger, and the initial entries are made in the journal. How the opening entries are made depends on how the capital stock is handled.

If stock is sold for cash only and the entire amount is subscribed and paid for, the entry is simply

If stock is sold for cash only and the full amount is subscribed and paid for, the entry is simply

Cash   $100,000
To capital Stock   $100,000
Stock subscribed and paid for by the following:
John Doe $50,000
Richard Roe 25,000
Henry Snow 25,000
as per subscription
list dated————190——.

If only a part of the authorized stock is subscribed, there are two methods of entering the transaction.

If only part of the authorized stock is subscribed, there are two ways to complete the transaction.

First: Debit cash and credit capital stock as above, only as fast as stock is subscribed and paid for.
[210]Second: Debit cash and credit capital stock for the amount actually subscribed and paid for. Debit a new account called _unsubscribed stock_ and credit capital stock for the balance of the total authorized issue of stock.

Illustrating the above, we will suppose that the National Manufacturing Co. is organized with a capitalization of $100,000, of which $50,000 is subscribed and paid for in cash. The entries would be:—

Illustrating the above, let's assume that the National Manufacturing Co. is set up with a total capitalization of $100,000, with $50,000 being contributed and paid in cash. The entries would be:—

Cash   $50,000
To capital stock   $50,000
Stock subscribed and paid for by the following:
John Doe $25,000
Richard Roe 15,000
Henry Snow 10,000
————
Unsubscribed stock   50,000
To capital stock   50,000

If stock is not paid for when subscribed or if it is payable in installments the entry is:

If the stock isn't paid for when subscribed or if it's payable in installments, the entry is:

John Doe 25,000
Richard Roe 15,000
Henry Snow 10,000
To capital stock   50,000
For subscription to stock as per subscription list.

Or if it is not desired to enter the names of the subscribers an account is opened in the name of subscriptions, and the entry is:

Or if you don't want to enter the names of the subscribers, an account is opened in the name of subscriptions, and the entry is:

Subscriptions 50,000
To capital stock   50,000

The above entries at once place the entire authorized capital stock on the books. When further subscriptions are made, subscription account is debited and unsubscribed stock is credited. When subscriptions are paid, cash is debited and subscriptions credited.

The above entries immediately record the entire authorized capital stock in the books. When more subscriptions occur, the subscription account is debited and unsubscribed stock is credited. When subscriptions are paid, cash is debited and subscriptions are credited.

When subscriptions are payable in regular installments, payments may be credited to subscriptions. The plan is sometimes followed, however, of opening an account for each installment, as[211] Installment No. 1, to which payments are credited. When the installment is fully paid this account would be closed into subscription account.

When subscriptions are paid in regular installments, payments can be applied to the subscriptions. However, it's sometimes done by creating an account for each installment, like[211] Installment No. 1, where payments are recorded. Once the installment is fully paid, this account would be closed and moved into the subscription account.

Or still another formula—when stock has been sold subject to assessments to be made by the board of directors, and an assessment has been called the entry is:

Or still another formula—when stock has been sold subject to assessments to be made by the board of directors, and an assessment has been called, the entry is:

Assessment No. 1. $10,000
To subscriptions   $10,000
An assessment of 20% as per resolution of the board of directors
John Doe 5,000
Richard Roe 3,000
Henry Snow 2,000

When paid, cash is debited and assessment No. 1 is credited. When the next assessment is called an account is opened with assessment No. 2.

When payment is received, cash is deducted, and assessment No. 1 is credited. When the next assessment is issued, an account is opened for assessment No. 2.

27. When a Part of the Stock is Paid for in Property and the Balance in Money. A corporation known as The National Manufacturing Company is formed to take over a manufacturing business owned by John Doe. The capital stock is $100,000 of which Mr. Doe is to receive $50,000 for the assets and goodwill of his business, the company agreeing to assume his liabilities. His statement of affairs shows the following:

27. When Part of the Stock is Paid for with Property and the Remainder in Cash. A company called The National Manufacturing Company is set up to acquire a manufacturing business owned by John Doe. The capital stock amounts to $100,000, of which Mr. Doe will receive $50,000 for the assets and goodwill of his business, with the company agreeing to take on his liabilities. His financial statement includes the following:

Assets
Cash in bank $2,264.00
Accounts receivable 4,650.50
Machinery 9,000.00
Manufactured goods 2,100.00
Material and supplies 3,780.00
Furniture and fixtures 700.00 $22,494.50
  ————
Liabilities
Accounts payable 864.20 864.20
  ———— ————
  21,630.30

Since the net assets are $21,630.30, and the stock to be issued to John Doe is $50,000 the difference, or $28,369.70, represents the amount paid for the goodwill of the business.

Since the net assets total $21,630.30 and the stock to be issued to John Doe is $50,000, the difference of $28,369.70 indicates the amount paid for the goodwill of the business.

The transaction is entered as follows:—

The transaction is recorded as follows:—

Property and Goodwill of the business of John Doe, transferred to this company as per resolution of the board of directors, Dec. 21st, 1908.
Goodwill $28,369.70
Cash 2,264.00
Accounts receivable 4,650.50
Machinery 9,000.00
Manufactured goods 2,100.00
Material and supplies 3,780.00
Furniture and fixtures 700.00
Accounts payable   $864.20
Capital stock 50,000.00

One half of the capital stock is thus accounted for. The balance is to be subscribed, and when subscribed the entries will be as explained in Art. 26, depending upon whether subscriptions are paid in full or in installments.

One half of the capital stock is accounted for. The rest needs to be subscribed, and when it is, the entries will be made as explained in Art. 26, based on whether the subscriptions are paid in full or in installments.

28. When Stock is Issued in Payment of Property and a Part of the Stock is to be Donated to the Company. John Doe owns a valuable patent on an automobile attachment and desires to secure capital to carry on its manufacture. He interests Richard Roe and Henry Snow, who agree to assist him to form the National Manufacturing Company to take over his patent and manufacture the attachment. The company is incorporated with an authorized capitalization of $150,000. Roe and Snow agree that Doe shall receive $100,000 full paid stock for his patent, and to subscribe $25,000 each, payable in cash to be used for the purchase of the necessary machinery. John Doe, in turn, agrees to donate $50,000 of his stock to provide working capital. The entries are:

28. When Stock is Issued in Payment for Property and Part of the Stock is Donated to the Company. John Doe owns a valuable patent for an automobile attachment and wants to secure funding to continue its production. He brings in Richard Roe and Henry Snow, who agree to help him establish the National Manufacturing Company to take over his patent and produce the attachment. The company is incorporated with an authorized capital of $150,000. Roe and Snow agree that Doe will receive $100,000 in fully paid stock for his patent and will each contribute $25,000 in cash to purchase the necessary machinery. John Doe, in turn, agrees to donate $50,000 of his stock to provide working capital. The entries are:

Patents $100,000
Capital stock   $100,000
Full paid stock issued to John Doe to pay for patents transferred to the Company by bill of sale dated Dec. 2, 1908.
Subscriptions[213]   $50,000
Capital stock   $50,000
Subscriptions to capital stock as follows:—
Richard Roe $25,000
Henry Snow 25,000
————
Treasury stock   50,000
Working capital   50,000
Full paid stock donated by John Doe to provide working capital.
When subscriptions are paid:—
Cash 50,000
Subscriptions   50,000

It is decided to sell $30,000 of the treasury stock at 50% of its face value, and subscriptions are received for this amount.

It’s been decided to sell $30,000 of the treasury stock at 50% of its face value, and subscriptions have been received for this amount.

Subscription to treasury stock 30,000
Treasury stock   30,000

Subscription account is debited and treasury stock credited for the full amount since this is the amount of full paid stock to be issued, regardless of the price at which it is sold.

Subscription account is charged and treasury stock is credited for the full amount since this is the total of fully paid stock to be issued, regardless of the sales price.

When this stock is paid for, the entry in the cash book on the debit side is:

When this stock is paid for, the entry in the cash book on the debit side is:

Subscriptions to treasury stock 15,000

This leaves a debit balance of $15,000 in the account subscriptions to treasury stock, which represents a discount on the stock sold.

This results in a debit balance of $15,000 in the account subscriptions to treasury stock, indicating a discount on the stock sold.

The manner of disposing of this discount depends upon the provisions made by the directors in respect to the creating of working capital.

The way this discount is handled depends on the rules set by the directors regarding the creation of working capital.

If their resolution provides that the fund maintained for working capital shall be only such an amount as may be realized from the sale of treasury stock, the discount is disposed of by the following entry:

If their resolution states that the fund for working capital will only be the amount that comes from selling treasury stock, the discount is cleared by the following entry:

Working capital 15,000
Subscriptions to treasury stock   15,000
Discount on 30,000 treasury stock sold.

Suppose, however, that the directors have provided by resolution for the maintaining of a working capital of $50,000. In that case the liability for the full $50,000 must remain on the books until such time as other provision is made. The entry would then be:

Suppose, however, that the directors have resolved to maintain a working capital of $50,000. In that case, the full $50,000 liability must stay on the books until another arrangement is made. The entry would then be:

Bonus $15,000
Subscriptions to treasury stock   $15,000

The discount is, to all intents, a bonus given to the purchasers, and if, as frequently happens, purchasers are promised a bonus of a share of stock for every share purchased, it would be proper to make the following entry in the first place.

The discount is basically a bonus for the buyers, and if, as often happens, buyers are promised a bonus of one share of stock for every share they buy, it would be appropriate to make the following entry first.

Subscriptions to treasury stock 15,000
Bonus 15,000
Treasury stock   30,000
Sold 30,000 treasury stock at 50% of face value.

In any dividend distribution the purchasers are entitled to draw dividends on the face value of their stock, since it was issued to them as full paid. It would be manifestly unfair to charge the discount or bonus against profits for the current year, and it is customary to spread it over a period of several years, charging off a certain per cent each year. The bonus account is, in the meantime, carried on the books as an asset, and belongs in the class known as fictitious assets.

In any dividend distribution, buyers are entitled to receive dividends based on the face value of their shares, since those shares were issued to them as fully paid. It would be clearly unfair to deduct the discount or bonus from the current year's profits, so it's standard practice to allocate it over several years, taking off a certain percentage each year. The bonus account is, in the meantime, recorded in the books as an asset and falls under the category of fictitious assets.

Treasury stock is an asset, its real value being the market value of the stock represented. In the event of liquidation of the company, treasury stock would off-set the liability on account of capital stock. When all of the treasury stock is sold the account closes itself; or if it is issued to stockholders in the form of stock dividends, it is closed into profit and loss.

Treasury stock is an asset, and its actual value is the market value of the stock it represents. If the company goes into liquidation, treasury stock would balance out the liability related to capital stock. When all the treasury stock is sold, the account automatically closes; or if it's distributed to shareholders as stock dividends, it is transferred to profit and loss.

Working capital is a liability, which may be termed an assumed or nominal liability. Like capital stock it is a liability only as between the company and its stockholders. It off-sets whatever form of asset—cash or otherwise—that represents proceeds from the sale of treasury stock. The real position of working capital in the balance sheet is that of a capital liability which must be considered before any surplus available for dividends can be said to exist. Power is usually given the directors to reserve a certain amount for working capital, and even though an actual surplus may exist they have the[215] right to off-set this with a working capital liability instead of declaring a dividend.

Working capital is a liability, which can be called an assumed or nominal liability. Similar to capital stock, it is a liability only in relation to the company and its shareholders. It offsets any type of asset—cash or otherwise—that comes from selling treasury stock. The true position of working capital on the balance sheet is that of a capital liability, which must be taken into account before any surplus that could be distributed as dividends is considered to exist. The board of directors is usually given the authority to set aside a certain amount for working capital, and even if there is an actual surplus, they have the[215] option to offset this with a working capital liability instead of issuing a dividend.

29. Premium on Stock. The stocks of many well-managed enterprises sell at a premium. In all such cases the amount received above the par or face value is credited to an account called premium on stock. At the end of the year this account is closed into surplus account. If any such items are standing on the books it can be used to off-set bonus account or organization expenses. It is not proper to close premium account into the current profit and loss account, for while it represents a profit, it is not earned in the regular operations of the business.

29. Premium on Stock. The stocks of many well-managed companies are sold at a premium. In these cases, the amount received above the par or face value is recorded in an account called premium on stock. At the end of the year, this account is transferred to the surplus account. If there are any items recorded in this account, they can be used to offset the bonus account or organizational expenses. It is not appropriate to close the premium account into the current profit and loss account, because while it represents a profit, it is not earned through the regular operations of the business.

30. Reduction of Working Capital. As before stated, so long as working capital remains on the books it must be treated as a liability. Having the right to create working capital, the directors also have the right to reduce it whenever, in their judgment, the necessities of the business no longer require its maintenance in the original amount.

30. Reduction of Working Capital. As mentioned earlier, as long as working capital is recorded in the books, it must be considered a liability. Since the directors have the authority to create working capital, they also have the authority to reduce it whenever they believe the business no longer needs to maintain it at the original level.

A reduction of working capital has the effect of increasing surplus, since surplus is increased by an increase of assets or a decrease of liabilities. To reduce working capital, the account is closed into surplus. It is perhaps necessary to say that the account should not be closed into profit and loss, since it does not represent current profits.

A decrease in working capital leads to more surplus, as surplus grows when assets increase or liabilities decrease. To lower working capital, the account is transferred to surplus. It's important to note that this account shouldn't be closed into profit and loss because it doesn't reflect current profits.

Suppose that in the case of the National Manufacturing Co., it is desired to reduce working capital from $50,000 to $25,000; the entry would be:

Suppose that for the National Manufacturing Co., the goal is to cut working capital from $50,000 to $25,000; the entry would be:

Working capital $25,000
Surplus   $25,000
Working capital reduced by resolution of the board of directors, January 15th, 1909.

ENTRIES IN STOCK BOOKS

STOCK BOOK ENTRIES

31. The entries in the stock books are very simple and are just the opposite of stock entries in the general or financial books of the company. When certificates of stock are issued, an account is opened in the stock ledger with each stockholder, to which is credited the stock issued to him. At the same time an account is opened in this[216] ledger with capital stock which is debited with all stock issued, thus preserving the balance of the stock ledger. Taking the example in Art. 26, when stock is issued—

31. The entries in the stock books are straightforward and completely different from stock entries in the company's general or financial books. When stock certificates are issued, an account is created in the stock ledger for each shareholder, where the stock issued to them is credited. Simultaneously, an account is opened in this[216] ledger for capital stock, which is debited with all stock issued, maintaining the balance of the stock ledger. Using the example in Art. 26, when stock is issued—

We debit—
Capital stock $150,000
We credit—
John Doe   $100,000
Richard Roe 25,000
Henry Snow 25,000

When the $50,000 stock is donated to the treasury to provide working capital—

When the $50,000 stock is donated to the treasury to provide working capital—

We debit
John Doe 50,000
We credit
Treasury stock   50,000

and open an account with treasury stock in the stock ledger.

and open an account with treasury shares in the stock ledger.

When treasury stock is sold—

When treasury stock is sold—

We debit
Treasury stock 30,000
We credit
Subscribers   30,000

When a stockholder sells a part or all of his shares to another it has no effect on capital stock or treasury stock accounts in the stock ledger. The only change takes place in the accounts of the individual stockholders involved. The stock transferred is debited to the account of the transferor, and credited to the account of the transferee.

When a shareholder sells some or all of their shares to someone else, it doesn't affect the capital stock or treasury stock accounts in the stock ledger. The only change happens in the accounts of the individual shareholders involved. The stock that is transferred is debited from the account of the transferor and credited to the account of the transferee.

Supposing that $30,000 treasury stock was purchased by Henry Benson, George Dennis, and Richard Carpenter, each purchasing $10,000, the stock ledger and stock register—if one is used—would appear as shown in the illustration. Footing the two sides of the stock register we find a balance of 1,300 shares which is the actual amount outstanding, the balance of 200 shares remaining in the treasury. A trial balance also shows that the stock ledger balances with a credit of $20,000 treasury stock.

Supposing that $30,000 worth of treasury stock was bought by Henry Benson, George Dennis, and Richard Carpenter, each spending $10,000, the stock ledger and stock register—if one is used—would look like the illustration. Adding up both sides of the stock register, we find a total of 1,300 shares, which is the actual amount outstanding, leaving a balance of 200 shares still in the treasury. A trial balance also shows that the stock ledger balances with a credit of $20,000 in treasury stock.

Stock Ledger

Inventory Records

Stock Ledger

Inventory Record

AIR-LINE CASH-CARRYING SYSTEM FOR LARGE RETAIL DRUG STORE
Applicable to a Moderate-Sized General Store. Lamson Consolidated Store Service Co.

AIR-LINE CASH-CARRYING SYSTEM FOR LARGE RETAIL DRUG STORE
Relevant to a Medium-Sized General Store. Lamson Consolidated Store Service Co.

Stock Register

Inventory Log

EXERCISES

WORKOUTS

1. A corporation is organized with a capital of $50,000.00, divided into 500 shares of $100.00 each. The corporation begins business when 250 shares have been subscribed for. Of this amount A subscribes for 100 shares, B for 100 shares, and C for 50 shares. These shares are paid for in cash within 30 days after the date of subscriptions.

1. A corporation is set up with a capital of $50,000.00, divided into 500 shares of $100.00 each. The corporation starts operating once 250 shares have been subscribed. Of that total, A subscribes for 100 shares, B for 100 shares, and C for 50 shares. These shares are paid for in cash within 30 days after the subscription date.

Six months later the balance of the stock is subscribed for, subscriptions being received from A for 50 shares, B, 50 shares, D, 100 shares, and E, 50 shares. C sells 50 shares to B. These new shares are paid for in cash.

Six months later, the remaining stock is fully subscribed, with subscriptions coming in from A for 50 shares, B for 50 shares, D for 100 shares, and E for 50 shares. C sells 50 shares to B. These new shares are paid for in cash.

Make all entries in general books.

Make all entries in the general books.

Make all entries in stock books.

Make sure to record all entries in the stock books.

2. A, B, and C organize a corporation with an authorized capitalization of $100,000.00, divided into 1,000 shares of $100.00 each. A subscribes for 400 shares, B, 300 shares, and C, 200 shares. The corporation buys from D land and buildings for $20,000.00, paying him $10,000.00 in cash and issuing to him 100 shares of stock.

2. A, B, and C set up a corporation with an authorized capital of $100,000.00, divided into 1,000 shares at $100.00 each. A purchases 400 shares, B gets 300 shares, and C takes 200 shares. The corporation buys land and buildings from D for $20,000.00, paying him $10,000.00 in cash and giving him 100 shares of stock.

Subscriptions are paid as follows: A pays $20,000.00 cash and gives his note due in 60 days for $20,000.00; B pays $20,000.00 cash and gives his note for $10,000.00 payable in 30 days; C pays $10,000.00 cash and gives his note for $10,000.00 payable in 10 days.

Subscriptions are paid like this: A pays $20,000.00 in cash and provides a note due in 60 days for $20,000.00; B pays $20,000.00 in cash and gives a note for $10,000.00 that’s payable in 30 days; C pays $10,000.00 in cash and offers a note for $10,000.00 that’s payable in 10 days.

Make all entries in journal and cash book and post to ledger.

Make all entries in the journal and cash book, and then post them to the ledger.

Note.—Land and buildings are grouped under the head of real estate.

Note.—Land and buildings are categorized as real estate.

3. John Davis and Daniel Greene own the La Belle mine, and to secure capital for its development they decide to organize a mining company and to sell shares. A corporation is organized with a capitalization of $1,000,000.00 in shares of $1.00 each. Of this stock 999,000 shares are issued to Davis and Greene, each receiving an equal number, and they, in turn, deed the La Belle mine to the company. The remaining 1,000 shares are subscribed and paid for by Martin Otis. Davis and Greene donate to the treasury 49,800 shares to be sold for the purpose of securing working capital. The directors, by proper resolution, decide to sell 200,000 shares: 50,000 shares to be sold at 20 cents on the dollar, 50,000 shares at 25 cents, and 100,000 shares at 35 cents. The resolution also provides that the corporation's liability for working capital shall be no more than the amount realized from the sale of treasury stock. Subscriptions[221] are received for the 200,000 shares and payments are made at the prices specified.

3. John Davis and Daniel Greene own the La Belle mine, and to raise funds for its development, they decide to start a mining company and sell shares. A corporation is formed with a capitalization of $1,000,000.00 in shares of $1.00 each. Out of this stock, 999,000 shares are issued to Davis and Greene, with each receiving an equal amount, and they then transfer the La Belle mine to the company. The remaining 1,000 shares are bought and paid for by Martin Otis. Davis and Greene contribute 49,800 shares to the treasury to be sold for the purpose of raising working capital. The directors, through a proper resolution, decide to sell 200,000 shares: 50,000 shares will be sold at 20 cents on the dollar, 50,000 shares at 25 cents, and 100,000 shares at 35 cents. The resolution also states that the corporation's liability for working capital will be no more than the amount raised from the sale of treasury stock. Subscriptions[221] are received for the 200,000 shares, and payments are made at the specified prices.

Make all necessary entries to get these transactions properly recorded on both the general and stock books.

Make all the necessary entries to ensure these transactions are properly recorded in both the general ledger and stock books.

STOCK ISSUED FOR PROMOTION

Shares Issued for Promotion

32. Frequently when a corporation is organized, stock is issued to a promoter as payment for his services. An enterprise may have great latent possibilities provided sufficient capital can be secured for its development, but until the possibilities for making a profit can be clearly shown, it is difficult to interest the investing public. To interest investors in an enterprise yet to be developed requires a special talent not possessed by the average owner of a patent, mine, or process. There are men who possess this special talent and who make a business of promoting companies.

32. Often when a company is set up, shares are given to a promoter as compensation for their services. A business may have amazing potential if enough funding can be acquired for its growth, but until there’s a clear way to show it can be profitable, it’s tough to attract investors. Engaging investors in a business that’s still in the works requires a unique skill that most patent, mine, or process owners don’t have. There are people who have this unique skill and who specialize in promoting companies.

In many cases—probably most cases—the owner of the thing to be promoted has no money with which to pay the promoter. Consequently, the promoter first satisfies himself that the enterprise actually holds possibilities of profit and then agrees to accept all or a part of his fees in the stock of the company. The portion of his fee that he is willing to accept in stock, and the number of shares demanded, is governed largely by his own faith in the enterprise. His fee may be a certain per cent on the stock sold, or it may be an arbitrary sum represented by a certain number of shares. When he accepts his entire fee in stock, it may represent from 25 per cent to 50 per cent of the entire capitalization, and while the fee may appear exorbitant when represented by the par value of the stock, its actual value to him is represented by the real value of the stock, or the price at which he could sell it.

In many cases—probably most cases—the owner of the thing to be promoted doesn't have money to pay the promoter. As a result, the promoter first makes sure that the business has potential for profit and then agrees to accept all or part of his fees in the company's stock. The portion of his fee that he’s willing to take in stock and the number of shares he asks for depend largely on his own belief in the business. His fee could be a certain percentage of the stock sold, or it could be a fixed amount represented by a specific number of shares. When he takes his entire fee in stock, it can represent 25 to 50 percent of the total capitalization, and while the fee might seem excessive when calculated based on the par value of the stock, its actual value to him is based on the real value of the stock, or the price at which he could sell it.

Volumes might be written on the subject of promotion, but our special concern is the proper treatment of promotion fees on the books of the company. Strictly speaking, promotion fees are as much an expense as the cost of printing the company's prospectus, but to immediately charge it to expense would, in many cases, cause the accounts to show an impairment of capital at the outset. Suppose, for example, that a corporation is organized with a capital of $100,000.00 all paid in cash. The promoter is paid a fee of $15,000.00. Profits earned—trading profits—in the first year are $8,000.00, but[222] we have a charge of $15,000.00 for promotion in the expense account. The books show that the company is insolvent, the liabilities being $7,000.00 in excess of the assets, while the business actually is in a healthy condition.

Volumes could be written on the topic of promotion, but our main focus is how to properly record promotion fees on the company's books. Strictly speaking, promotion fees are just as much an expense as the cost of printing the company's prospectus, but immediately charging it to expenses could, in many cases, make the accounts appear to show a loss of capital right away. For instance, if a corporation is set up with a capital of $100,000.00, all paid in cash, and the promoter receives a fee of $15,000.00. The profits earned from trading in the first year are $8,000.00, but[222] we have a charge of $15,000.00 for promotion listed as an expense. The books indicate that the company is insolvent, with liabilities exceeding assets by $7,000.00, while the business is actually in good shape.

Expenses paid in the regular course of business are expected to be off-set by earnings. When we pay rent for a store or office we expect that, by reason of our occupancy of that store or office as a place of business, our earnings will be increased in an amount greater than that paid for rent. Promotion expense cannot, in itself, produce earnings. The cash, or other form of asset, received from the sale of stock—the direct result of promotion expense—is off-set by the stock liability created. Earnings to off-set promotion expense must come from future operations of the business.

Expenses incurred during regular business activities are expected to be balanced out by earnings. When we pay rent for a store or office, we anticipate that our use of that space will lead to earnings that exceed the rent we pay. Promotion expenses alone do not generate earnings. The cash or assets received from selling stock, which is a direct outcome of promotional expenses, is counterbalanced by the liability created from the stock. The earnings needed to cover promotion expenses will need to come from the future operations of the business.

It has become quite the general custom, therefore, to allow the expense incident to the organization of the company to stand on the books as a fictitious asset, under some such caption as promotion expense, promotion fund, or organization expense. The amount is gradually reduced by charging a stated per cent to profit and loss each year.

It has become a common practice, therefore, to list the costs associated with setting up the company as a fake asset, under titles like promotion expense, promotion fund, or organization expense. The amount is slowly decreased by charging a specific percentage to profit and loss each year.

There is another special reason why it would be manifestly unfair to immediately charge promotion fees to expense. Suppose a promoter receives 20% of the stock for his services, while the holders of the remaining 80% have paid cash for their shares. Since the 80 per cent paid in cash must earn dividends on the entire 100 per cent of stock, it would be unjust to the holders of the 80 per cent to withhold dividends until the par value of the 20 per cent of stock shall have been added to the assets of the company from profits earned.

There’s another important reason why it would be clearly unfair to charge promotion fees as an expense immediately. Imagine a promoter receives 20% of the stock for their services, while the holders of the remaining 80% have paid cash for their shares. Since the 80% who paid cash must earn dividends on the full 100% of stock, it would be unfair to those holders to delay dividends until the par value of the 20% of stock is added to the company’s assets from profits earned.

The Entry. A patent is owned by Geo. Davis, who secures the services of Wm. Lane to promote a company to undertake its manufacture. The corporation is capitalized at $500,000.00. Davis sells the patent to the company receiving $250,000.00 stock in payment, and Lane receives $25,000.00 stock for promotion, when he has secured subscriptions for the remaining $225,000.00 at par. The entries to record the issue of stock to Lane for promotion are:

The Entry. A patent is owned by Geo. Davis, who hires Wm. Lane to promote a company to take on its production. The corporation is valued at $500,000.00. Davis sells the patent to the company in exchange for $250,000.00 in stock, and Lane receives $25,000.00 in stock for his promotion efforts, once he has secured subscriptions for the remaining $225,000.00 at face value. The entries to record the issuance of stock to Lane for promotion are:

Subscriptions $25,000.00
Capital stock   $25,000.00
Subscription of Wm. Lane
Promotion expense[223] 25,000.00
Wm. Lane   25,000.00
Fee due Wm. Lane for promotion of company and sale of stock.
————
Wm. Lane 25,000.00
Subscriptions   25,000.00
Amount due to Lane credited to subscriptions to pay for stock subscribed by him.

The entries for the shares issued to Davis and those sold are the same as previously explained and illustrated.

The entries for the shares issued to Davis and those that were sold are the same as explained and shown earlier.

SURPLUS AND DIVIDENDS

Surplus and Dividends

33. The directors are under no obligation to distribute in dividends the profits earned in any one year. Instead, the by-laws usually provide that the decision as to when a dividend shall be declared is to be left entirely to the directors. They have it in their power to retain of the profits such an amount as, in their judgment, is advisable or necessary to safeguard the interests of the company. At the close of the fiscal year it is customary to close profit and loss account, and in a corporation it is closed into surplus.

33. The directors aren't required to pay out the profits from any given year as dividends. Instead, the by-laws typically state that the decision on when to declare a dividend is completely up to the directors. They can keep any portion of the profits that they believe is reasonable or necessary to protect the company’s interests. At the end of the fiscal year, it’s common to close the profit and loss account, and in a corporation, it gets transferred into surplus.

34. Surplus Sub-divided. Sometimes the term surplus is used to designate a part of the profits set aside for a special purpose, as the creation of a fund to meet an obligation falling due at some future date. When surplus is treated as a special fund, or when it has been provided by resolution of the directors "that a certain sum, or a certain per cent of the profits shall be set aside as a surplus fund," and remaining profits not distributed as dividends may be placed to the credit of an account called Undivided Profits or Undistributed Profits.

34. Surplus Sub-divided. Sometimes, the term surplus refers to a portion of the profits that is allocated for a specific purpose, such as creating a fund to cover an obligation due at a later date. When surplus is treated as a special fund, or when the directors have resolved that "a specific amount or a certain percentage of the profits should be set aside as a surplus fund," the remaining profits that are not distributed as dividends can be credited to an account called Undivided Profits or Undistributed Profits.

In reality undivided profits is surplus, and the division of the account merely serves to show that the amount credited to surplus is for some reason reserved, while the amount credited to undivided profits is available for dividends whenever the directors may so elect. Whether or not the surplus should be shown in the balance sheet under these various headings, or all under the general head of surplus, with explanatory notes, is a question which need not concern us at this point.

In reality, undivided profits are surplus, and the way we break down the account just shows that the amount added to surplus is reserved for some reason, while the amount added to undivided profits is available for dividends whenever the directors decide. Whether the surplus should be displayed on the balance sheet under these different categories, or all under the general category of surplus with explanatory notes, is a question we don’t need to worry about right now.

35. Declaring a Cash Dividend. When a dividend is declared an account should be opened under the caption Dividends Payable or Dividend No. 1., etc. We will suppose that a dividend has been declared out of the profits of the business for the current year. The entry is:—

35. Declaring a Cash Dividend. When a dividend is declared, an account should be opened under the title Dividends Payable or Dividend No. 1., etc. Let's assume that a dividend has been declared from the profits of the business for the current year. The entry is:—

Profit and Loss

PL

Dividends payable

Dividends owed

Dividend of——% declared
by the board of directors
————1909, payable————1909.

Dividend of ——% declared
by the board of directors
————1909, payable————1909.

When the dividend is paid the entry will be—

When the dividend is paid, the entry will be—

Dividends payable

Dividends due

Cash

Cash

To pay dividend payable
————1909.

To pay dividend due
————1909.

36. Declaring a Stock Dividend. Not all dividends are paid or payable in cash. Sometimes the directors declare a dividend payable in stock and this is known as a stock dividend. There may be treasury stock in possession of the treasurer, and if the books show a surplus, which would make it proper to declare a cash dividend, a dividend may be declared payable in treasury stock. When such a dividend is declared the entry is—

36. Declaring a Stock Dividend. Not all dividends are paid in cash. Sometimes the directors declare a dividend that can be paid in stock, known as a stock dividend. There may be treasury stock held by the treasurer, and if the records indicate a surplus that would normally allow for a cash dividend, a dividend can be declared that is payable in treasury stock. When such a dividend is declared, the entry is—

Profit and Loss

Profit and Loss

Stock dividend

Stock payout

A dividend of——% declared
by the board of directors
————1909 payable————1909,
payment to be made in
treasury stock
Stock dividend

A dividend of——% declared
by the board of directors
————1909 payable————1909,
payment to be made in
treasury stock
Stock dividend

Treasury stock

Treasury shares

To pay stock dividend
declared————1909.

To pay stock dividend
declared—1909.

The shares are then transferred on the stock books debiting treasury stock and crediting stockholders.

The shares are then transferred in the stock records, deducting from treasury stock and adding to the stockholders.

It is not absolutely necessary that a company possess treasury stock to declare a stock dividend. When current profits are large or a surplus, larger than the requirements of the business demand,[225] has been accumulated, a stock dividend may be declared by issuing additional shares, provided the original stock has not all been subscribed for.

It’s not absolutely necessary for a company to have treasury stock in order to declare a stock dividend. When current profits are high or there’s a surplus that exceeds the needs of the business,[225] a stock dividend can be declared by issuing more shares, as long as all the original stock hasn't been subscribed for.

If a large surplus has been accumulated and a part of the stock is unsubscribed, a stock dividend would require the following entries:

If a significant surplus has been built up and part of the shares is unsubscribed, a stock dividend would need the following entries:

Surplus

Extra

Stock dividend

Stock dividend

A stock dividend of——%
declared by the directors————1909
payable in the unissued
stock of this company.

A stock dividend of ——%
announced by the directors ———— 1909
payable in the unissued
stock of this company.

————

Understood! Please provide the text you'd like me to modernize.

Subscriptions

Memberships

Capital stock

Equity capital

Additional stock subscriptions
received from the following.

Additional stock subscriptions
received from the following.

————

Understood! Please provide the text you'd like me to modernize.

Stock dividends

Share dividends

Subscriptions

Subscriptions

Stock dividend due stockholders
used to off-set subscriptions.

Stock dividend owed to stockholders
used to offset subscriptions.

The stock dividend is a device frequently used to conceal actual profits, or to cover up the fact that dividends are being declared in excess of a fixed rate. This is especially true of such public service corporations as lighting companies or street railways. In many cases a company will go through the necessary formalities to increase its capital stock for the purpose of absorbing surplus by means of a stock dividend.

The stock dividend is a method often used to hide real profits or to mask the reality that dividends are being paid out at a rate higher than a set limit. This is especially common with public service companies like power companies or streetcars. In many cases, a company will complete the required steps to raise its capital stock to absorb excess profits through a stock dividend.

37. Treatment of a Loss. If, during any year, the business has sustained a loss, it will, of course, appear as a balance on the debit side of profit and loss account. This will then be transferred to the debit of undivided profits or surplus, if any, remaining from previous years. For illustration, suppose the books show a surplus of $5,000.00, undivided profits $500.00, loss for the current year $2,500.00, the entry will be:—

37. Handling a Loss. If the business experiences a loss in any year, it will show up as a balance on the debit side of the profit and loss account. This will then be moved to the debit of undivided profits or surplus, if there are any, from previous years. For example, let's say the records show a surplus of $5,000.00, undivided profits of $500.00, and a loss for the current year of $2,500.00; the entry will be:—

Undivided profits $500.00
Surplus 2,000.00
Profit and loss   $2,500.00
Loss for the year.

If there is no surplus remaining from former years, the business is insolvent, in which case the capital is said to be impaired. This can be taken care of in either of two ways. First—by the stockholders subscribing to a fund to cover the deficiency. Second—by a reduction of the capital stock.

If there’s no leftover surplus from previous years, the business is insolvent, meaning the capital is considered impaired. This can be addressed in two ways. First—by the shareholders contributing to a fund to cover the shortfall. Second—by reducing the capital stock.

EXERCISES

WORKOUTS

1. David Francis and Henry Harmon own a large tract of timber land in Mexico. In connection with F. B. Walker—a promoter—they organize a corporation to build railways and mills for the purpose of developing the property and to market the timber. The company is capitalized for $1,000,000.00. The land is sold to the corporation for $1,000,000.00, stock for that amount being issued to Francis, Harmon, and Walker. Francis and Harmon each received $400,000.00 and Walker, $200,000.00. This $200,000.00 stock is issued to Walker as his fee for promoting the company. Francis and Harmon each donate 250 shares, of the par value of $100.00 each, to the treasury to be sold to produce working capital.

1. David Francis and Henry Harmon own a large piece of timberland in Mexico. Along with F. B. Walker—a promoter—they organize a corporation to build railways and mills to develop the property and sell the timber. The company is established with a capital of $1,000,000.00. The land is sold to the corporation for $1,000,000.00, and stock for that amount is issued to Francis, Harmon, and Walker. Francis and Harmon each receive $400,000.00, while Walker receives $200,000.00. This $200,000.00 in stock is issued to Walker as his fee for promoting the company. Francis and Harmon each donate 250 shares, with a par value of $100.00 each, to the treasury to be sold for working capital.

Make all necessary entries in general books.

Make all the necessary entries in the general books.

2. The profits of a manufacturing company with a paid up capital of $100,000.00, are $9,765.00. The directors, by proper resolution, declare a cash dividend of 6 per cent, set aside a surplus of $3,000.00, and transfer the balance to undivided profits.

2. The profits of a manufacturing company with a paid-up capital of $100,000 are $9,765. The directors, through a proper resolution, declare a cash dividend of 6 percent, set aside a surplus of $3,000, and transfer the remaining balance to undivided profits.

Make all necessary entries in general books, showing ledger accounts after payment of dividends.

Make all the necessary entries in the general books, showing ledger accounts after dividend payments.

3. The following year's business of the above company showed a loss of $2,160.00. How is this loss disposed of? Make entries.

3. The business for the following year of the above company showed a loss of $2,160.00. How is this loss handled? Make entries.

4. A company capitalized at $250,000.00 has sold $100,000.00 of its stock, the balance being unsubscribed. Its accumulated surplus is $90,000.00, and the directors declare a stock dividend of 50 per cent to all stockholders. Make all entries.

4. A company with a capitalization of $250,000 has sold $100,000 of its stock, with the remaining amount not subscribed. It has an accumulated surplus of $90,000, and the directors declare a stock dividend of 50 percent to all shareholders. Make all entries.

5. A manufacturing company has a capital stock of $100,000.00. One item in its assets is machinery $26,750.00. The profits for the year are $11,640.00. The directors provide for a reserve for depreciation of machinery of 10% and declare a dividend of 5%.

5. A manufacturing company has a capital stock of $100,000.00. One of its assets is machinery worth $26,750.00. The profits for the year are $11,640.00. The directors set aside a reserve for machinery depreciation of 10% and declare a dividend of 5%.

Make all entries.

Understood! Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

CHANGING BOOKS FROM A PARTNERSHIP TO A CORPORATION

CHANGING BOOKS FROM A PARTNERSHIP TO A CORPORATION

38. Wilson, Brackett, and Nixon have been conducting a retail clothing business under a partnership agreement. Appreciating the advantages of a corporate form of organization, they decide to incorporate under the name of the Continental Clothing Company.

38. Wilson, Brackett, and Nixon have been running a retail clothing business as partners. Recognizing the benefits of a corporate structure, they choose to incorporate under the name Continental Clothing Company.

The first step necessary to prepare for the incorporation of a partnership is to ascertain the net capital of the business as it stands. Accordingly, an inventory is taken, the books are closed, and a balance sheet prepared with the following results:

The first step to prepare for forming a partnership is to determine the net capital of the business as it is currently. Therefore, an inventory is conducted, the books are closed, and a balance sheet is prepared with the following results:

Balance Sheet of Wilson, Brackett, and Nixon
Assets
Cash   $1,650.72
Bills receivable $ 1,725.00
Accounts receivable 3,264.18 4,989.18
  ————
 
Merchandise inventory 10,450.00
Furniture and fixtures 4,000.00 14,450.00 $21,089.90
  ———— ————
Liabilities
Bills payable 3,000.00
Accounts payable 2,089.00 5,089.90
  ————
 
Wilson, capital account 7,000.00
Brackett, capital account 5,000.00
Nixon, capital account 4,000.00 16,000.00 21,089.90
  ———— ————

From this balance sheet it is seen that the net capital is $16,000.00, of which Wilson owns $7,000.00, Brackett, $5,000.00, and Nixon, $4,000.00. On this showing, it is decided to form the company with a capital stock of $20,000.00, all of which is to be issued as full paid stock to the partners in proportion to their interests in the partnership.

From this balance sheet, we can see that the net capital is $16,000.00, with Wilson owning $7,000.00, Brackett $5,000.00, and Nixon $4,000.00. Based on this information, it has been decided to form the company with a capital stock of $20,000.00, all of which will be issued as fully paid stock to the partners in proportion to their interests in the partnership.

New books are opened for the corporation and the next step is to transfer the accounts of the partnership to the corporation. An account is opened in the partnership ledger with the Continental Clothing Company and the following entry is made:

New books are opened for the corporation, and the next step is to transfer the partnership accounts to the corporation. An account is created in the partnership ledger for the Continental Clothing Company, and the following entry is made:

Continental Clothing Co. $21,089.90
Cash   $1,650.72
Bills receivable 1,725.00
Accounts receivable[228] 3,264.18
Merchandise inventory 10,450.00
Furniture and fixtures 4,000.00

The above entry closes all of the asset accounts and shows that they have been transferred to the new company.

The above entry closes all the asset accounts and indicates that they've been transferred to the new company.

The next entry is:

Please provide the short piece of text you'd like me to modernize.

Bills payable $3,000.00
Accounts payable 2,089.90
Wilson 7,000.00
Brackett 5,000.00
Nixon 4,000.00
Continental Clothing Co.   $21,089.90

The above entry closes the liability and partners' accounts showing that they have been transferred to the new company and also closes the account of the Continental Clothing Co.

The above entry closes the liability and partners' accounts, indicating that they have been transferred to the new company, and also closes the account of the Continental Clothing Co.

39. Entries on the Corporation Books. We are now ready to open the books of the new company. Subscription books are opened and the following subscriptions are received:

39. Entries on the Corporation Books. We are now ready to open the books of the new company. Subscription books are open, and the following subscriptions have been received:

Wilson 8,750.00
Brackett 6,250.00
Nixon 5,000.00

The net assets of the partnership are $4,000.00 less than the capital stock of the new company. No money is to be invested to cover this discrepancy, so it will be necessary to account for it on the books by opening a fictitious asset account under some such name as goodwill. Having made this provision, the books of the new company are opened by the following entries:

The net assets of the partnership are $4,000.00 less than the capital stock of the new company. No money will be invested to cover this difference, so it’s necessary to reflect it on the financial records by creating a fictional asset account under a name like goodwill. After making this adjustment, the financial records of the new company are opened with the following entries:

Subscriptions 20,000.00
Capital stock   20,000.00
Subscriptions received as per subscription books.
————
Cash 1,650.72
Bills receivable 1,725.00
Accounts receivable 3,264.18
Merchandise inventory 10,450,00
Furniture and fixtures 4,000.00
Goodwill 4,000.00
Bills payable[229]   3,000.00
Accounts payable 2,089.90
Subscriptions 20,000.00
The business and goodwill of the firm of Wilson, Brackett, and Nixon transferred to this company in payment of subscriptions to capital stock.

These entries serve to get the capital stock, also the assets and liabilities of the partnership properly recorded on the books of the new company.

These entries are meant to accurately record the capital stock, as well as the assets and liabilities of the partnership, in the books of the new company.

STOCK DONATED TO EMPLOYES

Stocks Donated to Employees

40. A partnership composed of Benson, Black, and Mabley is conducting a retail hardware business. They desire to give their bookkeeper (Parker) an interest in the business. The firm has the following assets and liabilities:

40. A partnership made up of Benson, Black, and Mabley is running a retail hardware store. They want to give their bookkeeper (Parker) a stake in the business. The firm has the following assets and liabilities:

Assets
Cash $3,000.00
Accounts receivable 2,000.00
Merchandise 15,000.00
Total assets   $20,000.00
Liabilities
Accounts payable 2,000.00
Benson capital 6,000.00
Black capital 6,000.00
Mabley capital 6,000.00
Total liabilities   20,000.00

They incorporate the Benson Company with a capitalization of $40,000.00 divided into 400 shares of $100.00 each. Benson, Black, and Mabley each subscribe for 100 shares, and 20 shares are presented to Parker. The balance of the stock is to remain unsubscribed until such time as it is decided to accept further subscriptions. The business of the partnership is to be accepted by the company in payment of subscriptions which have been made, and which are for 320 shares or $32,000.00. The net assets of the partnership being $18,000.00, goodwill must represent the balance of $14,000.00. The entries on the books of the partnership follow—

They establish the Benson Company with a total capital of $40,000.00, divided into 400 shares at $100.00 each. Benson, Black, and Mabley each buy 100 shares, and 20 shares are given to Parker. The remaining stock will stay unsubscribed until a decision is made to accept more subscriptions. The company will take over the partnership's business in exchange for the subscriptions, which total 320 shares or $32,000.00. Since the net assets of the partnership are $18,000.00, goodwill must account for the remaining $14,000.00. The entries in the partnership's books are as follows—

The Benson Co. $20,000.00
Cash   $3,000.00
Accounts receivable 2,000.00
Merchandise inv. 15,000.00
————
Accounts payable 2,000.00
Benson 6,000.00
Black 6,000.00
Mabley 6,000.00
The Benson Co.   20,000.00

41. On Books of the Benson Co. The entries on the books of the new company are the same as in previous illustrations, the stock donated to Parker having been a gift from the partnership and the amount included in the goodwill.

41. On Books of the Benson Co. The records in the new company's books are the same as in previous examples, with the stock donated to Parker being a gift from the partnership and the amount included in the goodwill.

Subscriptions 32,000.00
Capital stock   32,000.00
————
Cash 3,000.00
Accounts receivable 2,000.00
Merchandise inventory 15,000.00
Goodwill 14,000.00
Accounts payable   2,000.00
Subscriptions 32,000.00

42. When the Gift is Made by an Existing Corporation. We will suppose that the Benson Co. wishes to donate 10 shares of stock to each of three employes, A, B, and C. Having 80 shares unsubscribed, the donation will be made from that stock. Supposing that the company has accumulated a surplus, the transaction will be entered on the "books" as follows:

42. When the Gift is Made by an Existing Corporation. Let's say that Benson Co. wants to give 10 shares of stock to each of three employees, A, B, and C. Since there are 80 shares that have not been subscribed, the donation will come from that stock. Assuming the company has built up a surplus, this transaction will be recorded in the "books" as follows:

Subscriptions 3,000.00
Capital stock   3,000.00
Subscriptions of A, B, & C per subscription book.
————
Surplus 3,000.00
Subscription   3,000.00
Surplus appropriated to subscriptions per resolution of the board of directors Jan. 25th, 1909.

The above would be a rather unusual proceeding as the stock is fully paid, though such gifts are sometimes made. The tendency of the present times is toward profit sharing for the employes of corporations. The plan of profit sharing takes many forms, and there are some notable examples among very large corporations which have given employes stock in the corporation, or afforded them an opportunity to acquire stock on very favorable terms.

The above would be a pretty unusual process since the stock is fully paid, although such gifts do happen sometimes. These days, there's a trend toward profit sharing for employees of companies. The profit-sharing plan comes in various forms, and there are some notable examples among large corporations that have given employees stock in the company or allowed them to buy stock on very favorable terms.

Among smaller corporations it is quite common to enable employes to acquire its stock subject to certain special conditions. Frequently employes are permitted to subscribe for stock with an agreement that they are to pay no money, but that dividends declared are to be applied to the payment of subscriptions. In this way the stock is made to pay for itself out of its own earnings. Sometimes provision is made for the payment of small annual installments on the subscriptions in addition to applying the dividends. When stock is issued to employes under these conditions, the contract sometimes specifies that in the event of the subscriber leaving its employ before the subscription is paid in full, the ownership of the stock shall revert to the company, and in such cases the stock, until it becomes full paid, is usually placed in the hands of a trustee. The principal object in issuing stock to an employe and surrounding the transaction with these restrictions is, of course, to insure his continuous service by making it an object to him to remain in the employ of the company.

Among smaller companies, it's quite common to allow employees to buy company stock under specific conditions. Often, employees can subscribe to stock without having to pay money upfront; instead, any dividends declared are used to cover the cost of the subscriptions. This way, the stock essentially pays for itself using its own earnings. Sometimes, there are arrangements for making small annual payments on the subscriptions in addition to using the dividends. When stock is issued to employees under these terms, the agreement may state that if the employee leaves the company before fully paying for the subscription, the stock will revert back to the company, and in those cases, the stock is typically held by a trustee until it's fully paid. The main purpose of offering stock to employees with these restrictions is to ensure they stay with the company by giving them a reason to remain employed.

When stock is so issued, the entry is—

When stock is issued like this, the entry is—

Subscriptions

Subscriptions

Capital stock

Equity stock

Subscriptions to stock
by employes, said stock
to be issued subject to the
conditions named in the resolution
authorizing its issue,
passed by the board of
directors January 25th, 1909.

Subscriptions to stock
by employees, said stock
to be issued subject to the
conditions specified in the resolution
authorizing its issue,
passed by the board of
directors on January 25, 1909.

The subscription account is left open until such time as it is closed by the payments credited. When a dividend is declared the entries are—

The subscription account remains open until it is closed by the credited payments. When a dividend is announced, the entries are—

Surplus

Excess

Dividends payable

Dividends due

Being a dividend of ——%
declared by the board of
directors on————1909
payable————1909.

Being a dividend of ——%
declared by the board of
directors on————1909
payable————1909.

————

Understood! Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

Dividends payable

Dividends due

Subscriptions

Subscriptions

Dividend applied to the
payment of subscriptions.

Dividend applied to the
payment of subscriptions.

Another provision sometimes met with in the issue of stock to an employe is that in lieu of an increase in salary he shall receive, at the end of the year, a certain amount in stock. He is then permitted to subscribe for a stated amount of stock and to apply the bonus, or added salary, as a payment. The bonus is usually a stated per cent of sales or of net profits. When such a contingency arises the entry is—

Another provision sometimes found in issuing stock to an employee is that instead of a salary increase, at the end of the year, they will receive a certain amount in stock. They are then allowed to buy a specified amount of stock and use the bonus, or extra salary, as payment. The bonus is usually a specified percentage of sales or net profits. When such a situation occurs, the entry is—

Salaries

Paychecks

John Jones

John Jones

——% of sales as
per agreement.

% of sales as per agreement.

John Jones

Subscriptions

Subscriptions

Amt. due applied in
payment of stock subscription.

Amt. due applied in
payment for stock subscription.

If he has no account, on the books the transaction may be recorded by one entry—

If he doesn’t have an account, the transaction can be recorded in the books with just one entry—

Salaries $1,500.00
Subscriptions   $1,500.00
——————

WHEN STOCK SUBSCRIPTIONS ARE NEVER FULLY PAID

WHEN STOCK SUBSCRIPTIONS ARE NEVER FULLY PAID

43. Corporations are sometimes organized with all capital stock subscribed but only paid for in part, and the balance of subscriptions never called for. T. C. Harris, John Alfred, and M. B. Hatch organize a company to conduct the business of buying, selling, and renting automobiles with a capital stock of $15,000.00, each subscribing for $5,000.00. A cash payment of 25% is made on the stock[233] and the balance is to be paid in when called for. The entries stand on the books as follows—

43. Companies can sometimes be set up with all their capital stock subscribed but only partially paid for, with the remaining subscriptions never being requested. T. C. Harris, John Alfred, and M. B. Hatch establish a company to buy, sell, and rent cars, with a total capital stock of $15,000.00, each contributing $5,000.00. They make a cash payment of 25% on the stock[233], and the remaining balance will be paid when requested. The entries are recorded in the books as follows—

Subscriptions $15,000.00
Capital stock   $15,000.00
Cash 3,750.00
Subscriptions   3,750.00

The business prospers to such an extent that the profits provide sufficient money and it is not likely that the stockholders will be called upon for further payments. It is decided to reduce the stock to $5,000.00 and to declare a dividend to make this stock full paid. The entries for these transactions follow:

The business is doing so well that the profits are more than enough, and it’s unlikely that the shareholders will need to make any additional payments. It’s been decided to lower the stock to $5,000.00 and to declare a dividend to fully pay this stock. Here are the entries for these transactions:

Capital stock 10,000.00
Subscriptions   10,000.00
Capital stock reduced in accordance with resolution of board of directors passed Jan. 27, 1909.
————
Surplus 1,250.00
Dividends payable   1,250.00
Dividend declared by board of directors Jan. 27, 1909, payable immediately.
————
Dividends payable 1,250.00
Subscriptions   1,250.00
Dividends applied to the payment of stock subscriptions.

The original stock certificates are now surrendered and new ones issued in their place. In the stock ledger the stockholders are debited and capital stock credited for the shares surrendered. Then, capital stock is debited and stockholders credited for the new shares issued.

The original stock certificates are now handed over, and new ones are issued in their place. In the stock ledger, the stockholders are charged and capital stock is credited for the shares handed over. Then, capital stock is charged and stockholders are credited for the new shares issued.

It might happen that a corporation wishes to reduce the capital stock held by stockholders without having it appear that capital stock has been reduced. This has been done by purchasing its stock and placing it in the treasury. Payment for the stock may be made in cash or notes, or it may be taken from surplus. The entries would be—

It might happen that a corporation wants to decrease the amount of capital stock held by shareholders without making it obvious that the capital stock has been reduced. This can be achieved by buying back its stock and putting it in the treasury. Payment for the stock can be made in cash or notes, or it can be taken from surplus. The entries would be—

Treasury stock 10,000.00
Cash   10,000.00
 [234]
or
 
Treasury stock 10,000.00
Bills payable   10,000.00
 
or
 
Treasury stock 10,000.00
Surplus   10,000.00

If the capital stock is to be reduced on the books, capital stock will take the place of treasury stock in these entries as—

If the capital stock is going to be reduced in the records, capital stock will replace treasury stock in these entries as—

Capital stock 10,000.00
Cash   10,000.00

EXERCISES

WORKOUTS

1. Parsons, Young, and Searles are partners and decide to form a corporation with capital stock of $40,000.00, which is to be issued as full paid stock in exchange for their present business. Each partner is to receive stock in proportion to his interest in the present business. The balance sheet of the partnership is as follows:

1. Parsons, Young, and Searles are partners and decide to create a corporation with a capital stock of $40,000.00, which will be issued as fully paid stock in exchange for their current business. Each partner will receive stock based on their share in the existing business. The balance sheet of the partnership is as follows:

Assets
Cash 3,500.00
Bills receivable 6,000.00
Accounts receivable 6,500.00
Merchandise 14,000.00
  ————
Total   30,000.00
Liabilities
Bills payable 4,000.00
Accounts payable 2,000.00
Parsons 10,000.00
Young 8,000.00
Searles 6,000.00
  ————
Total   30,000.00

Make entries on books of the partnership.

Make entries in the partnership's books.

Make entries on books of the corporation.

Make entries in the corporation's books.

A CORNER IN ONE OF THE SHOPS OF BROWNE & SHARPE MANUFACTURING CO., PROVIDENCE, R. I.

A corner in one of the shops of Browne & Sharpe Manufacturing Co., Providence, R. I.

2. Hoadley and Stockton are partners and desire to incorporate a company with a capital of $10,000.00 to take over their business. It being necessary to have three incorporators they agree to give Hopper, an employee, 10 shares—$1,000.00—of the stock of the new company. The stock is to be divided equally between Hoadley and Stockton after giving Hopper $1,000.00. The balance sheet of the partnership is as follows:

2. Hoadley and Stockton are partners and want to form a company with a capital of $10,000.00 to take over their business. Since they need three incorporators, they decide to give Hopper, an employee, 10 shares—$1,000.00—of the stock in the new company. After giving Hopper $1,000.00, the stock will be split equally between Hoadley and Stockton. The balance sheet of the partnership is as follows:

Assets
Cash $960.00
Accounts receivable 1,570.00
Merchandise 720.00
  ————
Total   $3,250.00
Liabilities
Accounts payable 460.00
Bills payable 500.00
Hoadley 1,145.00
Stockton 1,145.00
  ————
Total   3,250.00

Make all necessary entries on the books of the partnership.

Make all required entries in the partnership’s records.

Make open entries on the books of the new company.

Make open entries in the records of the new company.

3. The National Manufacturing Co., has an authorized capital of $100,000.00 of which $60,000.00 is paid up and $40,000.00 unsubscribed. It is decided to permit employes to subscribe for $10,000.00 of the stock by paying 10 per cent in cash, all dividends declared to be applied to the payment of subscriptions.

3. The National Manufacturing Co. has an authorized capital of $100,000.00, of which $60,000.00 has been paid up and $40,000.00 remains unsubscribed. It has been decided to allow employees to subscribe for $10,000.00 of the stock by paying 10 percent in cash, with all declared dividends applied to the payment of subscriptions.

What entries are made when this stock is subscribed for?

What entries are recorded when this stock is subscribed?

A 10 per cent dividend being declared at the end of the first year what entry is required?

A 10 percent dividend is declared at the end of the first year. What entry is needed?

4. The Atlas Novelty Co. has a capital stock of $50,000.00. All of the stock has been subscribed for, but only 40 per cent has been paid. A surplus of $10,000,00 has been accumulated. It is desired to reduce the stock to $25,000.00 full paid. What is the necessary proceeding, and what entries are required?

4. The Atlas Novelty Co. has a capital stock of $50,000.00. All of the stock has been subscribed for, but only 40 percent has been paid. A surplus of $10,000.00 has been accumulated. The goal is to reduce the stock to $25,000.00 fully paid. What steps are needed, and what entries are required?

5. A company has a capital stock of $50,000.00 full paid, and a surplus of $11,172.00. A stockholder who owns $7,000.00 stock in the company wishes to dispose of his stock and, to secure cash, offers to sell it to the company at par. His offer is accepted and the stock purchased, but the company does not wish to reduce its capitalization. What is the entry?

5. A company has a fully paid capital stock of $50,000.00 and a surplus of $11,172.00. A shareholder who owns $7,000.00 worth of stock in the company wants to sell his shares and, to get cash, offers to sell them back to the company at face value. The company accepts the offer and buys the stock, but it doesn’t want to lower its capitalization. What is the entry?

RESERVES AND THEIR TREATMENT

Reserves and Their Management

44. A reserve is an amount retained from current earnings to meet a future contingency. According to a prominent authority[236] whose recent discussions of this subject have attracted attention, a reserve is an expression of the judgment of the accountant as to what amount will be necessary to meet a contingency. Reserves are created for many purposes, among which the following are good examples.

44. A reserve is an amount set aside from current earnings to prepare for a future situation. According to a well-known expert[236] whose recent discussions on this topic have gained attention, a reserve reflects the accountant's opinion on what amount will be needed to address a contingency. Reserves are established for various reasons, and the following are good examples.

Reserves for bad debts. An amount—usually a stated per cent of accounts receivable—annually set aside to cover losses from uncollectable accounts.

Reserves for bad debts. An amount—usually a specific percentage of accounts receivable—set aside each year to cover losses from uncollectible accounts.

Reserves for depreciation. The plant—buildings and machinery—will wear out, no matter how substantially built. A charge is made against current earnings to create a reserve which will provide for a renewal of the plant, or any part of it, when worn out. Separate reserves are usually maintained for buildings and machinery.

Reserves for depreciation. The plant—buildings and machinery—will eventually wear out, regardless of how well they are constructed. A charge is taken from current earnings to create a reserve that will fund the renewal of the plant, or any part of it, when it’s worn out. Usually, separate reserves are kept for buildings and machinery.

Reserves for Patents, Franchise, Goodwill and similar fictitious assets. An annual charge of an amount sufficient to extinguish the value at which the fictitious asset has been placed on the books.

Reserves for Patents, Franchise, Goodwill and similar intangible assets. An annual expense of an amount enough to eliminate the value at which the intangible asset has been recorded on the books.

Reserves for permanent improvements on leased property. Permanent buildings, title to which will revert to the lessor at the expiration of the lease, are sometimes erected on leased property. A reserve is created to absorb the cost of such improvements during the life of the lease.

Reserves for permanent improvements on leased property. Permanent buildings, which will become the property of the lessor when the lease ends, are occasionally built on rented land. A reserve is set up to cover the cost of these improvements throughout the term of the lease.

Reserves for buildings in hazardous undertakings. In certain lines of business, manufacturing plants are erected with the expectation of having a permanent supply of raw material. If the supply gives out, the plant may be valueless for other purposes. Examples are oil wells and mines. A reserve is created to absorb the cost.

Reserves for buildings in risky ventures. In some types of businesses, factories are built with the hope of having a steady supply of raw materials. If the supply runs out, the factory may be worthless for other uses. Examples include oil wells and mines. A reserve is set up to cover the costs.

The reserve is coming into more general use every year, especially by corporations, whose managers see the necessity of providing for these contingencies. When a machine wears out it must be replaced. If no reserve has been created, the money for its replacement must come from current earnings, or be provided by borrowing money or increasing capital. The better plan is to make provision in advance by creating a reserve.

The reserve is becoming more commonly used each year, especially by companies, whose leaders recognize the importance of preparing for these situations. When a machine breaks down, it needs to be replaced. If there’s no reserve set up, the funds for its replacement have to come from current earnings, or be sourced through loans or additional capital. The smarter approach is to plan ahead by establishing a reserve.

The amount of the reserve should be the value of the asset, and the sum set aside annually should be sufficient to equal the value of the asset at the end of its estimated life. To illustrate, if a machine is estimated to last 10 years, the annual reserve for depreciation should be 10% of its cost. The reserve is carried on the books as[237] a liability and is an off-set to the asset which it is to replace. If we were to prepare a statement of the value of machinery as shown by the books we would state it in this form—

The reserve amount should equal the asset's value, and the annual amount set aside should be enough to match the asset's value by the end of its estimated lifespan. For example, if a machine is expected to last 10 years, the annual reserve for depreciation should be 10% of its cost. The reserve is recorded on the books as[237] a liability and offsets the asset it is meant to replace. If we were to create a statement of the machinery's value according to the books, we would present it like this—

Machinery $20,000
Less reserve for depreciation 2,000
  ————
  $18,000

This shows the exact amount at which this asset is valued. Taking the illustration referred to—at the end of 10 years the liability reserve for depreciation will equal the asset machinery, and the funds which have been reserved from profits during the past 10 years will be available for the purchase of new machinery.

This shows the exact value of this asset. Referring to the illustration—after 10 years, the liability reserve for depreciation will match the asset machinery, and the funds that have been set aside from profits over the past 10 years will be available for buying new machinery.

45. Reserve Funds. A term frequently used to designate a reserve created for a certain purpose is reserve fund. This term is somewhat confusing for when we speak of a fund we are more likely to think of it as an asset than as a liability. When the principle underlying reserves is thoroughly understood, however, it is readily seen that the use of the term reserve fund is merely a question of the use of English and does not affect the principle. A reserve or reserve fund is a nominal liability artificially created to off-set a decrease in value of an asset. On the principle that an increase of liabilities represents a loss, the amount reserved each year represents a loss, but since the liability created is not a real but a nominal liability it does not affect the real assets of the business.

45. Reserve Funds. A term often used to refer to a reserve set aside for a specific purpose is "reserve fund." This term can be a bit misleading because when we think of a fund, we usually associate it with an asset rather than a liability. However, once we fully grasp the concept behind reserves, it becomes clear that calling it a reserve fund is just a matter of language and does not change the underlying principle. A reserve or reserve fund is a nominal liability that is artificially created to offset a decline in the value of an asset. According to the idea that an increase in liabilities signifies a loss, the amount set aside each year is considered a loss. Still, since the liability created is not a real liability but a nominal one, it does not impact the actual assets of the business.

46. Sinking Funds. A sinking fund is an amount set aside out of profits to meet an anticipated liability, or an obligation which is to fall due at some future date. Sinking funds are set aside for such purposes as the payment of bonds at maturity, mortgages, etc. The sinking fund is the amount which, invested at compound interest, will produce the desired amount at the end of the period.

46. Sinking Funds. A sinking fund is an amount saved from profits to cover a future obligation or liability that is expected to come due later. Sinking funds are designated for purposes like paying off bonds when they mature, mortgages, and so on. The sinking fund is the sum that, when invested at compound interest, will generate the necessary amount by the end of the period.

A sinking fund is an asset and may or may not be withdrawn from the business. Frequently a sinking fund is invested in securities, such as government bonds, which are placed in the hands of a trustee, thus insuring against the withdrawal of the funds from actual use in the business.

A sinking fund is an asset and might or might not be taken out of the business. Often, a sinking fund is invested in securities, like government bonds, which are managed by a trustee, ensuring that the funds aren’t withdrawn for actual use in the business.

Unlike a reserve, a sinking fund has no effect on the apparent profits of the period in which it is created. It does, however, tie up or render unavailable for dividends a certain part of those profits.[238] Whether or not it is carried on the books in a separate account, a sinking fund is a part of the surplus of a business.

Unlike a reserve, a sinking fund does not impact the reported profits for the period in which it is established. However, it does set aside or make a portion of those profits unavailable for dividends.[238] Regardless of whether it's kept in a separate account, a sinking fund is considered a part of a business's surplus.

47. Computing Sinking Funds. The amount necessary to set aside at the end of the year to provide a given sum in a stipulated number of years at a stated rate of interest, compounded annually, may be found as follows:

47. Computing Sinking Funds. The amount you need to set aside at the end of the year to accumulate a specific sum in a designated number of years at a specified interest rate, compounded annually, can be calculated as follows:

Divide the interest for one year upon the sum to be accumulated by the compound interest upon $1.00 for the stipulated time. The result will be the amount necessary to invest at the end of each year.

Divide the interest for one year by the sum to be accumulated through compound interest on $1.00 for the agreed time period. The result will be the amount needed to invest at the end of each year.

If the amount is to be invested at the beginning of the year, divide the result obtained as above by the amount of $1.00 for one year.

If the amount is going to be invested at the beginning of the year, divide the result obtained earlier by the amount of $1.00 for one year.

Example. To provide for payment of $50,000.00 at the end of 15 years, what amount must be put into a sinking fund at the end of each year, if the fund is invested to earn 3% compound interest? Interest on $50,000.00 for 1 year at 3% is $1,500.00. Compound interest on $1.00 for 15 years at 3% is .55797. Dividing $1,500.00 by .55797 gives $2,688.32, the amount necessary to put into the fund annually. If this amount is to be invested at the beginning of each year, divide the above result ($2,688.32) by $1.03 (the amount of $1.00 for one year at 3%) and we obtain $2,610.02 the amount needed.

Example. To ensure a payment of $50,000.00 at the end of 15 years, how much needs to be deposited into a sinking fund at the end of each year, if the fund earns 3% compound interest? The interest on $50,000.00 for 1 year at 3% is $1,500.00. The compound interest on $1.00 over 15 years at 3% is .55797. Dividing $1,500.00 by .55797 gives $2,688.32, the annual amount required for the fund. If this amount is invested at the beginning of each year, divide the above result ($2,688.32) by $1.03 (the value of $1.00 for one year at 3%) and we get $2,610.02, the necessary amount.

BONDS

Bonds

48. In the sense here used a bond is the written obligation of a corporation to pay a certain amount at a specified future date. Bonds are usually secured by a mortgage on all or a part of the property of the corporation.

48. In this context, a bond is a written commitment from a corporation to pay a specific amount on a designated future date. Bonds are typically backed by a mortgage on all or part of the corporation's assets.

A bond issue is a favorite method of borrowing money with corporations. Bonds can be issued in any denomination, and by reason of this a loan can be distributed among a large number of investors. Being secured by mortgage on the company's property the bonds of a corporation are very frequently more desirable investments than its stocks. Interest on bonds must be paid before dividends can be declared.

A bond issue is a popular way for corporations to borrow money. Bonds can be issued in any amount, allowing a loan to be shared among many investors. Because they are secured by a mortgage on the company's property, corporate bonds are often more desirable investments than stocks. Interest on bonds has to be paid before any dividends can be declared.

Bonds can only be issued with the consent of the holders of a certain per cent of the stock.

Bonds can only be issued with the approval of the holders of a certain percentage of the stock.

49. Classes of Bonds. The bonds of corporations are of several classes, as follows:

49. Classes of Bonds. Corporate bonds come in several different types, as follows:

A first mortgage bond is one secured by first mortgage on the company's property.

A first mortgage bond is one that is backed by a first mortgage on the company's property.

A second mortgage bond is one secured by second mortgage. Interest cannot be paid on second mortgage bonds until it has been paid on the first mortgage bonds.

A second mortgage bond is one that is backed by a second mortgage. Interest on second mortgage bonds can't be paid until interest on the first mortgage bonds has been paid.

General mortgage bonds are those secured by a general mortgage on all of the company's property.

General mortgage bonds are secured by a general mortgage on all the company’s property.

Collateral bonds are secured by the deposit of collateral security.

Collateral bonds are backed by the deposit of collateral security.

A debenture is a bond with no other security than the good name of the company.

A debenture is a bond that relies solely on the company's reputation for security.

Refunding bonds are those issued in place of maturing bonds which the company does not wish to pay in cash.

Refunding bonds are those issued instead of maturing bonds that the company does not want to pay off in cash.

Equipment bonds are those secured by the rolling stock of a railway, and are also known as car trust certificates.

Equipment bonds are secured by the trains of a railway and are also called car trust certificates.

A gold bond is any form of bond, the terms of which specify that it shall be paid in gold.

A gold bond is any type of bond that specifies it will be paid in gold.

Registered bonds are those, the names of the owners of which must be registered on the books of the company. Ownership of a registered bond can be transferred only on the books of the company.

Registered bonds are those where the owners' names must be recorded in the company's books. The ownership of a registered bond can only be transferred in the company's records.

50. Bond Liability. When bonds are issued by a corporation, either public or private, an account is opened under some such caption as bond issue or bonds payable. As fast as bonds are sold the proceeds are credited to this account, which represents a liability. A new account should be opened for each issue of bonds.

50. Bond Liability. When a corporation issues bonds, whether public or private, an account is created under titles like bond issue or bonds payable. As bonds are sold, the proceeds are credited to this account, which reflects a liability. A new account should be set up for each bond issue.

The bonds of a given issue will all bear the same date, with interest payable from that date. We will suppose that a corporation issues its bonds for $100,000.00 in denominations of $1,000.00 each. These bonds are dated Feb. 1st, and bear interest at 5 per cent payable annually. They are payable at the end of 10 years from date. The company agrees to maintain a sinking fund of an amount sufficient to pay the bonds at maturity if invested in securities drawing 4 per cent interest, and to invest the fund in such securities which are to be placed in the hands of a trustee.

The bonds from a specific issue will all have the same date, with interest starting from that date. Let's say a company issues $100,000.00 in bonds, with each bond worth $1,000.00. These bonds are dated February 1st and have a 5 percent interest rate paid annually. They will be due for payment 10 years after the issue date. The company promises to keep a sinking fund large enough to pay off the bonds at maturity, assuming the fund is invested in securities that earn 4 percent interest, and will invest this fund in those securities managed by a trustee.

During the first year bonds are sold in the amounts and under the conditions which follow:

During the first year, bonds are sold in the amounts and under the conditions listed below:

First. On the date of issue $10,000.00 of these bonds are sold at par.

First. On the date of issue, $10,000.00 of these bonds are sold at face value.

Second. At the end of three months $10,000.00 of the bonds[240] are sold at 101 and accrued interest, yielding $10,225.00 of which $10,000.00 is principal, $100.00 premium, and $125.00 interest.

Second. After three months, $10,000.00 worth of the bonds[240] are sold for 101 plus accrued interest, totaling $10,225.00, which includes $10,000.00 in principal, $100.00 in premium, and $125.00 in interest.

Third. The next sale is $10,000.00 of the bonds at 98, interest accrued $250.00, yielding $10,050.00 made up of principal $10,000.00, less discount $200.00, and interest $250.00.

Third. The next sale is $10,000.00 of the bonds at 98, with $250.00 in accrued interest, totaling $10,050.00, which consists of the principal of $10,000.00, minus a discount of $200.00, and the interest of $250.00.

Ledger Accounts of a Bond Issue

Ledger Accounts of a Bond Issue

51. Premium on Bonds. When bonds are sold at a price above par, the premium should be credited to a premium on bonds account. When sold below par, the discount may be charged to the same account.

51. Premium on Bonds. When bonds are sold for more than their face value, the extra amount should be added to a premium on bonds account. When sold for less than face value, the reduction can be charged to the same account.

52. Interest on Bonds. The interest paid on bonds may be charged to an interest on bonds account, which keeps it separate from the regular interest account. When bonds are sold with accrued interest, which is paid by the purchaser, the accrued interest is credited to interest on bonds.

52. Interest on Bonds. The interest paid on bonds can be recorded in an interest on bonds account, keeping it separate from the regular interest account. When bonds are sold with accrued interest, which is paid by the buyer, the accrued interest is credited to the interest on bonds.

53. Expense of Bond Issue. All expenses incurred in the issue and sale of bonds should be charged to expense of bond issue account. The account can be closed into profit and loss immediately, or it is proper to spread it over the life of the bonds, charging off the proper amount each year. It is also considered proper to charge discount on bonds to this account.

53. Cost of Bond Issue. All costs related to the issuance and sale of bonds should be recorded in the cost of bond issue account. This account can be closed into profit and loss right away, or it's acceptable to allocate it over the lifespan of the bonds, deducting the appropriate amount each year. It's also appropriate to allocate any bond discounts to this account.

54. Continuing the example in Art. 50, we find that the amount of bonds outstanding is $30,000.00, and a sinking fund must be established which will equal this amount when the bonds mature. Following the rule in Art. 38, we divide the interest on $30,000.00 for one year at 4 per cent ($1,200.00) by the compound interest on $1.00 for 10 years at 4 = (.48024) obtaining as a result $2,498.75, the amount necessary to be invested at the end of each year. This amount must be provided each year for permanent investment to meet the principal and an additional $1,500.00 must be provided each year for interest.

54. Continuing with the example in Art. 50, we see that the total amount of bonds outstanding is $30,000.00, and we need to set up a sinking fund that will equal this amount when the bonds mature. According to the rule in Art. 38, we take the interest on $30,000.00 for one year at 4 percent ($1,200.00) and divide it by the compound interest on $1.00 for 10 years at 4, which is (.48024). This gives us $2,498.75, the amount that needs to be invested at the end of each year. This amount must be put aside each year for permanent investment to cover the principal, and an additional $1,500.00 must be allocated each year for interest.

The entries which follow are the ones necessary to record the sales shown in Art. 50.

The entries that follow are the ones needed to record the sales mentioned in Art. 50.

—Feb. 1—
Cash $10,000.00
Bond issue   $10,000.00
————
—May 1—
Cash 10,225.00
Bond issue   10,000.00
Premium on bonds 100.00
Interest on bonds 125.00
————
—Aug. 1—[242]
Cash 10,050.00
Expense of bond issue
(discount) 200.00
Bond issue   10,000.00
Interest on bonds 250.00

At the end of the year when the interest is paid and the first installment of the sinking fund is set aside, these entries are made:

At the end of the year, when the interest is paid and the first payment of the sinking fund is allocated, these entries are made:

—January 31—
Interest on bonds 1,500.00
Cash   1,500.00
————
Sinking fund 2,498.75
Cash   2,498.75

The illustrations (page 240) show the status of all of these ledger accounts at the end of the year.

The illustrations (page 240) display the status of all these ledger accounts at the end of the year.

MANUFACTURING AND COST ACCOUNTS

Manufacturing and Cost Accounts

55. Manufacturing began in this country many years ago and was for a long time confined to the eastern and New England states. Encouraged and fostered by national, state, and local governments, and by discoveries of sources of supplies, it has extended to all parts of the country. Manufacturing has grown to proportions which place it at the very head of our industries, if we except agriculture, the growth of which has been largely influenced by the progress in manufactures. One result is that the business of manufacturing has perhaps more than any other, attracted capital from great numbers of investors, large and small. Owing to its very nature, manufacturing readily lends itself to the corporate form of organization, and it is for manufacturing that a very great number of corporations have been formed. Manufacturing has, therefore, been selected for a more complete exposition of corporation accounting.

55. Manufacturing started in this country many years ago and was for a long time limited to the eastern and New England states. Supported by national, state, and local governments, along with the discovery of supply resources, it has spread to all areas of the country. Manufacturing has grown to such an extent that it is now at the forefront of our industries, aside from agriculture, which has largely benefited from advancements in manufacturing. As a result, the manufacturing sector has attracted significant investment from a wide range of investors, both big and small. Due to its inherent characteristics, manufacturing easily fits into the corporate structure, and many corporations have been created specifically for manufacturing. Therefore, manufacturing has been chosen for a more detailed examination of corporate accounting.

The accounts of a manufacturing business are to a certain extent peculiar to itself. Regardless of the nature of the product, there are certain underlying principles which should govern the devising of a system of accounts for a manufacturing business. Perhaps the most important feature to be kept in mind is to so arrange the system that the cost of manufacturing the goods will be shown.

The financial records of a manufacturing company are somewhat unique to that business. No matter what the product is, there are specific fundamental principles that should guide the creation of an accounting system for a manufacturing company. One of the most important aspects to remember is to organize the system in a way that clearly reflects the cost of producing the goods.

Correct cost accounting methods are of greater importance to the manufacturer than the method of keeping accounts with his customers. He cannot afford to wait until the end of the year for results; he must know what his goods cost him if he is to intelligently make selling prices. There are so many opportunities for fluctuations in manufacturing costs that the accounts must at least show approximate results at all times.

Correct cost accounting methods are more important to the manufacturer than how he manages his accounts with customers. He can't wait until the end of the year for results; he needs to know his costs in order to set prices intelligently. There are so many chances for changes in manufacturing costs that the accounts must provide at least approximate results at all times.

Cost accounting is a profession in itself, and it is not our purpose to discuss, in this paper, all of the details of collecting data in the factory and shop. The purpose of this paper is to show the accounts with which a bookkeeper for a manufacturing business should become familiar. Even when a manufacturer does not maintain a complete cost accounting system the bookkeeper can produce some valuable statistics by a proper arrangement of the accounts.

Cost accounting is a field on its own, and this paper isn't aimed at discussing all the details of data collection in the factory and shop. Instead, the goal of this paper is to highlight the accounts that a bookkeeper for a manufacturing business should know. Even if a manufacturer doesn't have a full cost accounting system, the bookkeeper can generate valuable statistics through proper account organization.

ACCOUNTS USED

ACCOUNTS UTILIZED

56. For the purpose of illustration we have selected a representative schedule of the accounts of a manufacturing business. The following accounts are those which have a direct bearing on the manufacturing branch of a business and do not include the administrative and selling branches.

56. To illustrate our point, we've chosen a typical schedule of accounts from a manufacturing business. The following accounts are directly related to the manufacturing part of the business and do not cover the administrative and sales sections.

FACTORY ASSETS

Factory assets

1. Real Estate. Includes the cost of land and factory buildings.

1. Real Estate. This includes the cost of land and factory buildings.

2. Machinery. Charged with the cost of all machinery including total cost of installation. Freight, cartage, and cost of erecting the machine ready for use should be included.

2. Machinery. Responsible for the expenses of all machinery, including the total installation costs. Freight, transportation, and the costs of setting up the machine to be operational should be included.

3. Patterns and Tools. Charged through cash and purchase book for all patterns and tools purchased. Charged through cash book and journal—with proper credit to material and labor accounts—if manufactured in the factory.

3. Patterns and Tools. Recorded through the cash and purchase book for all patterns and tools bought. Recorded through the cash book and journal—with appropriate credit to material and labor accounts—if produced in the factory.

4. Material Purchases. Charged through purchase and cash books for all purchases of material that enters into the product. Cost includes charges for delivery. Credited for all material used in the factory. This may be subdivided into several accounts to represent the different classes of material used—as iron, steel, lumber, leather, hardware, etc.

4. Material Purchases. Recorded in the purchase and cash books for all material purchases that go into the product. Costs include delivery charges. Credited for all material used in the factory. This can be divided into several accounts to represent the different types of materials used—like iron, steel, lumber, leather, hardware, etc.

5. Supplies Purchases. Charged through purchase and cash books for all purchases of factory supplies, like oil, waste, belt lacing, and similar items. Credited for all supplies used in the factory.

5. Supplies Purchases. Documented in purchase and cash books for all factory supplies purchased, such as oil, waste, belt lacing, and similar items. Credited for all supplies consumed in the factory.

6. Finished Goods. Charged for all goods finished, usually at cost of manufacture. Sometimes a small factory profit is added. This account represents a purchase account to the commercial department, as it represents the cost of goods to them,

6. Finished Goods. Charged for all completed items, typically at the manufacturing cost. Occasionally, a small profit margin is included. This account acts as a purchasing account for the commercial department, reflecting the cost of goods for them,

FACTORY EXPENSES

Factory Costs

7. Salaries. Charged for salaries of superintendent, assistant superintendent, and factory clerks.

7. Salaries. Expenses for the salaries of the superintendent, assistant superintendent, and factory clerks.

8. Labor. Charged through cash and pay roll books for the amount of all factory pay-rolls.

8. Labor. Accounted for in cash and payroll records for the total of all factory payrolls.

9. Experimental. Charged through cash and pay-roll books and journal for all labor and material used in experimental work carried on for the purpose of improving the product.

9. Experimental. Documented all expenses related to cash, payroll, and materials used in experimental work aimed at enhancing the product.

10. General Factory Expense. Charged through cash and purchase books for cost of miscellaneous factory expense items not otherwise accounted for.

10. General Factory Expense. Recorded through cash and purchase books for the cost of various factory expense items that aren't recorded elsewhere.

11. Power, Heat, and Light. Charged for fuel, oils, water, wages of engineer and firemen, electricity (when purchased), and all other items entering into their cost.

11. Power, Heat, and Light. Charged for fuel, oils, water, salaries of the engineer and firemen, electricity (when purchased), and all other costs associated with them.

12. Building Maintenance and Repairs. Charged through cash and purchase books for materials purchased specially for repairs to buildings. Charged through journal and pay-roll book for labor and materials or supplies consumed in maintenance and repairs to buildings.

12. Building Maintenance and Repairs. Charged via cash and purchase records for materials bought specifically for building repairs. Charged through the journal and payroll records for labor and materials or supplies used in maintenance and repairs to buildings.

13. Repairs to Machinery. Treated the same as No. 12.

13. Repairs to Machinery. Handled the same way as No. 12.

14. Repairs to Patterns and Tools. Treated the same as No. 13.

14. Repairs to Patterns and Tools. Handled the same as No. 13.

15. Insurance. Charged through cash book for all premiums paid for insurance on buildings and contents.

15. Insurance. Recorded in the cash book for all premiums paid for insurance on buildings and their contents.

16. Taxes. Charged for all state, county, and city taxes.

16. Taxes. Applied to all state, county, and city taxes.

17. Depreciation of Buildings. An amount charged off each year to cover depreciation.

17. Depreciation of Buildings. An amount written off each year to account for depreciation.

18. Depreciation of Machinery. Treated the same as No. 17. Depreciation based on estimated life of machine.

18. Depreciation of Machinery. Treated the same as No. 17. Depreciation calculated based on the estimated lifespan of the machine.

19. Depreciation of Patterns and Tools. Treated the same as No. 18.

19. Depreciation of Patterns and Tools. Handled in the same way as No. 18.

SUMMARY ACCOUNTS

Summary accounts

20. Manufacturing Account. Charged for cost of labor and material consumed in manufacture of goods; charged for proper proportion of all expense accounts; credited with cost of all finished goods. Balance represents cost of all goods in process.

20. Manufacturing Account. Accounted for the cost of labor and materials used in making goods; accounted for the appropriate share of all expense accounts; credited with the cost of all finished goods. The balance shows the cost of all goods in progress.

COLLECTING COST STATISTICS

Gathering Cost Data

57. Routine Followed. The notes following the names of the accounts in the above schedule explain their purpose and show clearly how charges are made direct to the expense accounts. Further explanations are necessary in regard to charges and credits to manufacturing account.

57. Routine Followed. The notes next to the names of the accounts in the schedule above explain their purpose and clearly show how expenses are charged directly to the expense accounts. Additional explanations are needed regarding the charges and credits to the manufacturing account.

Labor is easily disposed of as the amount standing to the debit of labor account at the end of the month is transferred to the debit of manufacturing account, closing labor account.

Labor is easily accounted for since the balance on the labor account at the end of the month is moved to the manufacturing account, closing the labor account.

Material charges are more difficult to handle. In all well-regulated factories all material is as carefully accounted for as cash. Proper storage rooms are provided in which all material is stored. These rooms are placed in charge of a man known as stockkeeper or stores clerk, and no one is allowed to take material from the storerooms without first presenting a written order, signed by the foreman, showing for what purpose the material is to be used. This order is retained by the stockkeeper and after he has posted the material to his own records he sends it to the bookkeeper. From these orders, the bookkeeper compiles a record of material withdrawn and, at the end of the month, the amount is debited to manufacturing account and credited to material purchases.

Material charges are harder to manage. In all well-organized factories, every material is accounted for as carefully as cash. There are proper storage rooms where all materials are kept. These rooms are overseen by a person known as the stockkeeper or stores clerk, and no one is allowed to take materials from the storerooms without first presenting a written order, signed by the foreman, explaining the purpose for which the material will be used. This order is kept by the stockkeeper, who records the material in his own logs and then sends it to the bookkeeper. From these orders, the bookkeeper creates a record of materials taken out, and at the end of the month, this amount is charged to the manufacturing account and credited to material purchases.

The stockkeeper keeps a record of all material received and delivered and the balance of his accounts shows the quantities of the different materials which he should have in stock. His record should agree with the balance of material purchases account.

The stockkeeper maintains a record of all materials received and delivered, and the balance in his accounts reflects the quantities of different materials he should have in stock. His record should match the balance of the material purchases account.

When a stockkeeper is not employed it is necessary to have reports from the factory. The bookkeeper should arrange to obtain daily reports from the foremen showing all materials taken into their departments which are to be used in the manufacture of the regular product. If any of this material is to be used for the manufacture of tools or patterns for use in the factory, or for repairs to tools, patterns, machinery, or buildings, it should be noted on the report with a statement[246] of the exact purpose for which it is intended. From these reports, the bookkeeper will compile his material records which will be credited to material purchases, and charged to manufacturing account and the different repair accounts at the end of the month.

When a stockkeeper isn't working, it's important to receive reports from the factory. The bookkeeper should set up a system to get daily reports from the foremen detailing all materials brought into their departments for the production of the regular product. If any of these materials are intended for making tools or patterns to be used in the factory, or for repairing tools, patterns, machinery, or buildings, it should be noted in the report along with a statement[246] of the specific purpose for which it's meant. The bookkeeper will use these reports to compile material records, crediting them to material purchases and charging them to the manufacturing account and various repair accounts at the end of the month.

Supplies are handled the same as materials, except that where this is a small item it is sometimes treated as an expense account. Where a considerable value is involved it is preferable to consider it as a subdivision of the material account.

Supplies are managed just like materials, but if it's a small item, it’s sometimes treated as an expense account. If a significant value is involved, it’s better to think of it as a part of the material account.

The expense accounts must be charged on a percentage basis for the reason that the amounts actually expended vary in different months, and an expense item paid in one month may cover that particular expense for an entire year. Such items are insurance premiums and taxes, paid once a year to cover twelve months. Other expense items like experimental, power, and repairs are difficult to determine for a single month. It is customary to base the charge for these items on the records for the previous year. The amount of such expenses for a year is divided by twelve and each month one twelfth of the amount is charged to the manufacturing account and credited to the expense account. If there is any discrepancy at the end of the year it is adjusted by a debit or credit to finished goods.

The expense accounts must be charged based on a percentage because the actual amounts spent can vary from month to month, and an expense paid in one month might cover that specific cost for the whole year. Examples of this include insurance premiums and taxes, which are paid once a year to cover twelve months. Other expense items like experimental costs, power, and repairs are hard to pinpoint for just one month. It’s standard practice to base the charges for these items on the previous year's records. The total amount for these expenses over the year is divided by twelve, and each month, one twelfth of that amount is charged to the manufacturing account and credited to the expense account. If there’s any discrepancy at the end of the year, it's adjusted by a debit or credit to finished goods.

Reports should be made daily by all foremen showing exactly what partly finished goods are received in their department and the quantity delivered to the next department. A record of these reports should be kept, which will show at all times the quantity of goods in process in each department. Reports of finished goods received in the stock room will show the quantity manufactured, or rather finished, during the month. See report form illustrated on page 53.

Reports should be submitted daily by all foremen detailing exactly what partially finished goods are received in their department and the quantity sent to the next department. A record of these reports should be maintained, which will show the quantity of goods in process in each department at all times. Reports of finished goods received in the stockroom will indicate the quantity produced, or completed, during the month. See report form illustrated on page 53.

If all goods on which work had been started were finished, the charges to manufacturing account would represent their exact cost, but there is always a certain quantity of goods in various stages of manufacture, and the amount already expended on them must be considered. Therefore an inventory is taken of goods in process. Great care must be exercised, in taking this inventory, that too high a value is not placed on partly finished goods, for if the valuation is too high the apparent cost of finished goods will be less than actual cost. It is of utmost importance that the cost of manufacture be not understated, for it is on this cost that selling prices will be based. This is one reason why some manufacturers add a small-factory profit. Unless a complete system of cost accounting is maintained, this inventory of goods in process must be an estimate, but the record of goods in process in each department will be of considerable assistance in making the estimate.

If all the products that were started were completed, the costs recorded for manufacturing would reflect their actual expense, but there are always some items at different stages of production, and the money spent on them has to be taken into account. Therefore, an inventory of goods in progress is done. It’s crucial to be careful when taking this inventory to avoid placing an overly high value on partially finished items, because if the valuation is too high, the apparent cost of finished products will seem lower than the actual cost. It’s extremely important that manufacturing costs aren’t understated, as selling prices will be based on these costs. This is one reason why some manufacturers include a small factory profit. Unless a thorough cost accounting system is in place, this inventory of goods in progress will have to be an estimate, but the records of goods in process within each department will be very helpful in making that estimate.

Daily Report of Work in Process

Daily Report of Work in Progress

When the inventory is complete the amount should be deducted from the total debits to manufacturing account, which will show the cost of goods manufactured. This cost should then be credited to manufacturing account and charged to finished goods account. Manufacturing account will now show a debit balance representing cost of goods in process.

When the inventory is complete, the amount should be subtracted from the total debits to the manufacturing account, which will reflect the cost of goods manufactured. This cost should then be credited to the manufacturing account and charged to the finished goods account. The manufacturing account will now show a debit balance representing the cost of goods in process.

This method will produce very satisfactory results for factories in which but one line of goods is manufactured, but does not supply the information required where several styles, sizes, or lines are made. For one line of goods it is only necessary to divide the total cost by the quantity produced, as pounds, feet, dozen, or gross to find the cost of a single unit. In the more complicated business a detailed cost system would be required.

This method will yield very satisfactory results for factories that produce only one type of product, but it does not provide the needed information when multiple styles, sizes, or lines are being manufactured. For a single product line, you just need to divide the total cost by the amount produced, whether that's in pounds, feet, dozens, or gross, to determine the cost of one unit. In more complex businesses, a detailed cost system would be necessary.

PAY-ROLL RECORDS

Payroll Records

58. In connection with the labor account, the manner of keeping the pay-roll record is of considerable importance. Like most other forms of record, pay-roll books are made to suit the needs of the individual concern. For a manufacturing business a feature to be kept in mind is such an arrangement as will give the most complete record of the cost of labor in each separate department. Where men are never transferred from one department to another during a weekly or monthly pay-roll period, this result would be obtained by a simple grouping of the names by departments. In many manufacturing lines, however, workmen are frequently transferred so that to obtain costs for departments it is necessary to provide special forms for distribution.

58. When it comes to managing labor records, how the pay-roll is kept is really important. Like many other records, pay-roll books should be tailored to the specific needs of the business. For a manufacturing company, it's essential to have a setup that provides a complete record of labor costs in each department. If employees stay in the same department during a weekly or monthly pay period, you can achieve this by simply organizing names by departments. However, in many manufacturing sectors, workers are often transferred, so it's important to create special forms for distributing costs to different departments.

But why go to the trouble of distributing the pay-roll by departments? That we may more closely watch expenses and costs. The reports which the bookkeeper receives from foremen show quantities of goods passing through each department. If the pay-roll is sectionalized it will enable the bookkeeper to determine the labor cost per unit of goods manufactured in each department. A comparison of these costs from month to month will be of value in showing changes in cost. The form illustrated provides for a business having four departments and paying employes both on piece work and day wage plans.

But why bother organizing the payroll by departments? So we can monitor expenses and costs more closely. The reports that the bookkeeper gets from the foremen show how much product is moving through each department. If the payroll is divided up, it will help the bookkeeper figure out the labor cost per unit of product made in each department. Comparing these costs month by month will be useful for tracking changes in costs. The form shown is designed for a business with four departments that pays employees based on both piece work and daily wages.

Pay-roll Register for Time and Piece Work

Payroll Register for Time and Piece Work

EXPENSE INVENTORY

EXPENSE TRACKER

59. When the books are closed, it usually happens that certain expense accounts show expenditures for items of expense that are not accrued. Illustrations are insurance and taxes paid yearly in advance. Suppose insurance premiums to the amount of $150.00 are paid on April 1st to cover insurance for one year. If the books are closed July 1st, 9/12 of this amount will have been paid for insurance that we have not received—the premium has not been earned. The inventory will also show unused material which has been charged to such expense accounts as repairs. It is proper to take an inventory of these amounts, treating them as assets in the balance sheet.

59. When the books are closed, it often happens that certain expense accounts show costs for items that haven't been accounted for yet. Examples include insurance and taxes that are paid yearly in advance. For instance, if insurance premiums of $150.00 are paid on April 1st to cover a year of insurance, and the books are closed on July 1st, then 9/12 of that amount will have been paid for insurance that hasn’t been received yet—the premium hasn't been earned. The inventory will also show unused materials that have been charged to expense accounts like repairs. It's appropriate to take an inventory of these amounts, considering them as assets in the balance sheet.

To properly record all such unearned expenses and make the books agree with the balance sheet, an account should be opened under the title of Expense Inventory, to which these items will be charged, with corresponding credits to the proper expense accounts. After the books have been closed, these items will be changed to the expense accounts, and credited to expense inventory, closing the latter account.

To accurately track all these unearned expenses and ensure the books match the balance sheet, an account should be set up titled Expense Inventory, where these items will be recorded, along with corresponding credits to the appropriate expense accounts. After the books are closed, these items will be transferred to the expense accounts and credited to expense inventory, which will then be closed.

EXPENSE LIABILITY

Expense Liability

60. Certain expenses will have accrued which have not been paid. Such an item is interest on bills payable, bonds, or mortgages, or taxes due and unpaid. These items should be treated as liabilities in the balance sheet. An account called Expense Accrued should be opened and credited with these items, with corresponding debits to expense accounts. When the books have been closed, this account is closed by crediting the items to the expense accounts from which they were received.

60. There will be certain expenses that have accumulated but haven't been paid yet. This includes interest on unpaid bills, bonds, or mortgages, as well as taxes that are due and unpaid. These should be recorded as liabilities on the balance sheet. An account named Expense Accrued should be opened and credited with these items, along with corresponding debits to the expense accounts. When the financial records are finalized, this account is closed by crediting the items to the expense accounts from which they originated.

BALANCE LEDGER

Balance Sheet

61. A form of ledger now in quite common use is known as the balance ledger. The form differs from the standard ledger form in being provided with an extra column in the center in which balances are extended. If the bookkeeper when posting, extends the balance after each item is posted, much time is saved in looking up accounts and in taking trial balances. The nature of the account will usually indicate whether there is a debit or credit balance. Accounts in the sales ledger will usually show a debit balance, while one in the purchase ledger will have a credit balance. If the balance is the opposite from what is to be expected it may be indicated by placing the letter D in front of the amount in the balance column for debits, or the letter C after the amount for credits.

61. A type of ledger that's now quite common is called the balance ledger. This format differs from the standard ledger by having an extra column in the center where balances are recorded. If the bookkeeper updates the balance after each entry, it saves a lot of time when looking up accounts and calculating trial balances. The type of account usually makes it clear if there's a debit or credit balance. Accounts in the sales ledger typically show a debit balance, while those in the purchase ledger will have a credit balance. If the balance is the opposite of what’s expected, it can be indicated by placing the letter D in front of the amount in the balance column for debits, or the letter C after the amount for credits.

WHEEL LATHE SHOP IN THE BALDWIN LOCOMOTIVE WORKS, PHILADELPHIA, PENNA.

WHEEL LATHE SHOP IN THE BALDWIN LOCOMOTIVE WORKS, PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA.

Center-Ruled Balance Ledger

Center-Ruled Accounting Ledger

SAMPLE TRANSACTIONS

Sample Transactions

62. The following transactions exhibit the accounts which are special to a manufacturing business without including the commercial accounts which record sales. The manner of keeping those accounts is the same for a manufacturing business as for any other.

62. The following transactions show the accounts that are specific to a manufacturing business without including the commercial accounts that track sales. The way these accounts are maintained is the same for a manufacturing business as it is for any other.

Being a business conducted by a corporation these accounts include the stock accounts usually kept in the general books. The auxiliary stock books are omitted, it being felt that the special illustrations of such books will have been sufficient to give the student a thorough understanding of their uses.

Being a business run by a corporation, these accounts include the stock accounts typically recorded in the general books. The auxiliary stock books are not included, as it is believed that the specific examples of such books will have been enough to provide the student with a solid understanding of their functions.

The books required in the manufacturing business, omitting sales accounts, are invoice register or purchase book, cash book, journal, pay-roll distribution book, purchase ledger, and general ledger.

The books needed in the manufacturing business, excluding sales accounts, are invoice register or purchase book, cash book, journal, payroll distribution book, purchase ledger, and general ledger.

A corporation known as the Atlas Manufacturing Co., is organized with an authorized capitalization of $100,000.00, with the provision that business is to begin when $50,000.00 of the stock has been[252] subscribed, and $25,000.00 paid in. The incorporators are Henry Biddle, John Noonan, David Snow, Henry Farwell, and George Dunn. Each incorporator subscribes for $10,000.00 stock payable one-half down and one-half in 30 days. The detailed record follows:

A company called Atlas Manufacturing Co. is set up with an authorized capital of $100,000.00, with the condition that operations will start once $50,000.00 of the stock has been[252] subscribed and $25,000.00 has been paid. The founders are Henry Biddle, John Noonan, David Snow, Henry Farwell, and George Dunn. Each founder subscribes for $10,000.00 in stock, paying half upfront and half in 30 days. The detailed record follows:

—March 1—
Received subscriptions to the capital stock, payable one-half down, and one-half in 30 days, from the following. Stock is to be issued when paid in full.
Henry Biddle   $10,000.00
John Noonan 10,000.00
David Snow 10,000.00
Henry Farwell 10,000.00
George Dunn 10,000.00
Received cash in payment of subscriptions from the following:
Henry Biddle   5,000.00
John Noonan 5,000.00
David Snow 5,000.00
George Dunn 5,000.00
Received from
Henry Farwell
His note at 30 days with 6% interest in payment of installment on his subscription 5,000.00
————
Deposited cash in Second National Bank 20,000.00
—2—
Received from
Derby Desk Co.
Invoice #1, terms N/30
Charge to office fixtures   350.00
—3—
Leased for two years from Jacob Newman a factory building at an annual rental of $1,800.00, payable quarterly in advance. Gave him check No. 1 for 3 months' rent.
—4—[253]
The following invoices are entered—
Meyers Engine Co.
Invoice No. 2, terms N/30
Charge to machinery   1,500.00
—4—
Patton Machine Co.
Invoice No. 3, terms N/30
Charge to machinery   3,500.00
—4—
Danforth & Co.
Invoice No. 4, terms N/30
Charge to material   960.00
—5—
The following invoices are entered—
Franklin Printing Co.
Invoice No. 5, terms 2/10, N/30
Charge to office supplies   165.40
—5—
Slade Oil Co.
Invoice No. 6, terms 3/10, N/30
Charge to supplies   54.25
—6—
Norwich Machine Co.
Invoice No. 7, terms N/30
Charge to machinery   8,500.00
—6—
Paid freight by check No. 2 to T. Fogarty, Agt.
Machinery 216.20
Materials 11.60 227.80
  ———
—8—
Francis & Co.
Invoice No. 8, terms 3/10, N/30
Charge to materials   640.00
—9—[254]
Stevens & Co.
Invoice No. 9, terms 3/10, N/30
Charge material   225.00
—9—
Gave Danforth & Co.
Check No. 3
To pay bill of March 2 960.00
Less 2% 19.20 940.80
  ———
—10—
Lackawana Coal Co.
Invoice No. 10, terms N/30
Charge power, heat, & light   185.00
—11—
Gave Franklin Printing Co.
Check No. 4.
To pay bill of March 4 165.40
Less 2% 3.31 162.09
  ———
—12—
Danforth & Co.
Invoice No. 11, terms 2/10, N/30
Charge material   315.00
—13—
Drew check No. 5. for 2 weeks' pay-roll 220.50
Charge machinery for cost of installing 178.50
Building maintenance for repairs to building per pay-roll distribution 42.00
—15—
Gave Derby Desk Co.
Check No. 6
To pay bill of March 1   350.00
—15—
Gave Slade Oil Co.[255]
Check No. 7
To pay bill of March 5 54.25
Less 3% 1.63 52.62
  ———
—17—
Gave Francis & Co.
Check No. 8
To pay bill of March 7 640.00
Less 3% 19.20 620.80
  ———
—18—
Gave Stevens & Co.
Check No. 9
To pay bill of March 8 225.00
Less 3% 6.75 218.25
  ———
—19—
Eureka Tool Co.
Invoice No. 12, terms N/30
Charge tools 250.00
—20—
Check No. 10 for 1 week's pay-roll
Charge labor 326.25
Charge tools 27.50 353.75
———
(Making tools for shop per pay-roll distribution)
—22—
Received from Danforth & Co.
Credit memo for damaged goods in lot covered by invoice dated 3/12   63.00
Credit material
Gave them check No. 11
For acct. 252.00
Less 2% 5.04 246.96
———
—27—[256]
Check No. 12 for 1 week's pay-roll   342.70
Charge labor per pay-roll distribution
—30—
Gave Norwich Machine Co.
Note of Henry Farwell 5,000.00
Accrued interest 25.00 5,025.00
———
Gave them check No. 13 to pay their account 3,475.00
—31—
Salaries check No. 14 for salaries of Supt. & Clerks 350.00

63. Manufacturing Data. The following data has been collected by the bookkeeper from the reports of superintendent and foremen, and from the inventories taken at the end of the month.

63. Manufacturing Data. The bookkeeper has gathered the following data from the reports of the superintendent and foremen, as well as from the inventories taken at the end of the month.

Material issued to factory   1,003.35
Material used for building repairs 50.00
Inventories
Supplies   45.00
Rent (unexpired) 300.00
Power, heat, and light (Coal) 150.00
Office supplies 140.40
Goods in process—material 602.00
Labor 400.00 1,002.00
———

We will now close the ledger to ascertain manufacturing results for the month, by making the following adjusting entries in the journal—

We will now finalize the ledger to determine the manufacturing results for the month by making the following adjusting entries in the journal—

Debit Manufacturing Account

Charge Manufacturing Account

for material issued to factory.

for materials issued to the factory.

Debit Building Maintenance and Repairs

Debit Maintenance and Repairs

for material used in repairs.

for materials used in repairs.

Credit Material Purchases

Credit Material Orders

for both of the above.

for both mentioned above.

Debit Manufacturing Account

Charge Manufacturing Account

for Labor Account

for Work Account

for Supplies used—found by deducting inventory from supplies purchases.

for Supplies used—calculated by subtracting inventory from supplies purchased.

for Salaries Account
for Rent one month
for Power, Heat, and Light—found as above
for Building Repairs
for Office Supplies—found as above
Credit accounts representing above
for amounts charged.

for Salaries Account
for Rent one month
for Power, Heat, and Light—found as above
for Building Repairs
for Office Supplies—found as above
Credit accounts representing above
for amounts charged.

The manufacturing account will now show, on the debit side the total manufacturing expense for the month. The next step is to find the cost of finished goods to be credited to manufacturing account and charged to finished goods account. Our inventory of goods in process, which includes material and labor only, amounts to $1,002.00. The labor account and reports from foremen show that the amount of these items used in the factory is $1,672.30. In round numbers, the former is 60% of the latter, that is, sixty per cent of the work started is still in process. We will assume, therefore, that this is a fair percentage to be used in determining the expense items invested in goods in process. Taking 60% of the total manufacturing expense gives $1,400.13, which, deducted from the total, leaves $933.42 as the cost of finished goods.

The manufacturing account will now display the total manufacturing expense for the month on the debit side. The next step is to determine the cost of finished goods to be credited to the manufacturing account and charged to the finished goods account. Our inventory of goods in process, which includes only material and labor, totals $1,002.00. The labor account and reports from the foremen indicate that the amount of these items used in the factory is $1,672.30. In round numbers, the former is 60% of the latter, meaning sixty percent of the work started is still in process. Therefore, we will assume this is a reasonable percentage to use when determining the expense items invested in goods in process. Taking 60% of the total manufacturing expense gives $1,400.13, which, when deducted from the total, leaves $933.42 as the cost of finished goods.

In this case the per cent of goods in process is large for the reason that it is the first month of operation. The results in succeeding months will be more nearly equal. If the factory is running regularly, turning out practically the same quantities each month, the quantity of finished goods will just about equal the work started in any one month.

In this case, the percentage of goods in process is high because it's the first month of operation. Results in the following months will be more balanced. If the factory is running smoothly and producing roughly the same amounts each month, the number of finished goods will be close to the work started in any given month.

Should we wish to show a factory profit of 10%, it will be necessary to add 10% to the cost of finished goods which will then represent the cost to be used by the sales end of the business. Since we have no account to which this amount can properly be credited, we will open a new account called contingent profits, which will be closed into profit and loss at the end of the year.

Should we want to show a factory profit of 10%, we need to add 10% to the cost of finished goods, which will then represent the cost to be considered by the sales department. Since we don’t have an account where this amount can be properly recorded, we’ll create a new account called contingent profits, which will be closed into profit and loss at the end of the year.

Since we are not closing the books for the purpose of making a balance sheet, we do not close the expense accounts into an expense inventory account as explained in article 59. Instead, the balances are allowed to stand until such time as the books are finally closed.

Since we aren't closing the books to create a balance sheet, we don't transfer the expense accounts into an expense inventory account as described in article 59. Instead, the balances are left as they are until the books are finally closed.

Invoice Register with Distribution Columns.

Invoice Register with Distribution Columns.

Invoice Register with Distribution Columns

Invoice Register with Distribution Fields

Check and Disbursement Record

Check and Payment Record

Manufacturing Journal

Manufacturing Magazine

Manufacturing Journal

Manufacturing Magazine

Manufacturing General Ledger

Manufacturing General Ledger

Manufacturing General Ledger

Manufacturing Accounting Ledger

Manufacturing General Ledger

Manufacturing GL

Manufacturing General Ledger

Manufacturing Ledger

Purchase Ledger

Accounts Payable

Purchase Ledger

Accounts Payable

General Ledger Trial Balance

Trial Balance in General Ledger

Purchase Ledger Statement

Purchasing Ledger Statement

EXERCISE

WORKOUT

The transactions given in this exercise are a continuation of the business referred in to the preceding articles. During the month of April the following transactions are recorded.

The transactions in this exercise continue from the business mentioned in the previous articles. The following transactions are recorded for the month of April.

Material purchases   $2,670.00
Supplies purchases 127.50
Patterns and tools purchases 150.00
Cash received on subscriptions 25,000.00
Deposited in Bank 25,000.00
Checks drawn
Purchase accounts 5,500.00
Salaries 375.00
Pay-rolls 1,670.20
distributed as follows:
Labor $1,652.70
Machinery repairs 17.50
David Snow   10,000.00
(Stock purchased at par by Company)
The following data is obtained from the reports of foremen and inventories taken at the end of the month:
Material issued to factory to be used in manufacturing goods. 2,261.00
Material used in machinery repairs 16.70
Inventories, April 30  
Supplies 147.00
Rent (unexpired) 150.00
Power, heat, and light (Coal) 75.00
Office supplies 118.40
Goods in process—material 615.00
Labor 410.00 1,025.00
  ———

1. Find value of goods in process, using the same percentages in estimating expense items as shown for material and labor.

1. Determine the value of goods in process by using the same percentages to estimate expense items as shown for materials and labor.

2. Make journal entries closing accounts into manufacturing account to show cost of goods completed during the month.

2. Create journal entries to close accounts in the manufacturing account to reflect the cost of goods completed during the month.

Note:—To find total cost of material and labor, used and partly used, add to the amounts shown for one month the inventory of the same items at end of preceding month.

Note:—To calculate the total cost of materials and labor, whether used or partially used, add the amounts listed for one month to the inventory of the same items at the end of the previous month.

3. Make trial balance of general ledger after books are closed as shown in model set.

3. Create a trial balance of the general ledger after the books are closed, as shown in the model set.

GENERAL OFFICES OF THE A. B. DICK COMPANY, CHICAGO, ILL.

GENERAL OFFICES OF THE A. B. DICK COMPANY, CHICAGO, IL.


THE VOUCHER SYSTEM AND ACCOUNTING CHARTS


VOUCHER SYSTEM OF ACCOUNTING

Voucher Accounting System

1. Voucher. A document which vouches the truth of accounts.

1. Voucher. A document that verifies the accuracy of accounts.

Receipt. An acknowledgment of money paid.

Receipt. A record of payment.

The voucher system is sometimes referred to as a modern system of accounting, but a study of the above standard definitions indicates that it is modern only in respect to forms of records and routine.

The voucher system is sometimes called a modern accounting system, but a look at the standard definitions above shows that it’s modern only in terms of record-keeping and procedures.

In the nomenclature of accounting the term voucher is quite commonly used in the same sense as the term receipt. The only distinction appears to be that a voucher is usually understood to be an acknowledgment of the payment of a particular item on account, while a receipt may be an acknowledgment of the payment of money without reference to the item or items covered.

In accounting terminology, the word "voucher" is often used in the same way as "receipt." The main difference seems to be that a voucher is typically seen as a confirmation of payment for a specific item on account, while a receipt can be a confirmation of cash payment without referencing the specific item or items involved.

Since the transaction of business began receipts or vouchers in some form have undoubtedly been used. Some form of acknowledgment of money paid has always occupied a place in business. But at first, receipts were not required—they were incidental; given as a matter of courtesy; a "thank you" in written form.

Since business transactions started, receipts or vouchers in some form have definitely been used. Some kind of acknowledgment of money paid has always been important in business. However, initially, receipts weren't necessary—they were optional; provided as a courtesy; a written "thank you."

When the first man, after paying his grocery bill, was forced to pay it a second time because the merchant had failed to mark his account "paid," he demanded a receipt. He learned then and there that accounts, and those who keep them, are not infallible. He told his neighbors, and the custom of demanding receipts for money paid, came into being.

When the first person, after paying his grocery bill, had to pay it a second time because the storekeeper didn’t mark his account as “paid,” he demanded a receipt. He realized right then and there that accounts, and the people who manage them, can make mistakes. He told his neighbors, and the practice of asking for receipts for money paid started.

The receipt was demanded as a matter of self-protection, to prevent the possibility of payment of an amount being successfully demanded a second time. But the receipt was not an integral part of the accounting records of a business; it might or might not be demanded without affecting the records. So long as business was conducted by single proprietors or small partnerships, this was satisfactory,[274] since the receipt was not required as a record between partners.

The receipt was requested as a safeguard to avoid the chance of being asked to pay the same amount again. However, the receipt wasn’t a crucial part of a business's accounting records; it could be requested or not without impacting the records. As long as business was run by sole proprietors or small partnerships, this was acceptable, since it wasn’t needed as a record between partners.[274]

With the advent of joint-stock companies and corporations, came ownership by a large number of investors. Having their capital invested, these owners had a right to know what was being done with their property, and there came a demand for a more strict accounting of money and property entrusted to the care of the managers of the business.

With the rise of joint-stock companies and corporations, ownership became shared among many investors. Since their capital was invested, these owners had the right to know how their property was being managed, leading to a demand for stricter accounting of the funds and assets entrusted to the business managers.

As business expanded and corporations grew in size and power, with wider spheres of activity, it became necessary to divide the operations of business concerns into departments, with corresponding divisions of authority. This meant the creation of a central authority to whom an accounting must be made by the departments or branches.

As businesses grew and corporations became larger and more powerful, with broader areas of activity, it became essential to split business operations into departments, along with corresponding divisions of authority. This involved establishing a central authority to whom the departments or branches had to report.

Audits were introduced. Not only did stockholders want to know that the business was honestly conducted, but the managers demanded proof that property entrusted to subordinates was accounted for and that the accounts were accurate—that is, truthful. Not satisfied with the evidence offered by entries in account books, auditors asked for further proof of the payments recorded; they demanded receipts, vouchers.

Audits were introduced. Stockholders wanted to ensure the business was run honestly, and the managers needed to confirm that property handed over to employees was being tracked and that the accounts were correct—that is, truthful. Not content with the information provided by entries in account books, auditors requested additional proof of the recorded payments; they demanded receipts, vouchers.

The voucher as used in modern accounting practice is then something more than a receipt for the payment of money; it is a proof that property has been administered as claimed by the accounting records. "A document which vouches the truth of accounts,"

The voucher in today's accounting practices is more than just a receipt for payment; it serves as proof that assets have been handled as stated in the accounting records. "A document that confirms the accuracy of accounts,"

2. Use of Vouchers. The most general use of the voucher still is as an acknowledgment of the payment of money. In fact, when we speak of a voucher it is usually understood to mean a receipt or acknowledgment of the payment of money for a specific purpose.

2. Use of Vouchers. The most common use of a voucher is still as proof of payment. In fact, when we refer to a voucher, it usually means a receipt or acknowledgment of money paid for a specific purpose.

A voucher states the exact purpose for which the money is paid, the items either being listed or reference made to a specific invoice or account. Then when receipted it becomes a voucher in fact and takes its place as an integral part of the accounting records. The voucher may be said to form a connecting link, furnishing proof that the money was expended as shown in the records and that it was received by the payee. In this respect it acts as a check against a misappropriation of funds.

A voucher specifies the exact purpose for which the money is paid, either by listing the items or referencing a specific invoice or account. Once it's receipted, it actually becomes a voucher and is integrated into the accounting records. The voucher serves as a link, providing proof that the funds were spent as recorded and that they were received by the payee. In this way, it acts as a safeguard against misuse of funds.

As the system of vouchers for payment of money came into more general use, many accountants argued that it should be carried[275] still further. Sales records were vouchered by original orders, shipping receipts, and invoice copies, and purchases by the regular vouchers, but there was no voucher for transactions involving transfers of values from one account to another. In making journal entries involving such transfers, many opportunities for fraud were opened. Just such entries have been frequently used to cover up fraudulent transactions.

As the use of payment vouchers became more common, many accountants argued that it should be expanded even further. Sales records were validated by original orders, shipping receipts, and invoice copies, while purchases were documented by standard vouchers. However, there were no vouchers for transactions that involved transferring value between accounts. When making journal entries for these kinds of transfers, numerous chances for fraud arose. These types of entries have often been used to conceal fraudulent activities.

The logical step to make the voucher system complete in every detail was the introduction of the journal voucher. If a voucher is provided for each journal entry, the bookkeeper can produce authority for every transaction recorded in his books.

The logical step to make the voucher system complete in every detail was to introduce the journal voucher. If there’s a voucher for each journal entry, the bookkeeper can provide proof for every transaction recorded in their books.

The journal voucher is a voucher of authority, that is, it authorizes the entry involved and must be signed by an officer having power to make such authorization. To the bookkeeper, it is in many cases a protection, for if a question arises as to the legality of a transaction, he can produce his authority for the entry, which will place the responsibility where it belongs.

The journal voucher is a document of authority; it gives the go-ahead for the entry involved and must be signed by an authorized officer. For the bookkeeper, it often serves as protection because if there’s any question about the legality of a transaction, they can present their authority for the entry, which will assign responsibility appropriately.

We have come in contact with cases in which the bookkeeper, following the explicit instructions of an officer of a company, has made entries clearly intended to defraud either creditors or stockholders, only to be later made the "scapegoat" and held jointly responsible with his superior officer.

We have encountered situations where the bookkeeper, following the clear instructions of a company officer, has made entries that were obviously meant to defraud either creditors or shareholders, only to later be made the "scapegoat" and held jointly responsible with their superior officer.

Not all such entries show their clear intent, though their real purpose be fraudulent. Some of them are so ingenuous and supported by such plausible explanations, that the bookkeeper has no suspicion of their real nature. A case in point: a corporation was organized in a small town to engage in a manufacturing enterprise. Like many another corporation of similar character, the benefits which would accrue to the town, were dwelt upon at length by the promoters, and citizens were induced to invest their savings in small blocks of stock. Also, like many another enterprise entered into and managed by men with no technical training, this little factory struggled along for a few years, always operated at a loss. But a change came; an experienced manager was secured and the business began to exhibit symptoms of a healthy growth. The second year showed a profit; almost enough to wipe out the deficit. The third year the business outgrew the capacity of the plant, and $20,000.00 was invested in new machinery. Not an old machine[276] was discarded. The manager instructed the bookkeeper to charge $15,000.00 of the amount to repairs, explaining that it would off-set the amount which should have been charged off as depreciation in former years. Perhaps,—but it made the books show a small loss instead of a substantial profit for the year. And it is significant that several holders of stock, worth face value, and more, sold their holdings to the manager at an average price of .65. If no profit could be made on such a volume of business as had been transacted that year, what hope for the future?

Not all of these entries are obvious about their intent, even if their true purpose is deceitful. Some are so naive and backed by such convincing explanations that the bookkeeper doesn't suspect their true nature. For example, a corporation was set up in a small town to start a manufacturing business. Like many similar corporations, the promoters talked extensively about the benefits the town would gain, convincing citizens to invest their savings in small shares of stock. Also, like many businesses run by people without technical training, this little factory struggled for a few years, operating at a loss. But things changed; they brought in an experienced manager, and the business started to show signs of healthy growth. In the second year, they made a profit, almost enough to cover the previous losses. By the third year, the business was too big for the facility, and $20,000.00 was spent on new machinery. Not a single old machine[276] was thrown out. The manager told the bookkeeper to categorize $15,000.00 of that amount as repairs, saying it would balance out the depreciation that should have been accounted for in earlier years. Maybe—but it made the books reflect a small loss instead of a significant profit for that year. It's worth noting that several stockholders, whose shares were worth their face value or more, sold their holdings to the manager for an average price of .65. If no profit could be made from such a large volume of business that year, what hope was there for the future?

Fig. 1. Voucher to be Receipted and Returned

Fig. 1. Voucher to be Received and Returned

To what extent a bookkeeper is justified in presuming to conserve the morals of his employer, is not a subject for present discussion. Just where the line should be drawn between moral and legal responsibility, is sometimes difficult to determine. But that bookkeeper innocently assisted in robbing unsuspecting stockholders. Had he insisted on the signed authority of the manager—that is, demanded a voucher—the entry might never have been made; he, at least, would have been freed from any possible charge of complicity.

To what extent a bookkeeper is justified in assuming the responsibility of upholding their employer's morals is not the topic at hand. It can be challenging to determine where to draw the line between moral and legal responsibility. However, that bookkeeper unknowingly aided in defrauding unsuspecting stockholders. If he had insisted on a signed authorization from the manager—that is, requested a voucher—the entry might never have been recorded; he, at the very least, would have been exempt from any potential accusations of being involved.

3. Forms of Vouchers. The essential feature of a voucher is that it must show clearly the purpose for which it is drawn, and provide a proper form of receipt. There are many forms of vouchers designed to meet the requirements of different businesses.

3. Forms of Vouchers. The key characteristic of a voucher is that it needs to clearly indicate its purpose and include a proper receipt format. There are numerous types of vouchers created to satisfy the needs of various businesses.

Fig. 2. Back of Voucher Showing Distribution

Fig. 2. Back of Voucher Showing Distribution

The most simple form of voucher is a statement of items paid, with a receipt to be signed by the payee. A remittance in the form of cash or a check accompanies the voucher, the receipted voucher being returned by the payee. A form of voucher of this class is shown in Fig. 1.

The simplest kind of voucher is a list of items that have been paid for, along with a receipt that the payee needs to sign. A payment in cash or by check goes along with the voucher, and the payee returns the signed voucher. An example of this type of voucher is shown in Fig. 1.

The items paid can be listed on the voucher, or there may be a reference to certain invoices included in the payment. Some accountants attach the original invoice to the voucher, but for certain reasons we do not advocate this practice. Until the receipted voucher is returned there is no record of the items covered, unless the invoice has been copied.

The items paid can be listed on the voucher, or there may be a reference to specific invoices included in the payment. Some accountants attach the original invoice to the voucher, but for various reasons, we do not recommend this practice. Until the receipted voucher is returned, there is no record of the items covered, unless the invoice has been copied.

Fig. 3. Combined Voucher and Check Used by the Pennsylvania Railroad Company

Fig. 3. Combined Voucher and Check Used by the Pennsylvania Railroad Company

Some houses are slow in returning receipted invoices, resulting in many annoying delays. If the invoice is kept on file we at least have a record of the transaction, and it may be very necessary to refer to the invoice for prices or other information.

Some companies take their time sending back paid invoices, which leads to a lot of frustrating delays. If we keep the invoice on file, we at least have a record of the transaction, and it might be really important to check the invoice for prices or other details.

The back of the voucher is usually printed with a form for a distribution of the amount to the account or accounts to which it should be charged. A typical form is shown in Fig. 2. For permanent filing a voucher of this style is folded so that the number appears at the top, followed by the name of the payee, and the distribution record.

The back of the voucher usually has a form for distributing the amount to the account or accounts it should be charged to. A typical form is shown in Fig. 2. For permanent filing, a voucher like this is folded so that the number shows at the top, followed by the payee's name and the distribution record.

4. Voucher Checks. A step in advance of the early form of voucher with separate check is the voucher check. This is a form which combines the voucher and check.

4. Voucher Checks. A step beyond the early version of a voucher with a separate check is the voucher check. This is a format that merges the voucher and the check.

Of voucher checks there are many forms, each designed to meet some special condition, or to conform with the ideas of the accountant. While these forms exhibit many variations in detail they may be divided into two general classes: folded voucher checks and single voucher checks.

Of voucher checks, there are many types, each created to meet specific conditions or to align with the accountant's preferences. While these types show a lot of variation in detail, they can be categorized into two main classes: folded voucher checks and single voucher checks.

The folded voucher check is usually twice the width of an ordinary check, making it regular check size when folded. This is intended to provide a receipt for the payment of items listed, by the endorsement of the check. Several such forms are illustrated.

The folded voucher check is typically twice the width of a regular check, making it the same size as a regular check when folded. This design is meant to serve as a receipt for the payment of listed items, validated by the endorsement on the check. Several examples of such forms are shown.

Fig. 3 is a form of combined voucher and check used by the Pennsylvania Railroad Company, The account is transcribed on A, this being a sheet twice the width of a check. This form is made in duplicate, B being the carbon copy which is filed as a record of authority for the issuance of the voucher. The check itself, shown in C, is written on the back of the original voucher. A. When folded, this form is the size of a regular check and goes through the bank in the usual manner. The endorsement of the payee is a receipt in full for the items covered by the voucher.

Fig. 3 is a combined voucher and check used by the Pennsylvania Railroad Company. The account is recorded on A, which is a sheet twice the width of a check. This form is made in duplicate, with B being the carbon copy that is kept as a record of authorization for issuing the voucher. The actual check, shown in C, is filled out on the back of the original voucher A. When folded, this form is the size of a standard check and can be processed by the bank in the usual way. The payee's endorsement serves as a full receipt for the items included in the voucher.

This is a representative form of the folded voucher check. Naturally the details recorded will vary in different businesses, but the general plan is subject to slight changes. Some objection is raised by banks to the folded form. The claim is made that considerable inconvenience is caused in handling in the bank, by checks slipping between the folds.

This is a typical version of the folded voucher check. Of course, the details recorded will differ among businesses, but the overall layout is subject to minor adjustments. Some banks have raised objections to the folded form. They argue that it causes significant inconvenience when handling at the bank because checks tend to slip between the folds.

Many of the earlier forms of voucher checks were not checks until certain conditions had been complied with. On the face of the voucher was printed "when properly receipted this voucher will be paid through ... Bank." This required a receipt in some special place, instead of the usual endorsement of a check, and it was not always easy to tell, at a glance, the amount to be paid.

Many of the earlier types of voucher checks weren’t considered checks until specific conditions were met. Printed on the voucher was "when properly receipted, this voucher will be paid through ... Bank." This meant a receipt was needed in a designated location, rather than the usual check endorsement, and it wasn't always easy to quickly determine the amount to be paid.

Very naturally, objections were raised by the banks against the use of these complicated forms, but forms have been simplified in ways that have largely overcome these objections.

Very naturally, the banks raised objections to the use of these complicated forms, but the forms have been simplified in ways that have mostly addressed these concerns.

Fig. 4. Form of Voucher Check that Requires no Folding

Fig. 4. Voucher Check Design That Doesn't Need Folding

An improvement is the ordinary check form arranged to provide a valid receipt for stated items. Such a form is illustrated in Fig. 4. This is an ordinary check form of regulation size, on which is noted the item or items paid. The checks are put up in pads and numbered as used. When endorsed, the check provides a valid receipt for the items covered.

An improvement is the standard check form designed to give a valid receipt for the listed items. This form is shown in Fig. 4. It’s an ordinary check form of standard size, where the paid item or items are indicated. The checks are organized in pads and are numbered as they are used. Once endorsed, the check serves as a valid receipt for the items included.

Fig. 5. Duplicate Voucher Check in Loose Leaf Form

Fig. 5. Duplicate Voucher Check in Loose Leaf Format

Fig. 6. Voucher Distribution
Sheet

Fig. 6. Voucher Distribution Sheet

A voucher check with some advantageous features is shown in[281] Fig. 5. This is made in duplicate. A is the original voucher check, while B is the duplicate. When sent out, the stub shown in B, a duplicate of the statement on the original check, is attached to the check. This is detached by the payee for his records, and enables him to deposit the check without waiting to make the entry in his cash book.

A voucher check with some helpful features is shown in[281] Fig. 5. It's created in duplicate. A is the original voucher check, while B is the duplicate. When it's sent out, the stub shown in B, which is a copy of the statement on the original check, is attached to the check. The payee removes this for their records, allowing them to deposit the check without having to wait to enter it in their cash book.

These voucher checks are made in sheets and punched for filing in a loose-leaf binder. The balance of the form shown in B, the part remaining after the check and duplicate statement have been removed, is a copy of the check, and remains in the binder.

These voucher checks are printed in sheets and punched for organization in a loose-leaf binder. The remaining part of the form shown in B, after the check and duplicate statement have been taken out, is a copy of the check and stays in the binder.

The checks are numbered consecutively, but the voucher number is entered when used and corresponds with the number of the voucher paid.

The checks are numbered in order, but the voucher number is recorded when used and matches the number of the voucher that was paid.

The office record of the items paid is made on the voucher form shown in Fig. 6. These are numbered consecutively, in the order in which they are approved, and when paid are filed in numerical sequence.

The office record of the items paid is made on the voucher form shown in Fig. 6. These are numbered consecutively, in the order in which they are approved, and when paid are filed in numerical sequence.

Another style of loose-sheet voucher check is illustrated in Fig. 7. This form is made on the typewriter, in triplicate, and includes the original check, a receipt and a copy of the check. The forms are made two to a sheet, and when a check is to be written the triplicate sheet is placed in the machine, three copies being made at one writing.

Another style of loose-sheet voucher check is shown in Fig. 7. This form is typed in triplicate and includes the original check, a receipt, and a copy of the check. The forms are printed two per sheet, and when a check needs to be written, the triplicate sheet is placed in the machine, producing three copies in one go.

Fig. 7. Triplicate Form of Voucher Check that Provides a Receipt and a Copy of the Check

Fig. 7. Triplicate Form of Voucher Check that Gives a Receipt and a Copy of the Check

PLANT OF THE W. L. GILBERT CLOCK CO. AT WINSTED, CONN.

PLANT OF THE W. L. GILBERT CLOCK CO. AT WINSTED, CONN.

The triplicate form, or copy of the check, is the permanent record from which posting is done. Both the check and receipt are mailed and the payee is expected to return the receipt. If not returned within a reasonable time, the payee is followed up by letter and asked to return the receipt, as this becomes a part of the permanent office records.

The triplicate form, or copy of the check, is the permanent record used for posting. Both the check and receipt are mailed, and the payee is expected to send the receipt back. If it isn’t returned within a reasonable time, the payee is contacted by letter and asked to return the receipt, as this becomes part of the permanent office records.

Fig. 8. Duplicate Voucher with Check Attached

Fig. 8. Duplicate Voucher with Check Attached

An excellent form of voucher with check attached is shown in Fig. 8. The voucher is made in duplicate, the check being attached to the original. The duplicate is kept on file for the office record, while the original, with check attached, is mailed to the vendor. He detaches the check and deposits it, keeping the original statement in his files. In the event of discrepancies, the vendor is expected to return both voucher and check, endorsement being considered as a receipt in full for items included in the statement.

An excellent form of voucher with a check attached is shown in Fig. 8. The voucher is created in two copies, with the check attached to the original. The duplicate is kept on file for office records, while the original, with the check attached, is mailed to the vendor. The vendor detaches the check and deposits it, keeping the original statement in their files. If there are discrepancies, the vendor is expected to return both the voucher and the check, with the endorsement being considered as a receipt in full for the items listed in the statement.

5. Journal Vouchers. As previously explained, a journal voucher is a properly signed authorization of a journal entry. Journal vouchers are not intended to be used for the ordinary journal entries of a business, as closing entries and ordinary adjusting entries. They[284] are more particularly intended for special credit items or allowances, and special transfer or adjusting entries.

5. Journal Vouchers. As explained earlier, a journal voucher is a properly signed approval of a journal entry. Journal vouchers aren’t meant for regular journal entries of a business, like closing entries or standard adjusting entries. They[284] are specifically designed for special credit items or allowances, and special transfer or adjusting entries.

Fig. 9 illustrates a convenient form of journal voucher. This form is intended to be filed in a loose-leaf binder, and when so filed, becomes the journal itself, posting being made direct to ledger accounts. The usual method, however, is to make the entry in the journal and file this voucher as an evidence of authority.

Fig. 9 shows a practical version of a journal voucher. This form is meant to be organized in a loose-leaf binder, and when it's filed like this, it serves as the journal itself, with postings made directly to ledger accounts. Typically, though, the entry is made in the journal and this voucher is filed as proof of authorization.

A journal voucher should require the final approval of some one man before it becomes valid. The head of a business can keep in touch with all special allowances by having the journal vouchers brought to him for his signature.

A journal voucher should need final approval from one person before it becomes valid. The head of a business can stay updated on all special allowances by having the journal vouchers brought to them for their signature.

Fig. 9. Journal Voucher for Adjusting Entries

Fig. 9. Journal Voucher for Adjusting Entries

One reason for the use of journal vouchers in large establishments having several departments is that special credits and allowances are constantly coming up, with which only one department manager is familiar. His O. K. is obtained, and the voucher must be approved by the manager, which makes these men responsible for the transaction.

One reason for using journal vouchers in large organizations with multiple departments is that special credits and allowances frequently arise, and only one department manager is usually aware of them. Their approval is required, and the voucher must be signed off by the manager, making these individuals accountable for the transaction.

6. The Voucher Register. Though the form of voucher is of considerable importance, and should be designed to meet the requirements of the business, the keystone of the voucher system of accounting is the voucher register. Wherever used, the voucher[285] register possesses certain uniform characteristics, but in each business the form takes on special features; in fact, the voucher register is distinctively a special form.

6. The Voucher Register. While the format of the voucher is quite important and should be tailored to the needs of the business, the essential element of the voucher accounting system is the voucher register. Whenever it is used, the voucher[285] register has specific common traits, but in each business, the format has unique characteristics; in fact, the voucher register is uniquely a specialized form.

The voucher register is really a form of purchase book, with other features added, and takes the place of these records. In addition to the usual features of the purchase book or invoice register, the voucher register furnishes a complete record of payment of bills, and shows at all times the net amount of Accounts Payable. Another most important feature is that it exhibits all expenditures, for whatever purpose. A voucher is provided and properly registered for every check issued, insuring a receipt in proper form for every dollar paid out.

The voucher register is basically a purchase book with some extra features, serving as a replacement for these records. Besides the standard elements of the purchase book or invoice register, the voucher register provides a full record of bill payments and always shows the net amount of Accounts Payable. Another crucial feature is that it displays all expenditures, regardless of their purpose. A voucher is created and properly recorded for every check issued, ensuring a proper receipt for every dollar spent.

When properly handled, the voucher system does away with the purchase ledger, no ledger accounts with creditors being necessary. The register in connection with a file of unpaid vouchers, furnished a complete record of each individual creditor's account. At the same time, a controlling account is provided, which exhibits the total of outstanding accounts, and balances with the voucher register.

When managed correctly, the voucher system eliminates the need for a purchase ledger, meaning no ledger accounts for creditors are required. The register, along with a file of unpaid vouchers, provides a complete record of each individual creditor's account. At the same time, a control account is established, which shows the total of outstanding accounts and matches with the voucher register.

To furnish representative illustrations, we show several forms of voucher registers, which exhibit the special features usually found in such records. These may be used as guides in designing registers for any business.

To provide examples, we display several types of voucher registers that highlight the typical features usually seen in these records. These can be used as references when creating registers for any business.

Figs. 10 and 11 show forms identical in general arrangement, except that one is designed for a mercantile business, while the other is intended for a manufacturing establishment. The columns beginning at the extreme left are as follows: Date Entered, Voucher Number, Name of Payee and nature of account, Date of Invoice, Vouchers Payable (the total), and Date Due. The columns following are for distribution of the total to the different accounts. Columns are provided for those accounts in each group to which most frequent charges are made. The amounts of the vouchers are extended in these columns and footings carried forward to the end of the month.

Figs. 10 and 11 show forms that are generally arranged the same way, except one is for a retail business and the other is for a manufacturing company. The columns starting from the far left are: Date Entered, Voucher Number, Name of Payee and type of account, Date of Invoice, Vouchers Payable (the total), and Date Due. The following columns are for distributing the total among different accounts. Columns are included for those accounts in each group that get charged most often. The amounts of the vouchers are recorded in these columns and totals are carried forward to the end of the month.

In every business there are certain expense accounts to which charges are infrequent, not more than one charge a month, and in some cases one or two in a year. Examples of these accounts are insurance, taxes, rent, etc. To add columns to an already large voucher register for the accommodation of these few items is impractical, hence the Sundries column is provided for charges to accounts[286] for which special columns are not provided. Space is allowed for entering the names of the accounts, and each item is posted direct to the ledger account.

In every business, there are some expense accounts that rarely get charged—usually no more than once a month, and sometimes only once or twice a year. Examples of these accounts include insurance, taxes, rent, etc. Adding columns to an already large voucher register for these few items isn't practical, so the Sundries column is used for charges to accounts[286] that don't have special columns. There’s space for writing the names of the accounts, and each item is posted directly to the ledger account.

Fig. 10

Fig. 10

Fig. 11

Fig. 11

Fig. 12

Fig. 12

Fig. 13

Fig. 13

Typical Forms of Voucher Registers

Common Types of Voucher Registers

Designed for Use in Different Businesses

Designed for Use in Various Businesses

The form of voucher register illustrated in Fig. 12 is designed for use where a complete voucher system, including the use of journal vouchers, is maintained. The special feature of this form is the addition of several columns for credit accounts. Space is provided for entering the names of the accounts to be credited, the amounts being carried to the proper ledger columns. This makes it possible to enter any journal voucher, and since full particulars are shown in the voucher itself, no explanations are required in the register.

The voucher register format shown in Fig. 12 is designed for environments that utilize a comprehensive voucher system, including journal vouchers. The standout aspect of this format is the inclusion of multiple columns for credit accounts. There’s space allocated for entering the names of the accounts to be credited, along with the amounts being recorded in the relevant ledger columns. This allows for the entry of any journal voucher, and since all the necessary details are included in the voucher itself, no further explanations are needed in the register.

At the right of these forms are columns for recording particulars of settlement. A column headed Unpaid Vouchers will also be noted. On the last day of the month, when all items have been entered, the amounts of all unpaid vouchers are extended in this column, and the total is carried forward to the next month's sheet, where it is entered in the vouchers payable column. When these vouchers are paid, particulars of payment are entered on the sheets containing the original record; as would have been done if they were paid in the month in which they were entered.

At the right side of these forms, there are columns for noting the details of settlement. One of the columns is labeled Unpaid Vouchers. On the last day of the month, after all items have been recorded, the amounts of all unpaid vouchers are filled in this column, and the total is carried over to the next month's sheet, where it's noted in the vouchers payable column. When these vouchers get paid, payment details are recorded on the sheets that contain the original records, just as if they had been paid in the month they were entered.

The footings of all columns are carried forward to the end of the month, when the totals of all distribution columns, excepting sundries, are posted to the debit of the corresponding ledger accounts. The footing of the vouchers payable column, less unpaid amount brought forward, must agree with the total footings of all distribution columns, since it represents the total of all vouchers registered. The net amount, that is, the footing of the vouchers payable column, less the amount of unpaid vouchers brought forward, is posted to the credit of a vouchers payable account.

The totals for all columns are carried forward to the end of the month, when the totals of all distribution columns, except for miscellaneous items, are recorded as debits to the related ledger accounts. The total of the vouchers payable column, minus any unpaid amounts carried over, must match the total of all distribution column totals, as it reflects the total of all registered vouchers. The net amount, which is the total of the vouchers payable column minus the unpaid vouchers carried over, is entered as a credit to a vouchers payable account.

On the credit side of the cash book, two columns headed Vouchers Payable are provided for the entry of payments. One column is headed Discount and the other Amount of Check, the discount column being a memorandum only. At the end of the month the total of these columns is posted to the debit of the vouchers payable account, the controlling account of the voucher register. When the footing of unpaid vouchers is brought forward at the end of the month, it should agree with the balance of the vouchers payable account.

On the credit side of the cash book, there are two columns labeled Vouchers Payable for recording payments. One column is labeled Discount and the other Amount of Check, with the discount column serving just as a note. At the end of the month, the totals from these columns are posted to the debit of the vouchers payable account, which is the main account of the voucher register. When the total of unpaid vouchers is carried over at the end of the month, it should match the balance of the vouchers payable account.

Another method of handling unpaid vouchers is to provide both[289] debit and credit columns on the voucher register, headed Suspense Accounts, as shown in Fig. 13. All unpaid vouchers are carried to the credit column at the end of the month, and when paid the entry is made in the debit column. Footings of the suspense columns are carried forward in pencil, for, when all amounts on one sheet have been paid, those items need not be considered in obtaining the balance. One advantage claimed for this method is that it keeps the vouchers payable column free of all but current items.

Another way to manage unpaid vouchers is to include both[289] debit and credit columns in the voucher register, labeled Suspense Accounts, as shown in Fig. 13. All unpaid vouchers are recorded in the credit column at the end of the month, and when they are paid, the entry is made in the debit column. The totals of the suspense columns are noted in pencil, because once all amounts on a sheet have been paid, those items don't need to be factored in when calculating the balance. One benefit of this method is that it keeps the vouchers payable column clear of anything but current items.

Another feature of this form, Fig. 13, is the absence of a check number in the payment column. In this case, a voucher check is used, which necessitates but one series of numbers. When bills are audited, the voucher checks are made out and numbered, but the dates are omitted until payment is made, when they are entered with other particulars under the head of Payments.

Another feature of this form, Fig. 13, is the lack of a check number in the payment column. In this case, a voucher check is used, which only requires one series of numbers. When bills are audited, the voucher checks are prepared and numbered, but the dates are left out until payment is made, at which point they are entered along with other details under the heading Payments.

An objection is sometimes made that with the voucher system, allowing but one line to an invoice, no provision is made for partial payments. This can be easily overcome with this form of register. Any unpaid balance of a current item will be carried to the suspense column. If further partial payments are likely to be made, the amount should be entered in the credit column and the name of the payee in the remarks column. Several lines should then be allowed for the account, permitting the entry of as many separate payments.

An objection is sometimes raised that the voucher system, which allows only one line per invoice, doesn't provide for partial payments. This can easily be addressed with this type of register. Any unpaid balance from a current item will be moved to the suspense column. If additional partial payments are expected, the amount should be recorded in the credit column and the name of the payee in the remarks column. Several lines should be provided for the account, allowing for the entry of multiple separate payments.

When all bills are paid as soon as audited, taking advantage of cash discounts, there is no necessity for columns intended to care for suspense items. All vouchers will be paid not later than during the month next following the date of entry, and there will be no unpaid vouchers not found on the current or next preceding month's record.

When all bills are paid promptly after being audited, making use of cash discounts, there's no need for columns to handle suspense items. All vouchers will be paid by the end of the month after they were entered, and there won't be any unpaid vouchers that aren't recorded in the current or the previous month's records.

7. Operation of Voucher System. While accountants have introduced many details into the operation of the voucher system, all intended to make the application of the system more nearly perfect in some particular business, the general routine of conducting the system is summed up in the following:

7. Operation of Voucher System. Although accountants have added numerous details to the operation of the voucher system, all aimed at making it more effective for specific businesses, the overall process of managing the system can be summarized as follows:

1. Auditing of invoices.
2. Executing and registering vouchers.
3. Filing audited vouchers.
4. Paying vouchers.
5. Filing paid vouchers.
6. Indexing paid vouchers.

1. Reviewing invoices.
2. Processing and recording vouchers.
3. Organizing audited vouchers.
4. Making payments for vouchers.
5. Organizing paid vouchers.
6. Cataloging paid vouchers.

8. Auditing of Invoices. When invoices are received they should immediately go to the purchasing agent. If there is no regularly appointed purchasing agent, or in a business like a department store where there are several buyers, the invoices should be kept by the auditor, comptroller, or chief accountant until the goods are received, when he will obtain the O. K. of the person who ordered the goods or incurred the obligation.

8. Auditing of Invoices. When invoices come in, they should be sent straight to the purchasing agent. If there isn't a designated purchasing agent, or in a business like a department store where there are multiple buyers, the invoices should be held by the auditor, comptroller, or chief accountant until the goods are received, at which point they will get the approval from the person who ordered the goods or took on the obligation.

Pending the receipt of the goods, the invoices should be filed alphabetically, under the name of the vendor. The file may be one of the flat files which can be kept on the desk or if the number of invoices be large, a section of a vertical file drawer can be used.

Pending the receipt of the goods, the invoices should be organized alphabetically by the vendor's name. You can use a flat file that sits on your desk, or if you have a lot of invoices, you can utilize a section of a vertical file drawer.

When the goods have been received, which will be attested by a report in some form by the receiving clerk, the invoice is O. K.'d for quantities and prices by the buyer, and extensions are checked by the auditor or chief accountant.

When the goods have been received, which will be confirmed by a report from the receiving clerk, the invoice is approved for quantities and prices by the buyer, and the totals are verified by the auditor or chief accountant.

9. Executing and Registering Vouchers. As soon as the invoices are audited, vouchers are executed and entered in the invoice register. Extensions are made to the proper columns, placing the accounts on the books, just as would be done if invoices were credited to accounts of the vendors in the general or purchase ledgers.

9. Executing and Registering Vouchers. Once the invoices are reviewed, vouchers are completed and recorded in the invoice register. The relevant figures are entered into the appropriate columns, updating the accounts on the books, just as if invoices were being credited to the vendors' accounts in the general or purchase ledgers.

Vouchers should never be made for invoices in dispute, as to prices or on account of claims for shortage, damaged goods or other cause. Until such claims are adjusted, the invoices should be kept in a file reserved for items in suspense. When the books are closed, such items must be included under liabilities in the balance sheet. To avoid actually entering them on the books, they may be entered in the balance sheet under some such caption as "Suspense Accounts."

Vouchers should never be created for invoices that are in dispute, whether due to pricing issues or claims for shortages, damaged goods, or other reasons. Until these claims are resolved, the invoices should be stored in a file designated for items on hold. When closing the books, these items must be included as liabilities on the balance sheet. To avoid putting them directly into the books, they can be recorded in the balance sheet under a heading like "Suspense Accounts."

10. Filing Audited Vouchers. The vouchers are now ready for filing until date of payment. This does not apply if invoices are always paid as soon as audited, but in the majority of business houses at least a part of the vouchers will not be paid until the last due date; or if discounts are taken, they will be paid on the last discount date.

10. Filing Audited Vouchers. The vouchers are now ready for filing until the payment date. This doesn’t apply if invoices are always paid right after being audited, but in most businesses, at least some of the vouchers won’t be paid until the final due date; or if discounts are taken, they will be paid on the last discount date.

Some provision must be made for bringing these vouchers to notice on the date at which they should be paid. For this purpose, a "tickler" or date file is used. This consists of a file with an index of 31 numbered index sheets, intended to represent the days of the month, and sometimes a set of twelve index sheets printed with the names of the months.

Some arrangement has to be made to ensure these vouchers are noticed on the due date. For this, a "tickler" or date file is used. This consists of a file with an index of 31 numbered index sheets, representing the days of the month, and sometimes a set of twelve index sheets printed with the names of the months.

The audited vouchers are filed under the date when payment is to be made, either the discount date or the last due date, by placing them back of the index sheet bearing the corresponding number. To illustrate; if an invoice is dated the 2nd of the month, and terms are 2/10, the last discount day will be the 12th, and the voucher will be filed back of the No. 12 index sheet. If payment is due in a subsequent month, the voucher is filed back of the corresponding monthly index, then on the first of the month these vouchers are distributed under the proper dates.

The audited vouchers are filed by the date when payment is due, either the discount date or the final due date, by placing them behind the index sheet with the matching number. For example, if an invoice is dated the 2nd of the month and the terms are 2/10, the last discount day will be the 12th, so the voucher will be filed behind the No. 12 index sheet. If payment is due in a later month, the voucher is filed behind the appropriate monthly index, and then on the first of the month, these vouchers are distributed under the correct dates.

11. Paying Vouchers. Each day the vouchers filed back of that day's index are removed from the file for attention. If for any reason they are not to be paid that day, they should be filed under the next date when it is desired to bring them to notice. It may be well to note at this point that the vouchers and invoices are usually filed together in the date file.

11. Paying Vouchers. Each day, the vouchers that are filed behind that day's index are taken out for review. If they aren’t going to be paid that day for any reason, they should be filed under the next date when they should be brought to attention. It's important to note that vouchers and invoices are typically filed together in the date file.

The check is now written and entered in the cash book or the check register, attached to the voucher, and mailed. Or if a voucher check is used it is only necessary to date and enter. These payments are posted from the cash book to the voucher register. It is not a safe plan to enter the voucher check direct in the voucher register, as postings to the cash book are liable to be overlooked. Payments in one day may be recorded on widely separated pages of the voucher register, while in the cash book or check register they would be entered consecutively, making posting much less difficult.

The check is now written and entered in the cash book or the check register, attached to the voucher, and sent out. If a voucher check is used, you only need to date and enter it. These payments are recorded from the cash book to the voucher register. It's not a good idea to enter the voucher check directly in the voucher register, as postings to the cash book might be missed. Payments in one day might be listed on different pages of the voucher register, while in the cash book or check register they would be entered one after another, making the posting process much easier.

When the voucher and check have been mailed the invoices are placed in a temporary file, indexed alphabetically, where they are kept until the return of the receipted voucher. It will be noted that we do not advocate mailing the original invoice with the voucher. This temporary file is examined from time to time, and if any vouchers have been out an unreasonable length of time, the vendors are asked to sign and return them, or sign duplicates sent for the purpose.

When the voucher and check have been sent out, the invoices are filed temporarily, organized alphabetically, and stored until the signed voucher comes back. It's important to note that we do not recommend sending the original invoice along with the voucher. This temporary file is reviewed periodically, and if any vouchers have been outstanding for too long, the vendors are requested to sign and return them, or to sign duplicates that are sent for that purpose.

When the voucher check is used, the temporary file for invoices is not required. The checks, if cashed, must be returned through the bank, and the invoices can be filed permanently.

When the voucher check is used, the temporary file for invoices isn't needed. If cashed, the checks must be sent back through the bank, and the invoices can be permanently filed.

12. Filing Paid Vouchers. On the return of the voucher, properly receipted, the invoices which it pays are removed from the temporary file, when all are ready for permanent filing.

12. Filing Paid Vouchers. When the voucher is returned with the right receipt, the invoices it covers are taken out of the temporary file, and all are prepared for permanent filing.

The invoices are permanently filed in an alphabetically indexed[292] file, under the names of the vendors, keeping all invoices from each firm together. At some time before filing, preferably when the voucher is executed, the voucher number should be entered on the invoice, and when several invoices are paid by one check, they should be fastened together with a staple or other suitable device.

The invoices are permanently stored in an alphabetically organized[292] file, categorized by vendor names, ensuring all invoices from each company are grouped together. At some point before filing, ideally when the voucher is completed, the voucher number should be noted on the invoice, and if multiple invoices are paid with one check, they should be stapled or secured together with an appropriate fastener.

The paid vouchers should be filed in numerical sequence, with indexes numbered by 100's and 20's to separate them and to assist in locating any desired number. If we want to find voucher No. 964, we turn to the index 900, constituting the main division, then to index 60, back of which the desired voucher will be quickly located. A file should be procured of suitable size to accommodate the voucher to be filed.

The paid vouchers should be organized in numerical order, with indexes numbered in increments of 100 and 20 to keep them distinct and make it easier to find any specific number. If we need to locate voucher No. 964, we go to the 900 index, which is the main section, then to index 60, where we can quickly find the desired voucher. A file of an appropriate size should be obtained to hold the vouchers.

Fig. 14. Card Index of Vouchers Paid

Fig. 14. Card Index of Vouchers Paid

13. Indexing Vouchers. With the permanent filing of the paid voucher the transaction is closed, with one exception. There must be another index to the voucher file. Knowing the number, we can quickly locate any voucher or find its record on the register, but if we want to locate the voucher paid to Jackson & Co.—without knowing the number—we have no guide.

13. Indexing Vouchers. Once the paid voucher is permanently filed, the transaction is considered closed, with one exception. There needs to be an additional index for the voucher file. If we know the number, we can quickly find any voucher or check its record in the register, but if we want to locate the voucher paid to Jackson & Co.—without knowing the number—we have no way to find it.

Reference to the original invoices, filed alphabetically, on which the numbers are noted, will locate the voucher, but there are vouchers for which no invoices are on file. To locate these by name of payee, an alphabetical index is necessary, and it is advisable to include all vouchers even when invoices are on file.

Reference to the original invoices, organized alphabetically, where the numbers are noted, will help you find the voucher, but there are vouchers for which no invoices are available. To locate these by the payee's name, an alphabetical index is needed, and it's a good idea to include all vouchers even when invoices are on file.

For this purpose, a card index is recommended, and a suitable form is shown in Fig. 14. A card is used for each person or firm to whom vouchers are issued, and all vouchers are listed by date and number. The cards are filed alphabetically, making it easy to find any name.

For this purpose, a card index is recommended, and a suitable form is shown in Fig. 14. A card is used for each person or company to whom vouchers are issued, and all vouchers are listed by date and number. The cards are organized alphabetically, making it easy to find any name.

14. Voucher File. The manner of filing and indexing invoices and vouchers, from the receipt of the invoices to the permanent filing of the paid voucher, has been explained. For the file itself, the vertical file is recommended.

14. Voucher File. The way to file and organize invoices and vouchers, starting from when the invoices are received to when the paid voucher is permanently filed, has been explained. For the file itself, a vertical file is recommended.

Fig. 15. File Showing Method of Indexing Vouchers

Fig. 15. File Showing How to Index Vouchers

Fig. 15 illustrates one drawer of a vertical file, subdivided with the different indexes required, showing how in a small business a single drawer can be made to answer all purposes.

Fig. 15 shows one drawer of a vertical file, divided with the different indexes needed, demonstrating how a single drawer can serve all functions in a small business.

In a large business several drawers would be required. The first drawer would be for pending invoices, where would be filed invoices for which shipments have not been received. The second drawer would contain audited vouchers held for payment, and suspense items; the latter including invoices held for adjustment of claims. Paid invoices and paid vouchers would each require a separate drawer.

In a large business, several drawers would be necessary. The first drawer would hold pending invoices, which are invoices for shipments that haven't been received yet. The second drawer would contain verified vouchers waiting for payment and any suspense items, including invoices being held for claims adjustments. Paid invoices and paid vouchers would each need their own separate drawer.

Files should be selected with reference to the size of the papers to be filed. Manufacturers of such equipment now supply cabinets in sections, in a great variety of sizes, making it possible to build up a filing cabinet with drawers to fit every paper of standard size.

Files should be chosen based on the size of the papers you need to file. Equipment manufacturers now offer cabinets in sections and a wide range of sizes, allowing you to create a filing cabinet with drawers that fit every standard paper size.

DEMONSTRATION

DEMO

15. The operation of the voucher system in respect to the records in the register is demonstrated in the illustration, Fig. 16, the record showing how the following transactions are handled. Invoices listed have been audited for payment.

15. The way the voucher system works concerning the records in the register is shown in the illustration, Fig. 16, which displays how the following transactions are processed. The invoices listed have been reviewed for payment.

Fig. 16. Voucher Register Showing Entries

Fig. 16. Voucher Register Displaying Entries

—Jan. 12th—
National Mercantile Co.
100 bbls. flour $4.25 $425.00
Dated Jan. 9th
Terms 2/10, N/30
—Jan. 12th—
Western Grocer Co.
50 cases soap 2.10 105.00
Dated Jan. 8th
Terms 2/10, N/30
—Jan. 14th—
Morton Salt Co.
100 bbls. salt .85 85.00
Dated Jan. 11th
Terms 1/10, N/30
—Jan. 15th—
Paid voucher No. 1 to
National Mercantile Co.
—Jan. 15th—
Paid voucher No. 2 to
Western Grocer Co.
—Jan. 16th—
Watson & Snow
60 bbls. vinegar, 3000 gals. .14 420.00
Dated Jan. 12th
Terms N/30
—Jan. 17th—
Jennings Coal Co.
3 tons coal 6.50 19.50
Dated Jan. 17th
Terms N/30
—Jan. 18th—
Paid pay roll
Wages of laborers   125.50
Office salaries 37.50
—Jan. 19th—[296]
Paid voucher No. 3 to
Morton Salt Co.

The illustration, Fig. 16, shows the complete record of these transactions in the voucher register. The total footings of all distribution columns agree with the total of vouchers payable column, proving the extensions to be correct. The combined totals of checks and discounts equal the total payment column. Unpaid vouchers are extended, and the total of this column added to the total payments equals the total of vouchers payable.

The illustration, Fig. 16, shows the complete record of these transactions in the voucher register. The total sums of all distribution columns match the total in the vouchers payable column, confirming that the extensions are accurate. The combined totals of checks and discounts equal the total payment column. Unpaid vouchers are extended, and when you add the total of this column to the total payments, it equals the total of vouchers payable.

Fig. 17. Cash Disbursement Book

Fig. 17. Cash Disbursement Log

Our voucher register being in balance, footings are now posted. The total of vouchers payable column is posted to the credit of that account in the general or private ledger, and the footings of the distribution columns are posted to the debit of their respective accounts.

Our voucher register is balanced, and the totals are now recorded. The total from the vouchers payable column is credited to that account in the general or private ledger, and the totals from the distribution columns are debited to their respective accounts.

Fig. 17 illustrates how the payments are recorded on the disbursement or credit side of the cash book. When the checks are written they are entered in the cash book, from which they are posted[297] to the voucher register. Voucher numbers are entered when the amounts are posted.

Fig. 17 shows how payments are recorded on the disbursement or credit side of the cash book. When checks are written, they are logged in the cash book, from which they are transferred[297] to the voucher register. Voucher numbers are recorded when the amounts are posted.

At the end of the month the columns are footed, and the totals of the discount and check columns are posted to the debit of vouchers payable. Footings of discount and total columns are posted to the credit of discount on purchases and bank accounts.

At the end of the month, the columns are totaled, and the totals for the discount and check columns are recorded as debits to vouchers payable. The totals for the discount and total columns are recorded as credits to discount on purchases and bank accounts.

The vouchers payable account in the ledger would now appear as follows:

The vouchers payable account in the ledger would now look like this:

Vouchers Payable
Dr. Cr. Balance
$777.00 $1,216.50 $439.50

We have already seen that the voucher register balances, and turning to that record, we find the footing of the unpaid vouchers column to be $439.50, which agrees with the balance of vouchers payable account.

We have already seen that the voucher register balances, and looking at that record, we find the total of the unpaid vouchers column to be $439.50, which matches the balance of the vouchers payable account.

EXERCISE

Workout

Prepare a form of voucher register providing for distribution to the following accounts: Merchandise, Purchases, In-Freight, Expense, Salaries, and Sundries. One of the chief requisites of the accountant is the ability to prepare suitable forms for accounting records. Care should be used in preparing this form to omit no detail that should be included in such a voucher register.

Prepare a voucher register that allows for distribution to the following accounts: Merchandise, Purchases, In-Freight, Expense, Salaries, and Miscellaneous. One of the main skills an accountant needs is the ability to create appropriate forms for accounting records. It's important to be careful when preparing this form to ensure that no necessary details are left out of the voucher register.

When the register has been prepared, record the following transactions.

When the register is ready, log the following transactions.

—Feb. 12th—
Enter the following invoices
#1 Jones & Laughlin
For merchandise $164.20
Date 2/10, Terms 2/10, N/30.
#2 Francis & Roberts
For expense
Date 2/12, Terms cash 27.50
—Feb. 13th—
#3 David Nelson & Sons
For merchandise 239.80
Date 2/11, Terms 3/10, N/30
Paid Henry Meyer
For salary 25.00
Check #1
—Feb. 14th—[298]
Paid Jones & Laughlin
by check #2, Voucher #1
less cash discount
—Feb. 15th—
Paid Francis & Roberts
by Check #3, Voucher #2
less cash discount
—Feb. 16th—
Paid David Newman
for rent 40.00
Check #4
—Feb. 17th—
Enter the following invoices
#4 National Furniture Co.
For office furniture 65.00
Date 2/16, Terms 2/10, N/30
#5 Watkins & Hollister
For merchandise 84.00
Date 2/15, Terms 2/10, N/30
—Feb. 19th—
Paid David Gillette, Agt.
For in-freight 9.62
Check #5

Foot all columns as for posting at end of the month.

Foot all columns as you would for posting at the end of the month.

UNIT SYSTEM OF VOUCHER ACCOUNTING

Unit System of Voucher Accounting

16. In all classes of accounting records, the unit system is rapidly gaining in popularity. The unit system, so called, consists of individual records of each transaction or each item recorded, instead of a combination of several transactions in one record.

16. In all types of accounting records, the unit system is quickly becoming popular. The unit system refers to having individual records for each transaction or item recorded, rather than grouping several transactions into one record.

The increase in the use of the unit system has been brought about very largely by the improvements in typewriters, which make it possible to produce several copies of a given document at one writing. An example of the application of the unit idea is seen in modern sales records, where duplicate invoices are made, one copy serving as a sales sheet and posting medium.

The rise in the use of the unit system is mainly due to advancements in typewriters, which allow for multiple copies of a document to be created in a single write-up. A good example of this unit concept can be found in today’s sales records, where duplicate invoices are generated, with one copy acting as both a sales sheet and a way to post sales information.

A VIEW IN THE GENERAL OFFICES OF THE S. OBERMAYER CO., CINCINNATI, OHIO

A VIEW IN THE GENERAL OFFICES OF THE S. OBERMAYER CO., CINCINNATI, OHIO

The unit system has been very successfully applied to voucher accounting, saving much time and resulting in very complete records. Compared with ordinary voucher systems, the most prominent feature of the unit system is a method of distribution by filing, rather than by means of a voucher register.

The unit system has been effectively used in voucher accounting, saving a lot of time and creating very thorough records. Unlike traditional voucher systems, the most notable aspect of the unit system is its filing method of distribution instead of relying on a voucher register.

All vouchers are made on the typewriter, in manifold, one or more copies being used for record purposes only. The original is used exactly as described in the preceding pages.

All vouchers are created on the typewriter, in multiple copies, with one or more copies used solely for record-keeping. The original is used exactly as described in the previous pages.

An essential feature of the system is that a copy of the voucher is provided for each account to which it is to be distributed. When one account only is involved, the voucher is made in duplicate, but if the amount is to be distributed to two accounts an extra copy is required. The voucher should be so arranged that the distribution can be shown on the face of the duplicate and triplicate copies.

An essential feature of the system is that a copy of the voucher is provided for each account to which it is to be distributed. When only one account is involved, the voucher is created in duplicate, but if the amount is to be distributed to two accounts, an additional copy is needed. The voucher should be arranged in such a way that the distribution can be shown on the front of the duplicate and triplicate copies.

The duplicate voucher is filed according to its distribution, instead of recording the amount in the voucher register. A vertical file is used for this purpose. The index cards are headed with the names of the accounts, and are arranged in the order of the accounts in the ledger; this being the order in which the same accounts would be arranged in a voucher register. Back of each index is a folder in which the vouchers are filed.

The duplicate voucher is organized based on its distribution rather than logging the amount in the voucher register. A vertical file is used for this. The index cards are labeled with the names of the accounts and arranged in the same order as the accounts in the ledger; this is the same order that would be used in a voucher register. Behind each index is a folder where the vouchers are stored.

Each voucher copy is filed in the folder representing its proper account, and is securely fastened to the folder with a staple or paper fastener. When this voucher is filed it is also recorded on the outside of the folder, which is printed as shown in Fig. 18.

Each voucher copy is stored in the folder for its corresponding account, and it is securely attached to the folder with a staple or paper fastener. When this voucher is filed, it is also noted on the outside of the folder, which is printed as shown in Fig. 18.

This form is designed for a record of amounts, distributed under the proper monthly headings. The amount of each voucher is carried to the current month's column. At the end of the month, the footing of the column shows the amount to be charged to that particular account in the general ledger.

This form is meant to keep track of amounts, organized by the correct monthly headings. Each voucher's amount is entered in the current month's column. At the end of the month, the total in the column indicates the amount to be charged to that specific account in the general ledger.

To arrive at the total of vouchers payable account, a recapitulation sheet, ruled as shown in Fig. 19, is used. This is an index card, and is placed in the front of the file. Totals of all account folders are entered in the proper columns of this sheet, at the end of each month. Payments are posted to this sheet at the end of the month, from the cash book, and the balance extended. This balance, of course, represents the unpaid vouchers and is checked against the unpaid voucher file.

To determine the total for the vouchers payable account, a recap sheet, formatted like Fig. 19, is utilized. This serves as an index card and is placed at the front of the file. At the end of each month, the totals from all account folders are entered into the appropriate columns on this sheet. Payments are recorded on this sheet at the end of the month, using information from the cash book, and the balance is calculated. This balance represents the unpaid vouchers and is compared against the unpaid voucher file.

Fig. 18. Front of Folder for Unit System of Voucher Accounting

Fig. 18. Front of Folder for Unit System of Voucher Accounting

Fig. 19. Monthly Recapitulation for Unit System of Voucher Accounting

Fig. 19. Monthly Summary for Unit System of Voucher Accounting

The totals of the different account columns are posted to their respective accounts in the general ledgers, either directly from the recapitulation sheet, or through the journal. The recapitulation sheet, as here shown, is a transcript of the vouchers payable account, and might be used as a ledger card, but it is generally considered better practice to carry the account in the general or private ledger, as usual.

The totals from the different account columns are entered into their respective accounts in the general ledgers, either directly from the summary sheet or through the journal. The summary sheet, as displayed here, is a record of the accounts payable, and it could be used like a ledger card, but it's usually regarded as better practice to maintain the account in the general or private ledger, as is typical.

Such a voucher system furnishes a complete record, with much less transcribing of items, than is involved in the use of the voucher register. The copy of the voucher is made at the same writing as the original, the amount of each individual voucher is entered but once, on the account folder, and monthly totals, only, are carried to the distribution columns on the recapitulation card.

Such a voucher system provides a complete record with much less duplication of items compared to using a voucher register. The copy of the voucher is created at the same time as the original, the amount of each individual voucher is recorded only once on the account folder, and only the monthly totals are transferred to the distribution columns on the summary card.

This system is equally well adapted to the loose-leaf method. A sheet is used for each account, behind which the vouchers are filed, and a monthly recapitulation sheet is provided for distribution.

This system also works well with the loose-leaf method. A sheet is used for each account, with the vouchers filed behind it, and there's a monthly summary sheet provided for distribution.

COMBINED PURCHASE LEDGER AND INVOICE FILE

COMBINED PURCHASE LEDGER AND INVOICE FILE

17. Not every business readily adapts itself to a complete voucher system. Special conditions sometimes arise which make it seem advisable to keep ledger accounts with all firms from whom the business is making purchases. A case in point is a business, lacking capital to pay all bills promptly, necessitating payments on account, or by note, instead of payments covering certain invoices in full.

17. Not every business easily switches to a full voucher system. Sometimes, specific situations come up that make it seem better to maintain ledger accounts with all the companies from which the business is buying. For example, a business that doesn’t have enough money to pay all its bills on time might need to make partial payments or pay by note rather than settling certain invoices completely.

To obviate the difficulties, in maintaining a complete voucher record, under these and similar conditions, many substitutes have been devised. As an example of what may be accomplished in this direction, we illustrate a system which is in successful operation in a manufacturing business.

To avoid the challenges of keeping a complete voucher record in these and similar situations, many alternatives have been created. As an example of what can be achieved in this area, we present a system that is currently working well in a manufacturing business.

In the ledger, the usual nominal accounts are kept but no purchase or voucher register is used. Columns are provided on the credit side of the cash book for such expense accounts as are usually paid in cash, that is, for which no invoices are rendered, and for accounts payable.

In the ledger, the typical nominal accounts are maintained, but no purchase or voucher register is used. There are columns on the credit side of the cash book for expense accounts that are usually paid in cash, meaning those that don’t have invoices, and for accounts payable.

For the purchase accounts with firms and individuals, a vertical file is used. Each creditor is assigned a folder, on the front of which a suitable record form is printed. This form is shown in Fig. 20. The name and address are written at the top, and the ledger account is kept in the columns at the extreme left of the form. All of the[302] columns for distribution are left blank, it being seldom that purchases from one firm are distributed to more than a half dozen different accounts.

For the purchase accounts with companies and individuals, a vertical file is used. Each creditor gets a folder, and a relevant record form is printed on the front. This form is shown in Fig. 20. The name and address are written at the top, and the ledger account is maintained in the columns on the far left of the form. All of the[302] columns for distribution are left blank, as it's rare for purchases from one company to be distributed to more than six different accounts.

When an invoice has been O. K.'d it is immediately filed in the proper folder. The total is entered in the credit column and distributed to the proper accounts, the names of which are written at the head of the distribution columns. Payments on account are posted to these ledger accounts from the cash book.

When an invoice has been approved, it is immediately filed in the correct folder. The total is entered in the credit column and allocated to the appropriate accounts, whose names are listed at the top of the distribution columns. Payments on account are recorded in these ledger accounts from the cash book.

If the distribution is properly made, the totals of all distribution columns will agree with the total of the credit column. At the end of the month the total of these distribution columns on the individual account folders are drawn off on the monthly recapitulation sheet illustrated by Fig. 21. The totals shown by the recapitulation are posted to the debit of the corresponding ledger accounts, while the grand total is posted to the credit of accounts payable account;—which is the controlling account of the purchase ledger. Totals of payments on account are posted to the controlling account from the cash book.

If the distribution is done correctly, the totals of all distribution columns will match the total of the credit column. At the end of the month, the total of these distribution columns from the individual account folders is recorded on the monthly summary sheet shown in Fig. 21. The totals from the summary are posted as debits to the corresponding ledger accounts, while the grand total is posted as a credit to the accounts payable account, which is the main account of the purchase ledger. Totals of payments made are posted to the main account from the cash book.

The proof of accuracy of the controlling account is found in the usual way, by checking against the balances of the individual purchase accounts.

The accuracy of the controlling account is verified in the usual manner, by comparing it with the balances of the individual purchase accounts.

With this system, invoices are filed, and the amounts posted, with practically one operation. The items which make up each ledger account are distributed as soon as posted, totals only being carried to the recapitulation sheet, from whence they reach the ledger.

With this system, invoices are filed and amounts recorded in basically one step. The items that make up each ledger account are distributed immediately after posting, with only the totals being transferred to the summary sheet, from which they go to the ledger.

Accounts are quickly located, as the folders are indexed alphabetically. When an account is balanced it must be left in its place until the end of the month, provided credits have been entered in the current month, so that totals of distribution will be carried to the recapitulation sheet. At the end of the month, all accounts which balance may be transferred to a section of the file reserved for closed accounts. Should any of these accounts again become active, they are transferred to the regular file without the slightest confusion.

Accounts are easily found because the folders are organized in alphabetical order. When an account is balanced, it must stay in its place until the end of the month, as long as credits have been entered for that month, so that the distribution totals can be moved to the summary sheet. At the end of the month, all accounts that are balanced can be moved to a section of the file set aside for closed accounts. If any of these accounts become active again, they can be switched back to the regular file without any hassle.

For the purpose of saving time, the balances of all open accounts may be drawn off when the totals of the distribution columns are obtained.

For the sake of saving time, the balances of all open accounts can be taken once the totals of the distribution columns are calculated.

Fig. 20. Combined Purchase Ledger and Voucher System

Fig. 20. Combined Purchase Ledger and Voucher System

Fig. 21. Monthly Recapitulation and Distribution Sheet

Fig. 21. Monthly Summary and Distribution Sheet

While not recommended for general adoption this system has its points of merit, and in certain contingencies would undoubtedly prove very satisfactory. The main reason for its publication in this work is to show the possibilities of modifying a system, in respect to details, without destroying its more important features. The voucher feature, the obtaining of a formal receipt for every payment, can be maintained just as effectively with this system as with a more formal voucher system.

While not suggested for widespread use, this system has its advantages, and in specific situations, it could work really well. The primary reason for including it in this work is to demonstrate how a system can be modified in terms of details without losing its key components. The voucher feature, which involves getting a formal receipt for every payment, can be just as effectively maintained with this system as it can be with a more traditional voucher system.

THE PRIVATE LEDGER

The Private Ledger

18. A ledger, devised to contain such accounts as the principals of a business desire to keep from the knowledge of the bookkeeper or other office employes, is known as a private ledger. The title is also frequently used to designate an ordinary general ledger.

18. A ledger designed to hold accounts that the business owners want to keep hidden from the bookkeeper or other office staff is called a private ledger. The term is also often used to refer to a standard general ledger.

The accounts most frequently found in the private ledger are Capital accounts, Profit and Loss, Reserves, Surplus, Bills Payable, Bonds and Mortgages Payable, and Controlling accounts with the general or personal ledgers. It may also contain such accounts as Salaries of Officers, or Partners, Investment and Drawing accounts, and accounts with real or nominal assets. If it is desired to keep from the employes, knowledge of the exact nature of any transaction, or the standing of a particular account, it can be done by making use of the private ledger.

The accounts most commonly found in the private ledger include Capital accounts, Profit and Loss, Reserves, Surplus, Bills Payable, Bonds and Mortgages Payable, and Controlling accounts linked to the general or personal ledgers. It may also include accounts like Salaries of Officers or Partners, Investment and Drawing accounts, and accounts involving real or nominal assets. If there's a need to keep employees unaware of the specific details of any transaction or the status of a particular account, this can be achieved by using the private ledger.

When both ledgers are used, the private ledger contains only those accounts which it is desired to keep private, while the general ledger is kept for all other accounts, except those included in the personal ledgers.

When both ledgers are used, the private ledger includes only those accounts that should remain private, while the general ledger is maintained for all other accounts, except for those found in the personal ledgers.

The private ledger is most commonly used in large businesses where, for various reasons, a number of employes have access to the books, and it is desired to keep them in ignorance of the private affairs of the concern. The private ledger is usually kept by one of the partners, an officer, the auditor, or the chief accountant.

The private ledger is typically used in large companies where, for various reasons, several employees have access to the records, and there's a desire to keep them unaware of the confidential matters of the business. The private ledger is generally maintained by one of the partners, an officer, the auditor, or the head accountant.

19. Advantages of Private Ledger. The primary advantage of the private ledger to the principals of a business, is that by its use, they can keep to themselves all details of transactions of a special nature.

19. Advantages of Private Ledger. The main benefit of the private ledger for business owners is that it allows them to keep all the details of specific transactions confidential.

Some other advantages that accrue to the principal may be enumerated as follows:

Some other benefits that come to the principal can be listed as follows:

He can, through the private ledger, keep an eye on the activities and condition of the business as a whole, or of any particular department or branch of that business.

He can, through the private ledger, monitor the activities and status of the business overall or any specific department or branch of that business.

He can keep in touch with the liabilities, or with the total amount of personal accounts outstanding.

He can track the liabilities or the total amount of outstanding personal accounts.

He can absolutely control the distribution of expense in manufacturing operations.

He can completely manage the allocation of costs in manufacturing operations.

He can keep from his employes, knowledge of the profits or losses of the business.

He can keep his employees in the dark about the company's profits or losses.

Partners can keep private the amount of their investments, or the salaries drawn.

Partners can keep the amount of their investments and their salaries confidential.

Salaries paid to individual officers or employes can be kept private.

Salaries paid to individual officers or employees can remain private.

Dividends declared, capital subscribed, investments of a special nature, or amount of assets of any kind, can all be kept from the knowledge of employes.

Dividends declared, capital subscribed, special investments, or any type of assets can all be kept from employees' knowledge.

20. How Operated. Accounts in the private ledger must not conflict with accounts in general or personal ledgers, and the fact that private accounts are kept should not interfere with the balance of the general books. To insure against any such conflict, a private ledger controlling account is kept in the general ledger.

20. How Operated. Accounts in the private ledger must not clash with accounts in the general or personal ledgers, and keeping private accounts shouldn't affect the balance of the general books. To prevent any conflicts, a private ledger controlling account is maintained in the general ledger.

In the general cash book, and sometimes in the journal, debit and credit columns headed Private Ledger are provided. All entries affecting private ledger accounts are extended in these columns, but no particulars are recorded. At the end of the month, the totals of these columns are posted to a private ledger account in the general ledger. This controlling account then appears in the general ledger trial balance, and must agree with the balance of accounts in the private ledger.

In the general cash book, and sometimes in the journal, there are debit and credit columns labeled Private Ledger. All entries that affect private ledger accounts are recorded in these columns, but no details are noted. At the end of the month, the totals from these columns are entered into a private ledger account in the general ledger. This controlling account then shows up in the general ledger trial balance and must match the balance of accounts in the private ledger.

With the private ledger a private journal is used, in which entries affecting private ledger accounts are made, with explanations in detail.

With the private ledger, a personal journal is kept, where detailed entries related to private ledger accounts are recorded, along with explanations.

As an example of the use of the private ledger we will suppose that a payment of $500.00 is to be made to a certain party, and it is desired to keep that transaction private. The bookkeeper is instructed to draw a check for the amount, to be charged to private ledger account. He enters the check in the general cash book, debiting private ledger and crediting cash or bank. The entry is posted from the general cash book to the private journal, where full particulars are recorded, from which it is posted to the private ledger. In the case referred to, the amount of the check is debited to the proper nominal account, and credited to a general ledger account.

As an example of using the private ledger, let's say a payment of $500.00 needs to be made to a certain party, and we want to keep that transaction private. The bookkeeper is instructed to write a check for that amount, charging it to the private ledger account. They enter the check in the general cash book, debiting the private ledger and crediting cash or the bank. The entry is then posted from the general cash book to the private journal, where all the details are recorded, and from there, it gets posted to the private ledger. In this case, the amount of the check is debited to the appropriate nominal account and credited to a general ledger account.

The general ledger account in the private ledger is a controlling account which agrees with the private ledger account in the general ledger. Only entries affecting general ledger accounts are posted to this account. Entries involving changes in private ledger accounts only, are made in the private journal direct.

The general ledger account in the private ledger is a control account that matches the private ledger account in the general ledger. Only transactions that impact general ledger accounts are recorded in this account. Transactions that only involve changes in private ledger accounts are entered directly in the private journal.

Some concerns keep the controlling accounts with the sales and purchase ledgers in the private ledger. At the end of the month, total debits and credits to accounts in these ledgers are entered in the private journal. These totals are obtained from the general cash book, sales book, purchase book, and any other books from which postings are regularly made.

Some issues maintain the controlling accounts with the sales and purchase ledgers in the private ledger. At the end of the month, total debits and credits to accounts in these ledgers are recorded in the private journal. These totals come from the general cash book, sales book, purchase book, and any other books from which postings are routinely made.

Fig. 22. Cash Book with Columns for Private Ledger Accounts

Fig. 22. Cash Book with Columns for Personal Ledger Accounts

When a private ledger is kept, it precludes the possibility of forced balances in the general ledger trial balance, since the balances of the private ledger accounts must agree with the private ledger controlling account in the general ledger, and if sales and purchase ledger controlling accounts are kept in the private ledger, these must balance with the personal accounts in those ledgers. The use of a private ledger not only acts as a check on trial balance errors, but simplifies the trial balance by making possible a proof of ledgers in sections.

When a private ledger is maintained, it eliminates the chance of discrepancies in the general ledger trial balance because the balances in the private ledger accounts need to match the private ledger controlling account in the general ledger. Additionally, if sales and purchase ledger controlling accounts are included in the private ledger, they must also align with the personal accounts in those ledgers. Using a private ledger not only serves as a way to catch trial balance mistakes, but it also streamlines the trial balance by allowing for proof of ledgers in sections.

Fig. 22 is an illustration of a cash book with columns for the private ledger account.

Fig. 22 shows a cash book with columns for the personal ledger account.

21. Manufacturing Accounts in the Private Ledger. Not infrequently, manufacturers find it advisable to keep private certain details which affect costs, or even all knowledge of the exact cost of their manufactured product. This may be done by keeping certain manufacturing controlling accounts in the private ledger.

21. Manufacturing Accounts in the Private Ledger. Often, manufacturers decide to keep specific details that impact costs, or even the exact cost of their products, private. This can be achieved by maintaining certain manufacturing control accounts in the private ledger.

In determining the cost of manufacture of any class of goods, three elements enter into the computation; material, labor, and expense. To determine the cost of the first two items is comparatively simple, requiring only an efficient system of records in the factory. But to determine the amount of expense of all classes, included in the cost of a given article, job, or operation, is more difficult.

In figuring out the manufacturing cost of any type of goods, three main factors come into play: materials, labor, and expenses. Calculating the cost of the first two is relatively straightforward and only needs an efficient record-keeping system in the factory. However, figuring out the total expenses involved in producing a specific item, job, or operation is more challenging.

A system of records that will show the exact cost of such items as power, heat, or taxes properly chargeable to an individual job or operation is obviously impossible, and it has been found necessary to apportion these, and all similar items of expense, on a percentage basis. Usually this percentage is based on some element of cost which can be determined with accuracy.

A record-keeping system that accurately displays the exact costs of things like power, heat, or taxes assigned to a specific job or operation is clearly unfeasible. Instead, it has become necessary to divide these and other similar expenses based on a percentage approach. Typically, this percentage is calculated based on some aspect of cost that can be determined accurately.

Cost accountants and engineers have worked out this percentage on the basis of various elements of cost, as direct labor, material, machine hour, man hour, or a combination of two or more of these elements. The exact method used, which must be adapted to the conditions existing in the individual factory, does not enter into this discussion.

Cost accountants and engineers have calculated this percentage based on different cost elements, such as direct labor, materials, machine hours, man hours, or a mix of two or more of these elements. The specific method used, which should be adjusted to fit the conditions of each individual factory, is not part of this discussion.

Since there are numerous items of expense of the character referred to, it is customary to group them, for purposes of cost computation. Sometimes all such expense items are grouped under the one head of General Expense. It is by means of a controlling account in the private ledger, that the distribution of expense is made, thereby keeping private the exact cost of manufacture.

Since there are many types of expenses like the ones mentioned, it's common to organize them for cost calculations. Sometimes all these expenses are combined under the category of General Expense. A controlling account in the private ledger is used to track the distribution of expenses, which keeps the exact manufacturing costs confidential.

The known cost of a certain job or article—the cost of material and labor—is frequently referred to as the prime cost. The duties of the cost clerk may end with determining the prime cost, his computations not including expense items.

The known cost of a specific job or item—the cost of materials and labor—is often called the prime cost. The responsibilities of the cost clerk may conclude with calculating the prime cost, and their calculations typically do not account for expense items.

The total cost of material and labor for the month is charged to private ledger account, material and labor accounts receiving proper credit. The exact amounts of the various items of expense for the month are also charged to private ledger account, with credits to expense accounts.

The total cost of materials and labor for the month is logged in a private ledger account, with appropriate credits given to material and labor accounts. The specific amounts for the different expense items for the month are also recorded in the private ledger account, along with credits to the expense accounts.

In the private journal, these items are charged to various controlling accounts, and credited to the general ledger controlling account. The usual entries are:

In the private journal, these items are assigned to different controlling accounts and credited to the general ledger controlling account. The common entries are:

Manufacturing Account   $______
General Ledger   $______
For material $______
For labor $______
Expense Distribution   $______
General Ledger   $______
For rent $______
For power $______
For repairs $______
Etc. Etc.

The percentage of expense for the current month on whatever element based, has been determined from the actual results of the preceding month. To illustrate, we will suppose that expense is apportioned on the basis of direct labor; the cost of this item during the month was $1,600.00, and the amount of expense charged to operation of the plant during the same period was $240.00;—which gives us a ratio of 15%.

The percentage of expenses for the current month, based on any element, has been calculated from the actual results of the previous month. For example, let's say expenses are allocated based on direct labor; the cost for this item during the month was $1,600.00, and the amount charged to plant operations during the same period was $240.00, which gives us a ratio of 15%.

We wish to determine the cost of jobs as they are completed during the current month. The records turned in by the cost department give us the actual cost of material and direct labor, but not knowing the exact ratio of expense to direct labor for this month, we use last month's ratio, and add an amount equal to 15% of the known cost of direct labor. When the actual results for the month are determined it is quite probable that the ratio will vary from last month's record, as either factor may change. It will be necessary to adjust this difference, which is the reason for an expense distribution or expense adjustment account in the private ledger.

We want to figure out the cost of jobs as they're finished this month. The reports from the cost department provide the actual costs for materials and direct labor, but since we don't know the exact expense ratio to direct labor for this month, we use last month's ratio and add an amount equal to 15% of the known direct labor costs. Once we have the actual results for the month, it's likely that the ratio will differ from last month's records, as either factor could fluctuate. We'll need to adjust for this difference, which is why there's an expense distribution or expense adjustment account in the private ledger.

By keeping the expense controlling account in the private ledger, the principal can keep private, not only the actual cost of an article, but the percentage of expense and the basis of the expense apportionment. If thought desirable, he can add further amounts for the purpose of establishing a selling price.

By maintaining the expense control account in the private ledger, the principal can keep private not only the actual cost of an item but also the percentage of expenses and the basis for distributing those expenses. If desired, he can add more amounts to help set a selling price.

In actual operation, the amount of expense to be charged against completed work will be computed, and the following entry made:

In practice, the costs to be charged to completed work will be calculated, and the following entry will be made:

Manufacturing Account $______
Expense Distribution   $______
The amount of expense charged to jobs completed.

If the expense ratio used were exact, the expense distribution account would balance at the end of each month, but owing to the fluctuations, a balance will remain. This is adjusted by increasing or decreasing the percentage used during the following month, and in this way the accounts are kept in balance.

If the expense ratio used were exact, the expense distribution account would balance at the end of each month, but due to fluctuations, a balance will remain. This is adjusted by increasing or decreasing the percentage used in the following month, and this way, the accounts are kept in balance.

Manufacturing account has been charged with labor, material, and expense,—the total manufacturing cost. Completed goods are charged to a finished goods account, the entry being:

Manufacturing costs include labor, materials, and expenses—the total manufacturing cost. Finished products are recorded in a finished goods account with the following entry:

Finished Goods $______
Manufacturing Account   $______
Net cost of goods completed

But manufacturing account will not balance, for there always will be work in process, and the balance of the account will be the cost to date of this work in process, a most important record.

But the manufacturing account won't balance because there will always be work in process, and the balance of the account will reflect the cost to date of this work in process, which is a very important record.

This discussion is not intended to cover every possible use of the private ledger, but, by means of examples, to suggest its possibilities. The explanations and examples should afford the student many hints of value.

This discussion isn't meant to cover every possible use of the private ledger, but rather to use examples to suggest its possibilities. The explanations and examples should give students plenty of useful hints.

EXERCISE

Workout

On a certain date, the following transactions are recorded on the books of Carter & Adams:

On a certain date, the following transactions are recorded in the books of Carter & Adams:

Purchases on account $560.00
Sales on account 420.00
Paid for rent 75.00
Sales for cash 82.00
Henry Carter (partner)
Withdrew cash 50.00
John Adams (partner)
Advanced to the business 300.00

What items in the above list of transactions should, in your opinion, be posted to the private ledger? On journal paper, make the entries and show necessary private ledger accounts.

What items from the list of transactions above do you think should be recorded in the private ledger? On journal paper, make the entries and display the necessary private ledger accounts.

CHARTING THE ACCOUNTS

MANAGING THE ACCOUNTS

22. The proper arrangement of the accounts of a business is best shown by a chart, in which the accounts to be kept are grouped according to their relative importance. In laying out a chart of accounts,[310] they should be first separated into their proper divisions. The natural divisions are capital, trading, and profit and loss.

22. The best way to organize a business's accounts is with a chart that groups the accounts based on their significance. When creating a chart of accounts,[310] these accounts should first be divided into their appropriate categories. The main categories are capital, trading, and profit and loss.

Each division contains only those accounts that naturally belong in that particular class. These divisions are then subdivided into groups containing specific kinds of accounts, the groups being arranged in logical sequence. As an example, the trading division of a manufacturing business is divided into manufacturing and trading. There may be several subdivisions of the manufacturing account; several classes of goods may be manufactured and a manufacturing account kept for each class, or it may be necessary to manufacture completed parts, each requiring a complete manufacturing process. Detailed costs being required for each of these completed parts, manufacturing accounts are kept for each, the main division representing the cost of the finished product, as a result of the assembling of the parts. The completed parts are treated as raw material, when drawn for use in the finished product, the total costs being finally absorbed by the main manufacturing account. One of the many examples that might be cited is a packing business, operating its own can factory and keeping a manufacturing account to show the cost of cans. Other accounts show the cost of the product packed in those cans, and both costs are absorbed in the cost of the commodity as marketed.

Each division contains only the accounts that naturally fit into that specific category. These divisions are then split into groups that include specific types of accounts, with the groups arranged in a logical order. For instance, the trading division of a manufacturing business is split into manufacturing and trading. There might be several subdivisions of the manufacturing account; various types of goods may be produced, and a manufacturing account is maintained for each type, or it may be necessary to produce finished parts, each requiring a complete manufacturing process. Detailed costs are needed for each of these finished parts, so manufacturing accounts are kept for each, with the main division representing the total cost of the finished product, which results from assembling the parts. The finished parts are considered raw materials when used in the final product, and the total costs are ultimately accounted for in the main manufacturing account. One example of this is a packing business that runs its own can factory and maintains a manufacturing account to track the cost of cans. Other accounts reflect the cost of the product packed into those cans, and both costs are included in the total cost of the marketed commodity.

The trading account is similarly subdivided. In a department store, the manager of a department may receive a certain percentage of the profits of his department. This necessitates trading accounts for each department. A mercantile concern may operate branch stores and keep trading accounts with each, on the books of the main office; a factory may produce several lines of goods, with a corresponding subdivision of trading accounts.

The trading account is similarly divided. In a department store, the manager of a department may receive a certain percentage of the profits from their department. This requires trading accounts for each department. A retail business might operate branch stores and maintain trading accounts for each one on the main office's books; a factory could produce several lines of products, with a corresponding division of trading accounts.

A chart of accounts not only furnishes a guide to the bookkeeper, but presents in the most logical form, the natural divisions of the business. It is both a working guide and a mirror of the accounting records.

A chart of accounts not only serves as a guide for the bookkeeper, but also displays the natural divisions of the business in the most logical way. It acts as both a practical reference and a reflection of the accounting records.

23. Chart of Small Trading Business. The most simple chart of accounts is one for a small trading business conducted by a single proprietor. Following is a chart of the accounts of such a business.

23. Chart of Small Trading Business. The simplest chart of accounts is for a small trading business run by a single owner. Below is a chart of the accounts for this type of business.

Fig. 23. Chart of Profit and Loss Accounts

Fig. 23. Chart of Profit and Loss Accounts

A study of this chart will disclose the reasons for the general grouping of the accounts. The first general group, capital accounts is subdivided into assets and liabilities. The assets are grouped in the order of their availability; the order in which they can most readily be converted into cash. The liabilities are grouped according to the security; unsecured, secured and capital.

A look at this chart will reveal the reasons for the overall grouping of the accounts. The first general group, capital accounts, is divided into assets and liabilities. The assets are organized by how quickly they can be turned into cash. The liabilities are categorized based on their security: unsecured, secured, and capital.

There being but one trading account, it is represented by a single group, purchases and in-freight representing the cost of goods, and sales the gross proceeds. The balance of this account exhibits the gross profits.

There is only one trading account, represented by a single group, with purchases and in-freight showing the cost of goods, and sales indicating the total earnings. The balance of this account shows the gross profits.

Fig. 24. Chart of Profit and Loss Accounts

Fig. 24. Chart of Profit and Loss Accounts

We now come to the profit and loss account by which the trading or gross profits are absorbed. This group contains, first, the revenue producing accounts not represented in the trading account; second, the revenue expenditures or expense accounts. The outer brackets of the chart group all of the accounts under Debit and Credit. This shows that the balances of the accounts are debit or credit as the case may be.

We now arrive at the profit and loss statement where trading or gross profits are accounted for. This section includes, first, the revenue-generating accounts not shown in the trading statement; second, the revenue expenditures or expense accounts. The outer brackets of the chart group all the accounts under Debit and Credit. This indicates whether the balances of the accounts are debit or credit, depending on the situation.

We have traced the profits to the profit and loss account, but in closing the books they will finally be absorbed by the proprietor's capital account. The chart, Fig. 23, traces the profits from trading to proprietor's account. In the trading account, the gross profit completes the balance. This profit is now absorbed by the profit and[313] loss account. Net profit completes the balance of profit and loss account, and is, in turn, absorbed by the proprietor's account. Here, the net profit added to previous investment, equals the present worth. The chart, Fig. 24, also traces profits to the proprietor's account.

We have tracked the profits to the profit and loss account, but when finalizing the books, they will ultimately be included in the owner's capital account. The chart, Fig. 23, shows the profits from trading going into the owner’s account. In the trading account, the gross profit completes the balance. This profit is now included in the profit and[313]loss account. Net profit completes the balance of the profit and loss account and is then included in the owner’s account. Here, the net profit added to the previous investment equals the current value. The chart, Fig. 24, also shows profits going to the owner’s account.

24. Chart of Manufacturing Accounts. A chart of the accounts of a manufacturing business follows similar lines to that of a trading business, the only change being the addition of the accounts of the manufacturing group. The accounts of this group will depend both upon the nature of the business and the extent to which the details of operation are recorded.

24. Chart of Manufacturing Accounts. A chart of the accounts for a manufacturing business is similar to that of a trading business, with the only difference being the inclusion of accounts for the manufacturing group. The accounts in this group will depend on both the type of business and how detailed the operational records are.

A chart of the accounts of a harness and saddlery manufacturing business is given herein. This business is divided into three departments; harness, collar, and saddlery.

A chart of the accounts for a harness and saddlery manufacturing business is provided here. This business is divided into three departments: harness, collar, and saddlery.

A record of the gross profits, resulting from the operation of each department, being desired, we have three manufacturing and three trading accounts.

A record of the overall profits from the operation of each department is needed, so we have three manufacturing accounts and three trading accounts.

The chart shows the accounts classified to exhibit detailed operations of each department. The number of accounts in this chart is 98. This is rather more than is required in the average business of this character, but the chart furnishes a good illustration of the possibility of segregating accounts of various classes.

The chart displays the accounts organized to show the detailed operations of each department. There are 98 accounts in this chart, which is more than what is typically needed in an average business of this type, but it provides a clear example of how different types of accounts can be separated.

Even so large a number of accounts, with the minute subdivisions here shown, does not present the difficulties that might appear at first glance. The principal requirement is a thorough knowledge of the items entering into each account; the actual keeping of the accounts is a matter of close attention to these details. When an elaborate chart of accounts is laid out, it should be accompanied by detailed explanations and instructions. Some large concerns issue printed instructions which are given to all officers and employes who may be called upon to determine, to what account an item should be charged.

Even with such a large number of accounts and the detailed subdivisions shown here, it doesn't pose the challenges that might seem obvious at first. The main need is a deep understanding of the items that go into each account; actually managing the accounts requires careful attention to these details. When a complex chart of accounts is created, it should come with thorough explanations and instructions. Some large companies provide printed instructions to all officers and employees who may need to decide which account an item should be charged to.

CHART OF ACCOUNTS—HARNESS MANUFACTURING

CHART OF ACCOUNTS—HARNESS MAKING

Capital Accounts

Capital Accounts

Assets

Assets

1 Cash

Cash

2 Bills Receivable

2 Accounts Receivable

[314]

3 Accounts Receivable

3 Accounts Receivable

Inventories—Harness Department

Inventories - Management Department

4 Finished Stock

4 Finished Goods

5 Leather

5 Leather

6 Hardware

6 Tech Gear

7 Supplies

7 Supplies

Inventories—Collar Department

Inventories - Collar Section

8 Finished Stock

8 Finished Goods

9 Leather

9 Leather

10 Hardware

10 Gadgets

11 Supplies

11 Supplies

Inventories—Saddlery Department

Inventories—Saddle Department

12 Finished Stock

12 Completed Stock

13 Leather

13 Leather

14 Hardware

14 Tech Gear

15 Supplies

15 Items

Inventories—Machinery

Inventory—Machinery

16 Machinery—Harness

16 Equipment—Harness

17 Machinery—Collar

17 Machinery—Neckline

18 Machinery—Saddlery

18 Machinery - Saddlery

Inventories—Tools

Inventories—Tools and Resources

19 Tools—Harness

19 Tools—Leverage

20 Tools—Collar

20 Tools—Collar

21 Tools—Saddlery

21 Tools—Leatherworking

Inventories—General

Inventories - General

22 Office Fixtures and Supplies

22 Office Furniture and Supplies

23 Delivery Equipment

23 Delivery Gear

24 Real Estate—Land and Buildings

24 Real Estate—Properties and Buildings

Liabilities

Debts

25 Accounts Payable

25 Accounts Payable

26 Bills Payable

26 Accounts Payable

27 Mortgages

27 Home Loans

Reserves

Reserves

28 Depreciation of Buildings

28 Building Depreciation

29 Depreciation of Machinery

29 Equipment Depreciation

30 Depreciation of Tools and Fixtures

30 Depreciation of Tools and Fixtures

31 Bad Debts

31 Unpaid Invoices

32 Capital Stock

32 Shares

33 Surplus

33 Surplus

Manufacturing Accounts

Manufacturing Statements

A Harness Department

Harness Department

34 Purchases—Leather

34 Purchases—Leather Goods

35 Purchases—Hardware

35 Purchases—Tech Gear

36 Purchases—Supplies

36 Purchases - Supplies

37 In-Freight

37 In-Freight

38 Labor—Cutting Department

38 Labor—Cutting Dept

39 Labor—Manufacturing Department

39 Labor—Manufacturing Division

[315]

40 Inventory Adjustment

40 Stock Adjustment

B Collar Department

Blue Collar Department

41 Purchases—Leather

41 Purchases—Leather Goods

42 Purchases—Hardware

42 Purchases—Tech Gear

43 Purchases—Supplies

43 Purchases—Supplies

44 In-freight

44 Shipping费用

45 Labor—Cutting Department

45 Labor – Cutting Dept

46 Labor—Manufacturing Department

46 Labor—Manufacturing Dept.

47 Inventory Adjustment

47 Inventory Update

C Saddlery Department

C Saddlery Department

48 Purchases—Leather

48 Purchases—Leather Goods

49 Purchases—Hardware

49 Hardware Purchases

50 Purchases—Supplies

50 Purchases - Supplies

51 In-Freight

51 In-Freight

52 Labor—Cutting Department

52 Labor - Cutting Dept

53 Labor—Manufacturing Department

53 Labor - Manufacturing Dept

54 Inventory Adjustment

54 Inventory Update

D Manufacturing Expense Adjustment

D Manufacturing Expense Adjustment

55 Power, Heat and Light

55 Energy, Heat, and Light

56 Engine Room Supplies

56 Engine Room Supplies

57 Salaries—Superintendent and Factory Clerks

57 Salaries—Superintendent and Factory Staff

58 Wages Engineers and Miscellaneous

58 Salaries Engineers and Miscellaneous

59 General Factory Expense

General Factory Overhead

60 Repairs and Maintenance—Buildings

60 Repairs and Maintenance—Buildings

61 Repairs and Maintenance—Machinery

61 Repairs and Maintenance—Equipment

62 Repairs and Maintenance—Tools

62 Repairs & Maintenance—Tools

Trading Accounts

Trading Accounts

E  Harness Department

E Harness Team

63 Sales

63 Sales

64 Returns and Allowances

Returns and Refunds

65 Inventory Adjustment

65 Stock Adjustment

F Collar Department

F Collar Department

66 Sales

66 Sales

67 Returns and Allowances

67 Returns and Discounts

68 Inventory Adjustment

68 Inventory Change

G Saddlery Department

G Saddlery Dept.

69 Sales

69 Sales

70 Returns and Allowances

70 Returns & Allowances

71 Inventory Adjustment

71 Inventory Update

H Profit and Loss

H Profit & Loss

72 Interest Credits

72 Interest Credits

73 Cash Discount Credits

73 Cash Discount Credits

74 Rent Credits

74 Rent Credits

I Administration

Admin

75 Insurance and Taxes

75 Insurance & Taxes

76 Salaries—Officers

76 Salaries - Officers

77 Salaries—Bookkeepers and Clerks

77 Salaries—Bookkeepers and Admin Staff

78 Printing and Stationery

78 Print and Stationery

79 Legal Expenses

79 Legal Fees

[316]

80 Postage, Telegraph and Telephone

80 Mail, Telegram, and Phone

81 Office Expenses

81 Office Costs

82 Traveling Expense—Officers

82 Travel Expenses—Officers

83 Misc. General Expense

83 Misc. General Expenses

J Sales Expense

Sales Expense

84 Advertising

84 Ads

85 Salaries—Salesmen

85 Salesmen Salaries

86 Commission

86 Commission

87 Traveling Expense—Salesmen

87 Travel Expenses—Salespeople

88 Trade Show Expense

88 Trade Show Costs

89 Out-Freight and Express

89 Outbound Freight and Express

K Collecting

Collecting

90 Collection Fees

90 Collection Charges

91 Cash Discounts Allowed

91 Cash Discounts Granted

L Delivery Expense

Delivery Fee

92 Wages

92 Pay

93 Maintenance Horses and Wagons

93 Maintenance Horses and Wagons

94 Maintenance Motor Trucks

94 Maintenance Trucks

M Depreciation Adjustment

M Depreciation Adjustment

95 Buildings

95 Buildings

96 Machinery

96 Machinery

97 Tools and Fixtures

97 Tools & Fixtures

98 Bad Debts

98 Bad Debt

25. Chart Explained. The following explanations will give the student a working knowledge of the operation of these accounts. Accounts, 1 to 33, inclusive, comprising assets and liabilities, are omitted, as no instructions will be required for keeping these accounts. All accounts are referred to by number.

25. Chart Explained. The following explanations will provide the student with a practical understanding of how these accounts work. Accounts 1 to 33, which include assets and liabilities, are excluded since no guidance is needed for managing these accounts. All accounts are referenced by their numbers.

34. Purchases—Leather. Charged with all purchases of leather for use in harness department. Credited with all leather transferred to other departments.

34. Purchases—Leather. Accounted for all purchases of leather used in the harness department. Credited for all leather transferred to other departments.

35. Purchases—Hardware. Charged with all purchases of hardware for use in harness department. Credited with all hardware transferred to other departments,

35. Purchases—Hardware. Responsible for all hardware purchases for the harness department. Given credit for all hardware transferred to other departments.

36. Purchases—Supplies. Charged with all purchases of supplies and materials, other than leather and hardware, for use in harness department. Credited with all transfers to other departments.

36. Purchases—Supplies. Responsible for all purchases of supplies and materials, except for leather and hardware, intended for use in the harness department. Given credit for all transfers to other departments.

37. In-Freight. Charged with the cost of freight and cartage on all purchases for the harness department. Totals pro-rated to department purchase accounts at the end of each month.

37. In-Freight. Charged for the expenses of shipping and delivery on all purchases for the harness department. Totals calculated and allocated to department purchase accounts at the end of each month.

38. Labor—Cutting Department. Charged with the wages of all men employed in cutting department, including foreman.

38. Labor—Cutting Department. Responsible for the wages of all staff working in the cutting department, including the foreman.

39. Labor—Manufacturing Department. Charged with the wages of all harness makers, and others employed in the harness manufacturing department.

39. Labor—Manufacturing Department. Responsible for the wages of all harness makers and others working in the harness manufacturing department.

40. Inventory Adjustment. An account used for the temporary adjustment of inventories for the purpose of obtaining monthly balances. At the end of the fiscal period, or whenever the books are closed, the balance of this account is transferred to inventory accounts.

40. Inventory Adjustment. An account used for temporarily adjusting inventories to get monthly balances. At the end of the fiscal period, or whenever the books are closed, the balance of this account is transferred to the inventory accounts.

Accounts 34 to 40, inclusive, are finally closed into a harness manufacturing account.

Accounts 34 to 40, inclusive, are now finalized in a harness manufacturing account.

The same instructions apply to accounts 41 to 47, inclusive, in respect to the collar department, and to accounts 48 to 54, inclusive, in respect to the saddlery department.

The same instructions apply to accounts 41 to 47, inclusive, for the collar department, and to accounts 48 to 54, inclusive, for the saddlery department.

55. Power, Heat and Light. Charged with all fuel and electric power, consumed for power, heat and light.

55. Power, Heat and Light. Supplied with all the fuel and electricity used for power, heating, and lighting.

56. Engine Room Supplies. Charged with all oils, waste and other supplies, used in the engine room.

56. Engine Room Supplies. Loaded with all oils, waste, and other supplies used in the engine room.

57. Salaries—Superintendents and Factory Clerks. Charged with salaries of general superintendent, superintendent's clerk and all clerks employed exclusively in the factory, as time keepers and clerks.

57. Salaries—Superintendents and Factory Clerks. Responsible for the salaries of the general superintendent, the superintendent's clerk, and all clerks who work solely in the factory as timekeepers and clerks.

58. Wages—Engineers and Miscellaneous. Charged with wages of engineer and assistants, wages of shipping clerk and assistants, wages of receiving and stock clerks, wages of all general laborers whose time is not chargeable to a specific department.

58. Wages—Engineers and Miscellaneous. Includes the pay for engineers and their assistants, the pay for the shipping clerk and their assistants, the pay for receiving clerks and stock clerks, and the pay for all general laborers whose time isn’t allocated to a specific department.

59. General Factory Expense. Charged with all miscellaneous items of factory expense not provided for in other accounts.

59. General Factory Expense. Covers all miscellaneous factory expenses that aren't included in other accounts.

60. Repairs and Maintenance—Buildings. Charged with all material and labor consumed in the repairs and maintenance of buildings.

60. Repairs and Maintenance—Buildings. Responsible for all materials and labor used in the repairs and upkeep of buildings.

61. Repairs and Maintenance—Machinery. Charged with same items as No. 60, as applied to machinery.

61. Repairs and Maintenance—Machinery. Same charges as No. 60, applied to machinery.

62. Repairs and Maintenance—Tools. Same as No. 61, applied to tools.

62. Repairs and Maintenance—Tools. Same as No. 61, applied to tools.

Accounts 55 to 62, inclusive, are closed into a manufacturing expense adjustment account, monthly. This account is credited with expense charged to each departmental manufacturing account, the distribution being made on a percentage basis.

Accounts 55 to 62, inclusive, are closed into a manufacturing expense adjustment account each month. This account is credited with expenses charged to each departmental manufacturing account, with the distribution done on a percentage basis.

63. Sales—Harness Department. Credited with the amount of all sales in the harness department.

63. Sales—Harness Department. Accounted for the total sales in the harness department.

64. Returns and Allowances. Charged with all returns and allowances on account of harness sales, except cash discount.

64. Returns and Allowances. Responsible for all returns and allowances related to harness sales, except for cash discounts.

65. Inventory Adjustment. An account used for the temporary adjustment of inventories of finished stock, for the purpose of obtaining monthly statements of gross profits. At the end of the fiscal year, the balance of the account is transferred to inventory of finished goods account, through the trading account.

65. Inventory Adjustment. An account used for the temporary adjustment of finished stock inventories to generate monthly reports on gross profits. At the end of the fiscal year, the account balance is moved to the finished goods inventory account through the trading account.

Accounts 63 to 65, inclusive, are closed into a harness trading account, at the end of the fiscal year. For purposes of comparison, monthly trading statements are made, leaving these accounts undisturbed until the end of the year.

Accounts 63 to 65, inclusive, are consolidated into a harness trading account at the end of the fiscal year. For comparison purposes, monthly trading statements are prepared, keeping these accounts unchanged until the year ends.

Accounts 66 to 68, inclusive, and 69 to 71, inclusive, are handled exactly the same manner, in relation to the collar and saddlery departments.

Accounts 66 to 68, inclusive, and 69 to 71, inclusive, are managed in the same way regarding the collar and saddlery departments.

72. Interest Credits. Credited with all interest collected on past due accounts, or received on outside investments.

72. Interest Credits. All interest collected on overdue accounts or earned from external investments will be credited.

73. Cash Discount Credits. Credited with all discounts earned by the prepayment of bills.

73. Cash Discount Credits. Credited with all discounts earned from paying bills early.

74. Rent Credits. Credited with all amounts received from rentals of property owned by the company, or as a result of subletting leased property.

74. Rent Credits. Credited with all amounts received from rentals of property owned by the company, or from subletting leased property.

75. Insurance and Taxes. Charged with all sums paid for fire, liability or other insurance, state and municipal taxes, and license fees.

75. Insurance and Taxes. Responsible for all amounts paid for fire, liability, or other types of insurance, state and local taxes, and licensing fees.

76. Salaries—Officers. Charged with the salaries of all administrative officers, and directors' fees.

76. Salaries—Officers. Responsible for the salaries of all administrative officers and directors' fees.

77. Salaries—Bookkeeper and Clerks. Charged with amounts of salaries of all bookkeepers, stenographers, and other office clerks.

77. Salaries—Bookkeeper and Clerks. Charged with the salaries of all bookkeepers, stenographers, and other office clerks.

78. Printing and Stationery. Charged with the cost of all stationery and printed matter used in the offices.

78. Printing and Stationery. Responsible for covering the expenses of all stationery and printed materials used in the offices.

79. Legal Expense. Charged with attorney's fees and all expense of litigation.

79. Legal Expense. Responsible for attorney's fees and all litigation costs.

80. Postage, Telegraph and Telephone. Charged with all sums paid for postage, and telegraph and telephone service.

80. Postage, Telegraph and Telephone. Responsible for all amounts spent on postage, as well as telegraph and telephone services.

81. Office Expenses. Charged with sundry items of office expense, not provided for in other accounts.

81. Office Expenses. Includes various office expenses that aren't covered in other accounts.

82. Traveling Expense—Officers. Charged with all legitimate traveling expenses incurred by officers in the interest of the company.

82. Traveling Expense—Officers. Responsible for covering all valid travel expenses incurred by officers on behalf of the company.

83. Misc. General Expenses. Charged with all expense items not otherwise accounted for.

83. Misc. General Expenses. Includes all expense items that aren't recorded elsewhere.

Accounts 72 to 83, inclusive, are closed into an administration account.

Accounts 72 to 83, inclusive, are closed into an admin account.

84. Advertising. Charged with all sums paid for advertising, including periodical advertising, catalogs, circulars, and novelties.

84. Advertising. Responsible for all amounts spent on advertising, including magazine ads, catalogs, brochures, and promotional items.

85. Salaries—Salesmen. Charged with the salaries of all traveling salesmen.

85. Salaries—Salesmen. Responsible for the salaries of all traveling salespeople.

86. Commissions. Charged with all commissions paid to brokers or salesmen.

86. Commissions. Responsible for all commissions paid to brokers or salespeople.

87. Traveling Expenses—Salesmen. Charged with all legitimate expenses of salesmen, incurred in the interest of the company.

87. Traveling Expenses—Salespeople. Responsible for all valid expenses of salespeople incurred in the company's interest.

88. Trade Show Expense. Charged with all expenses incurred on account of exhibitions at trade shows. Sometimes treated as a part of advertising expense.

88. Trade Show Expense. Responsible for all costs associated with participating in trade shows. Sometimes considered part of advertising expenses.

89. Out-Freight and Express. Charged with all freight and express paid on goods sold at delivered prices.

89. Out-Freight and Express. Responsible for all shipping and express costs on goods sold at delivered prices.

Accounts 84 to 89, inclusive, are closed into a sales expense account.

Accounts 84 to 89, inclusive, are combined into a sales expense account.

90. Collection Fees. Charged with all fees paid to banks, attorneys or others, for the collection of accounts.

90. Collection Fees. This includes all fees paid to banks, lawyers, or others for collecting accounts.

91. Cash Discounts Allowed. Charged with all allowances to customers, for prompt payment of bills.

91. Cash Discounts Allowed. Applied to all customer allowances for timely bill payments.

Accounts 90 and 91 are closed into a collecting account.

Accounts 90 and 91 are grouped into a collection account.

92. Wages. Charged with the wages of drivers and barn men.

92. Wages. Responsible for the wages of drivers and barn staff.

93. Maintenance.—Horses and Wagons. Charged with cost of feed, stable supplies, repairs to harness and wagons, blacksmithing and horse-shoeing.

93. Maintenance.—Horses and Wagons. Responsible for expenses related to feed, stable supplies, repairs for harnesses and wagons, blacksmithing, and shoeing horses.

94. Maintenance—Motor Trucks. Charged with all expense of up-keep and repairs to delivery trucks.

94. Maintenance—Motor Trucks. Responsible for all costs associated with the upkeep and repairs of delivery trucks.

Accounts 92 to 94, inclusive, are closed into a delivery expense account.

Accounts 92 to 94, inclusive, are closed into a delivery expense account.

95. Depreciation—Buildings. Credited monthly with current charges for depreciation.

95. Depreciation—Buildings. Credited monthly with current charges for depreciation.

96, 97, and 98. Handled the same as No. 95.

96, 97, and 98. Managed in the same way as No. 95.

Accounts 95 and 98 are closed into a depreciation adjustment account.

Accounts 95 and 98 are closed into a depreciation adjustment account.

Manufacturing Ledger with Closing Entries

Manufacturing Ledger with Final Entries

Manufacturing Ledger with Closing Entries

Manufacturing Ledger with Closing Entries

Manufacturing Ledger with Closing Entries

Manufacturing Ledger with Final Entries

The illustrations (pp. 48-50) show how all of these accounts are assembled into main groups, and finally closed into profit and loss, and capital accounts. An explanation of the accounts in the harness department will be sufficient to show how all of the accounts are treated.

The illustrations (pp. 48-50) show how all these accounts are organized into main groups, and ultimately summarized in profit and loss, and capital accounts. A description of the accounts in the harness department will be enough to demonstrate how all the accounts are managed.

Harness manufacturing, account A, is charged with accounts 34 to 39, inclusive, and the proper portion of account D. It is credited with the cost of all finished goods, the amount being transferred to account E, harness trading. It is credited with the increase in[323] inventories over the preceding month, this amount being transferred to account 40; if inventories show a decrease, the amount is charged.

Harness manufacturing, account A, is responsible for accounts 34 to 39, including the relevant portion of account D. It receives credit for the cost of all finished goods, with the amount being moved to account E, harness trading. It also gets credited for the increase in [323] inventories over the last month, and this amount is transferred to account 40; if inventories decrease, the amount is deducted.

Harness trading, account E, is charged with cost of finished goods from account A; with account 64; with gross profits, transferred to profit and loss, account H. It is credited with sales, account 63; with increase in inventory, account 65.

Harness trading, account E, is billed for the cost of finished goods from account A; with account 64; with gross profits, moved to profit and loss, account H. It is credited with sales, account 63; with the increase in inventory, account 65.

Gross profits on account of trading are closed into profit and loss.

Gross profits from trading are closed into profit and loss.

Inventory adjustment accounts Nos. 40 and 65, are still open and the balances show total inventories. The actual amounts of inventories are transferred to accounts 4 to 7, inclusive. This will leave a balance in inventory adjustment account No. 40, representing work in process in the harness factory. These inventory adjustment accounts are closed only at the end of the fiscal year, or when the books are closed. At the beginning of a new fiscal period the inventories are again charged to inventory adjustment accounts, and adjusting entries made monthly in manufacturing and trading accounts.

Inventory adjustment accounts Nos. 40 and 65 are still open, and the balances show total inventories. The actual inventory amounts are transferred to accounts 4 to 7, inclusive. This will leave a balance in inventory adjustment account No. 40, which represents work in process in the harness factory. These inventory adjustment accounts are closed only at the end of the fiscal year or when the books are closed. At the beginning of a new fiscal period, the inventories are charged again to inventory adjustment accounts, and adjusting entries are made monthly in manufacturing and trading accounts.


REVIEW QUESTIONS.

Review Questions.


PRACTICAL TEST QUESTIONS.

TEST QUESTIONS.

In the foregoing sections of this Cyclopedia numerous illustrative examples are worked out in detail in order to show the application of the various methods and principles. Accompanying these are examples for practice which will aid the reader in fixing the principles in mind.

In the previous sections of this Encyclopedia, many detailed examples have been provided to demonstrate how to apply the different methods and principles. Along with these, there are practice examples that will help the reader reinforce these principles.

In the following pages are given a large number of test questions and problems which afford a valuable means of testing the reader's knowledge of the subjects treated. They will be found excellent practice for those preparing for Civil Service Examinations. In some cases numerical answers are given as a further aid in this work.

In the following pages, you'll find a variety of test questions and problems that provide a valuable way to assess your understanding of the topics covered. These will serve as excellent practice for those getting ready for Civil Service Exams. In some cases, numerical answers are included to help with this exercise.

REVIEW QUESTIONS

ABOUT

THEORY OF ACCOUNTS

PART I

PART I

1. Name three objects of bookkeeping.

1. Name three things you keep track of in bookkeeping.

2. Define and give examples of three classes of debits; of credits.

2. Define and provide examples of three types of debits and credits.

3. What are the general rules for debit and credit?

3. What are the basic rules for debit and credit?

4. What is meant by the term balance? When is an account said to show a debit balance, and when a credit balance?

4. What does the term balance mean? When does an account show a debit balance, and when does it show a credit balance?

5. How many methods of bookkeeping are in use? Name them.

5. How many bookkeeping methods are currently in use? List them.

6. How is double entry distinguished from single entry bookkeeping?

6. How does double entry differ from single entry bookkeeping?

7. What is the fundamental principle of double entry bookkeeping?

7. What is the basic concept of double entry bookkeeping?

8. Name two or more advantages of double entry bookkeeping.

8. Name two or more benefits of double-entry bookkeeping.

9. What name is given to books used for bookkeeping records?

9. What do you call the books used for keeping track of financial records?

10. Into how many classes are account books divided? Give examples.

10. How many types of account books are there? Provide examples.

11. Name and give the principal uses of the most commonly used books.

11. Name and explain the main uses of the most commonly used books.

12. What is meant by journalizing? by posting?

12. What do we mean by journalizing? by posting?

13. What is a promissory note?

What is a promissory note?

14. What is your understanding of the term bills receivable and bills payable?

14. What do you understand by the terms bills receivable and bills payable?

15. What is the name of the book in which a record of bills receivable and bills payable is kept?

15. What is the name of the book where records of accounts receivable and accounts payable are maintained?

16. What is an acceptance?

16. What is acceptance?

17. What is discount? exchange?

17. What is a discount? exchange?

18. What is a deposit slip and how is it used?

18. What is a deposit slip and how do you use it?

19. What is a signature card and what are its uses?

19. What is a signature card and how is it used?

20. What is meant by indorsement of checks?

20. What does endorsement of checks mean?

21. Prepare three forms of indorsement and explain the meaning of each.

21. Prepare three types of endorsement and explain the meaning of each.

22. What is meant by petty cash? How is the account of petty cash kept?

22. What does petty cash mean? How is the petty cash account managed?

23. Mr. H. B. Emerson is a dealer in coal and lumber. That he may know what profits are made in each branch of his business, he keeps accounts in his ledger with coal and lumber. In his sales book, one column is used for lumber sales and one for coal sales. No purchase book is kept. His assets and liabilities are as follows:

23. Mr. H. B. Emerson is a dealer in coal and lumber. To understand the profits from each part of his business, he tracks his accounts in a ledger for coal and lumber. In his sales book, he has one column for lumber sales and another for coal sales. He does not maintain a purchase book. His assets and liabilities are as follows:

ASSETS
Cash in State bank $1,427.30
Inventory, coal 600.00
" lumber 1,750.00
Frank Knowlton, note due Aug. 2nd 75.00 $3,852.30
  ————
LIABILITIES
Eastern Coal Co., open account 260.00
Northern Lumber Co.,   " 420.00 680.00
  ————

The following transactions are recorded:

The following transactions are logged:

May 3. Bought from John Weber, for cash, lumber $130.00; paid by check No. 19.

May 3. Bought lumber from John Weber for $130.00 cash; paid with check No. 19.

May 4. Sold to Edward Walsh, on account, 2 tons coal @ 7.00, $14.00.

May 4. Sold to Edward Walsh, on credit, 2 tons of coal @ $7.00, $14.00.

May 5. Drew from bank for petty cash, check No. 20, $10.00; sold to Franklin & Co., lumber, $256.00.

May 5. withdrew from the bank for petty cash, check No. 20, $10.00; sold to Franklin & Co., lumber, $256.00.

May 6. Sold for cash, coal $17.50; received from Edward Walsh, on account, $10.00.

May 6. Sold coal for cash, $17.50; received from Edward Walsh, on account, $10.00.

May 7. Gave Northern Lumber Co., check No. 21, $220.00, 60-day note, $200.00.

May 7. Paid Northern Lumber Co., check No. 21, $220.00, 60-day note, $200.00.

May 8. Accepted 30-day draft of Eastern Coal Co., $260.00; paid for repairs to desk, cash, $1.50.

May 8. Accepted a 30-day draft from Eastern Coal Co., $260.00; paid for desk repairs in cash, $1.50.

Make all necessary entries in books of original entry to properly record the above.

Make all necessary entries in the original records to accurately document the above.

REVIEW QUESTIONS

Regarding

THEORY OF ACCOUNTS

PART II

Part II

1. Into what two general and what three special classes are accounts divided in double entry bookkeeping?

1. Into what two general and what three special classes are accounts divided in double entry bookkeeping?

2. Define and give examples of personal, real, representative, and nominal accounts.

2. Define and give examples of personal, real, representative, and nominal accounts.

3. What is a merchandise account? What accounts are substituted for the merchandise account in modern bookkeeping? In what particular is the use of these accounts an improvement over the older method of using a merchandise account?

3. What is a merchandise account? What accounts are used instead of the merchandise account in today's bookkeeping? How is using these accounts better than the old method of using a merchandise account?

4. Name and define four classes of assets, giving examples of each.

4. Name and define four types of assets, providing examples for each.

5. Give two examples of fixed assets in one business which become floating assets in another business. Give two examples of floating assets in one business which become fixed assets in another business.

5. Provide two examples of fixed assets in one business that turn into floating assets in another business. Also, give two examples of floating assets in one business that become fixed assets in another business.

6. What are revenue receipts? revenue expenditures? What accounts are designated by the term revenue accounts?

6. What are revenue receipts? What are revenue expenditures? What accounts are referred to as revenue accounts?

7. What is the broad term by which all revenue expenditure accounts are designated? Name and define five commonly used subdivisions of this account.

7. What is the general term used for all revenue expenditure accounts? Name and define five commonly used subdivisions of this account.

8. What is meant by journalizing? When purchase and sales books are used, what class of entries are made in the journal? Give three examples of journal entries involving transfers of value from one account to another.

8. What does journalizing mean? When purchase and sales books are used, what type of entries are recorded in the journal? Provide three examples of journal entries that show transfers of value from one account to another.

9. What is a three column journal, and how is it used?

9. What is a three column journal, and how do you use it?

10. Journalize the following transactions:

10. Record the following transactions:

April 15.   Bought from Reliance Mills, on account
  94 bbls. flour @ $4.75
Sold to D. H. Pointer, on account
15 bbls. flour @ 5.35
Sold to H. S. Fleming, on account
60 bu. wheat @ 1.05
April 16. Gave to Reliance Mills, my note payable in 60 days, to balance account
  Received from D. H. Pointer note for 30 days to balance account.

11. What is meant by posting? Explain the operation of posting, using one of the above transactions as an example.

11. What does posting mean? Describe how posting works, using one of the transactions mentioned above as an example.

12. In what particular does posting from the cash book differ from posting from the journal? Explain this difference, and illustrate with two examples.

12. How does posting from the cash book differ from posting from the journal? Explain this difference and provide two examples to illustrate it.

13. What is a trial balance, and for what purpose is it taken? What does a trial balance prove?

13. What is a trial balance, and why is it prepared? What does a trial balance demonstrate?

14. What are cash discounts? Are cash discounts a proper charge against capital, or against revenue? Why?

14. What are cash discounts? Are cash discounts a valid expense against capital or revenue? Why?

15. Name two ways of treating cash discounts in the ledger, based on your answer to the previous question.

15. Name two ways to record cash discounts in the ledger, based on your answer to the previous question.

16. Illustrate two methods of entering cash discounts allowed in the cash book; illustrate the customer's ledger account as it would appear after posting the credit, from each of these entries. Which method, in your opinion, most clearly shows how the account was settled?

16. Show two ways to record cash discounts given in the cash book; demonstrate what the customer's ledger account would look like after posting the credit for each of these entries. Which method, in your view, clearly illustrates how the account was settled?

17. Should cash discounts earned be credited against the cost of goods purchased, or credited to profits? Why?

17. Should cash discounts earned be deducted from the cost of goods purchased, or added to profits? Why?

18. What is a profit and loss account? What does the balance of this account represent? How frequently is the balance of profit and loss account transferred? To what accounts, in a proprietorship or partnership? in a corporation?

18. What is a profit and loss account? What does the balance of this account represent? How often is the balance of the profit and loss account transferred? To what accounts, in a sole proprietorship or partnership? In a corporation?

19. What is a trading account, and what is its purpose? With what classes of items should trading account be debited and credited? How is the trading account constructed?

19. What is a trading account, and what is its purpose? Which types of items should a trading account be debited and credited with? How is the trading account set up?

20. What is meant by the turnover? How can the amount of the turnover be shown in the trading account?

20. What does turnover mean? How can the turnover amount be displayed in the trading account?

21. What is a manufacturing account, and of what items is it made up? What does the balance of the manufacturing account represent?

21. What is a manufacturing account, and what items does it include? What does the balance of the manufacturing account represent?

22. What is a merchandise inventory account, and when and for what purpose is it used? When are the books said to be closed?

22. What is a merchandise inventory account, and when and for what purpose is it used? When are the books considered closed?

23. What is a balance sheet? In what order should the asset and liability accounts be listed on the balance sheet?

23. What is a balance sheet? In what order should the asset and liability accounts be arranged on the balance sheet?

24. From the following trial balance prepare trading account, profit and loss account, and balance sheet.

24. From the following trial balance, create a trading account, profit and loss account, and balance sheet.

TRIAL BALANCE
Proprietor (Investment)   $7,500.00
Bill Payable 3,000.00
Accounts Payable 1,550.00
Bank $1,254.84
Accounts Receivable 2,685.11
Bills Receivable 3,860.00
Merchandise Inventory 6,277.76
Furniture and Fixtures 750.00
Purchases 7,605.78
Expense 1,416.30
Discount on Sales 112.65
Interest   44.20
Sales 11,990.70
Cash 122.46
  ————— —————
$24,084.90 $24,084.90
Inventory at end of period $6,807.09.

25. Give examples of the proper journal entries when the following transactions occur in respect to notes receivable:

25. Provide examples of the correct journal entries when the following transactions happen regarding notes receivable:

When a note is received;
When a note is paid;
When a note is collected by the bank.

When a note is received;
When a note is paid;
When a note is collected by the bank.

26. Complete the explanations of the following entries, and state under what circumstances they would be made:

26. Finish explaining the following entries and specify the situations in which they would be used:

Bank $199.00
Interest 1.00
Bills Discounted   $200.00
Bills Discounted 200.00
Bank[332]   200.00
Bills Receivable 5.00
Bills Discounted 1,000.00
Bank   1,005.00

27. Make the proper journal entries under the following circumstances:

27. Make the correct journal entries in the following situations:

When a note is past due;
When a note is renewed;
When a renewed note has been discounted.

When a note is overdue;
When a note is extended;
When an extended note has been discounted.

28. We buy from Marshall Field & Company a bill of dry goods, amounting to $978.40, and give them our note @ 60 days in payment. What entry?

28. We buy a bill of dry goods from Marshall Field & Company for $978.40 and give them our note due in 60 days as payment. What entry?

29. Marshall Field & Company discount our note, and it is presented for payment by the Continental National Bank. We give our check in payment of the note, with interest @ 5%. How much do we pay, and what is the entry?

29. Marshall Field & Company discounted our note, and it is presented for payment by the Continental National Bank. We write our check to pay the note, with interest at 5%. How much do we pay, and what is the entry?

30. We borrow $1,000.00 from our bank on our note @ 30 days, interest @ 6%. What is the exact entry?

30. We borrow $1,000.00 from our bank on our note for 30 days, with interest at 6%. What is the exact entry?

31. When a draft has been accepted how should it be treated on the books?

31. Once a draft has been accepted, how should it be recorded in the books?

32. What is the proper entry when a customer pays our sight draft?

32. What is the correct entry when a customer pays our sight draft?

33. We draw on George Johnson for $650.00 @ 60 days sight. He accepts the draft, which we discount at our bank 3 days later, the bank charging us 7% interest. What entries are necessary?

33. We draw on George Johnson for $650.00 with a payment due in 60 days. He accepts the draft, which we cash at our bank 3 days later, and the bank charges us 7% interest. What entries do we need to make?

34. We accept a draft from John V. Farwell & Co. for $416.00 payable in 90 days. What is the entry on our books? What is the entry on the books of Farwell & Co.?

34. We receive a draft from John V. Farwell & Co. for $416.00, due in 90 days. What should we record in our accounts? What should Farwell & Co. record in their accounts?

35. We pay a sight draft drawn by Cable Piano Co. What entry?

35. We pay a sight draft from Cable Piano Co. What entry should we make?

REVIEW QUESTIONS

REGARDING

SINGLE PROPRIETORS' AND PARTNERS' ACCOUNTS

1. What books are generally used in a small retail business? What is a blotter, and how is it used?

1. What books are typically used in a small retail business? What is a blotter, and how is it used?

2. What is the special feature of the journal ruled ledger, and of what advantage is such a ledger in a retail business?

2. What makes the journal ruled ledger special, and how is it beneficial for a retail business?

3. In a single proprietorship, what does the proprietor's account represent?

3. In a sole proprietorship, what does the owner's account represent?

4. Name one good reason why withdrawals of the proprietor should be charged to a personal account.

4. Name one good reason why the owner's withdrawals should be recorded in a personal account.

5. When the books are closed, what account absorbs the profit or loss?

5. When the books are closed, which account takes on the profit or loss?

6. What is meant by taking an inventory, and what processes are involved?

6. What does taking an inventory mean, and what processes are involved?

7. Should an inventory be based on cost or on selling prices? Why?

7. Should an inventory be based on cost or on selling prices? Why?

8. What is meant by closing the books?

8. What does closing the books mean?

9. In a retail business, such as is discussed in the text, what regular accounts are closed into trading account?

9. In a retail business, like the one mentioned in the text, which regular accounts are closed into the trading account?

10. What does the balance of trading account represent? Into what account is this balance closed?

10. What does the balance of the trading account represent? Into which account is this balance closed?

11. What does the difference between assets and liabilities, as shown by the balance sheet, represent? In a single proprietorship, with what ledger account does this balance agree?

11. What does the difference between assets and liabilities, as shown by the balance sheet, represent? In a sole proprietorship, which ledger account does this balance match?

12. George Thompson commences business to-day, with assets consisting of cash, $1,650.00; an account due from Henry Watson, $84.60. His transactions consist of purchases on account as follows:

12. George Thompson starts business today, with assets that include cash, $1,650.00; an account receivable from Henry Watson, $84.60. His transactions involve purchases on account as follows:

From Henry Karl & Co. $460.00
" White & Black 320.50
Purchases for cash 129.00
Sales for cash 87.50
" on account 274.80
Paid on account to Karl & Co. 300.00
Collected on account 124.80
Paid for sundry expenses 63.70
Inventory at close of business 655.50

Open the books, enter the transactions in journal, cash book, and sales book, and make all postings to the ledger. Prepare a trial balance,

Open the books, record the transactions in the journal, cash book, and sales book, and make all entries in the ledger. Prepare a trial balance,

At the close of business, prepare a trading account, close into profit and loss, and close net profits into proprietor's account, Prepare a balance sheet,

At the end of the day, prepare a trading account, finalize profit and loss, and transfer net profits into the owner's account. Prepare a balance sheet,

13. What is a sales ticket, and for what purpose is it used?

13. What is a sales ticket, and what is it used for?

14. What benefit is derived from keeping departmental purchase and sales records.

14. What advantages come from maintaining records of departmental purchases and sales?

15. Prepare suitable forms for departmental purchase and sales records for a business divided into three departments.

15. Create appropriate forms for tracking purchases and sales for a business that has three departments.

16. What is a partnership?

What’s a partnership?

17. What is the purpose of a partnership agreement?

17. What’s the purpose of a partnership agreement?

18. By what names are the different classes of partners known?

18. What are the names of the different types of partners?

19. On what basis are the profits of a partnership usually divided?

19. How are the profits of a partnership usually divided?

20. How are the personal and capital accounts of partners distinguished? What is the purpose of each of these accounts?

20. How are the personal and capital accounts of partners different? What is the purpose of each of these accounts?

21. When the books of a partnership are closed, into what accounts are the revenue accounts closed? Into what accounts is the profit and loss account closed?

21. When a partnership's books are closed, which accounts are the revenue accounts closed into? Which accounts is the profit and loss account closed into?

22. When the business of a partnership is sold, or liquidated, how are the net assets divided?

22. When a partnership is sold or dissolved, how are the remaining assets split up?

23. If any part of the assets, other than the goods in which the firm is trading, brings a price above cost, what journal entry is necessary? What entry if the price is below cost?

23. If any part of the assets, other than the goods the firm is trading, sells for more than its cost, what journal entry is required? What entry if the price is less than cost?

24. When partners invest unequal amounts in the business, what is the usual method of adjusting the inequality?

24. When partners put in different amounts of money into the business, what’s the usual way to balance out that inequality?

25. White, Black, and Brown who have been conducting business under a partnership agreement, decide to liquidate the business and dissolve the partnership. In the final settlement White agrees to accept the accounts receivable, which amount to $6,432.00, in part payment of the amount due him, provided 10% is first charged off to cover doubtful accounts. What journal entry is necessary?

25. White, Black, and Brown, who have been running a business together under a partnership agreement, decide to shut down the business and end the partnership. In the final settlement, White agrees to take the accounts receivable, totaling $6,432.00, as partial payment for the amount owed to him, as long as 10% is first deducted to account for doubtful accounts. What journal entry is needed?

26. H. W. Hackett has been conducting a grocery business. His books have been kept by double entry, and were last closed December 31st, 1908. At that time, his net worth was $2,698.50. April 30th, 1909, he sold to John Ransom a half interest in the business for $1,500.00. Ransom made a cash payment of $1,000.00, and gave his note for $500.00 payable on demand, with interest at 6%. The profits for the four months ending April 30th, 1909, (estimated from the books), were $325.00. This amount was to be allowed to Mr. Hackett and placed to his credit on the books. Make journal entries for the allowed profit and for the sale of the half interest. The books are not to be closed at the beginning of the new partnership.

26. H. W. Hackett has been running a grocery store. His records have been maintained using double entry accounting and were last closed on December 31, 1908. At that time, his net worth was $2,698.50. On April 30, 1909, he sold a half interest in the business to John Ransom for $1,500.00. Ransom made a cash payment of $1,000.00 and gave a promissory note for $500.00, payable on demand, with interest at 6%. The profits for the four months ending April 30, 1909, estimated from the records, were $325.00. This amount was to be credited to Mr. Hackett on the books. Make journal entries for the acknowledged profit and for the sale of the half interest. The books should not be closed at the beginning of the new partnership.

27. Prepare in proper form a solution of the problem given in Art. 40, Page 72.

27. Prepare a solution to the problem presented in Art. 40, Page 72.

28. Prepare a complete solution of the problem given in Art. 42, Page 74.

28. Prepare a full solution to the problem mentioned in Art. 42, Page 74.

REVIEW QUESTIONS

ABOUT

CORPORATION ACCOUNTS

1. Into what two general classes are corporations divided? Name and give examples of two classes of private corporations.

1. What are the two main categories that corporations are divided into? Name and provide examples of two types of private corporations.

2. How are joint stock companies distinguished from corporations? In what ways are they like corporations?

2. How are joint stock companies different from corporations? In what ways are they similar to corporations?

3. How are corporations created? Name 5 common requirements of the certificate of incorporation or application for a corporate charter.

3. How are corporations formed? List 5 common requirements for the certificate of incorporation or application for a corporate charter.

4. What is meant by a stockholder, and how may a person become a stockholder in a corporation? What is a stock certificate?

4. What does stockholder mean, and how can someone become a stockholder in a corporation? What is a stock certificate?

5. What is meant by the capitalization of a corporation? What is the difference in meaning of the terms capital and capital stock, as these terms are usually understood?

5. What does capitalization of a corporation mean? What’s the difference between the terms capital and capital stock, as they are typically understood?

6. Define the two principal classes of stock issued by corporations. Name and define two kinds of preferred stock. What is meant by the term treasury stock? Watered stock?

6. Define the two main types of stock that corporations issue. Name and describe two types of preferred stock. What does the term treasury stock refer to? Watered stock?

7. By whom are the affairs of a corporation managed? From whom do they receive their authority? Has a director, as such, the power individually to bind the corporation?

7. Who manages the affairs of a corporation? From whom do they get their authority? Does a director, in that capacity, have the power to legally bind the corporation on their own?

8. What special powers have the directors? In what way do the powers of officers and directors differ?

8. What unique powers do the directors have? How do the powers of officers and directors differ?

9. Name five of the necessary powers of a corporation, as such. Name three of the rights of an individual stockholder.

9. List five essential powers that a corporation has. Name three rights that an individual stockholder possesses.

10. What is meant by a dividend? By whose authority are dividends declared? What is your understanding of the term stock dividend?

10. What does dividend mean? Who has the authority to declare dividends? How do you understand the term stock dividend?

11. What class of records is implied by the term corporation bookkeeping? Name, and describe briefly, the books used in corporation bookkeeping.

11. What type of records does the term corporation bookkeeping refer to? List and briefly describe the books used in corporation bookkeeping.

12. Give examples of the proper entries on the books, under the following conditions:

12. Provide examples of the correct entries in the books, based on the following conditions:

(a) The entire capital stock ($100,000.00) is subscribed and paid for in cash.

(a) The total capital stock ($100,000.00) is fully subscribed and paid in cash.

(b) Only $60,000.00 of the stock is subscribed, but this is paid in cash. It is not desired to show on the books more capital than is paid in.

(b) Only $60,000.00 of the stock is subscribed, but this is paid in cash. It is not desired to show on the books more capital than is paid in.

(c) Cash subscriptions are received for $49,000.00 of an authorized issue of $100,000.00, but it is desired to show the total capitalization on the books.

(c) Cash subscriptions amounting to $49,000.00 have been received for an authorized issue of $100,000.00, but there’s a desire to reflect the total capitalization in the records.

(d) The entire capital stock ($150,000.00) is subscribed but not paid in. It is desired to show the capital stock, without opening accounts in the general books with individual subscribers.

(d) The total capital stock ($150,000.00) is subscribed but not yet paid in. It is intended to display the capital stock without creating accounts in the general books for each individual subscriber.

(e) A payment of 20% is called for on the above stock.

(e) A payment of 20% is required on the stock mentioned above.

13. A corporation is organized with a capitalization of $50,000.00 to take over the business of Henry Thompson. He is to pay his liabilities out of his assets, and transfer the balance of the property belonging to the business to the corporation, receiving $25,000.00 full paid stock. The following discloses the condition of his affairs:

13. A corporation is set up with a capitalization of $50,000.00 to take over Henry Thompson's business. He will pay off his debts with his assets and transfer the remaining property related to the business to the corporation, receiving $25,000.00 in fully paid stock. The following outlines the state of his affairs:

ASSETS
Cash in Bank $1164.50
Accounts Receivable 3760.00
Real Estate 10000.00
Merchandise Inventory 7642.50
Furniture and Fixtures 600.00 $23167.00
  ————
LIABILITIES
Bills Payable 1000.00 1000.00
  ———— ————
Balance   $22167.00

What is the proper entry on the books of the corporation, the balance of the stock being unsubscribed?

What’s the correct entry in the corporation's books when the stock balance is unsubscribed?

14. A corporation agrees to purchase a mine, issuing $1,000,000.00 full paid stock in payment. The owner of the mine, to whom the stock is issued, agrees to donate to the company $500,000.00 of his stock to provide working capital. Subsequently, $100,000.00 of this stock is sold at 50% of its face value; $200,000.00 at 60%;[338] $100,000.00 at 70%; and $100,000.00 at par. Working capital is maintained at the amount realized from the sale of the donated stock. Make all entries to show these transactions, it being understood that all subscriptions are paid in cash.

14. A corporation agrees to buy a mine, issuing $1,000,000.00 worth of fully paid stock as payment. The mine owner, who receives the stock, agrees to give the company $500,000.00 of his stock to help with working capital. After that, $100,000.00 of this stock is sold at 50% of its face value; $200,000.00 at 60%; [338] $100,000.00 at 70%; and $100,000.00 at its face value. Working capital is maintained at the amount earned from the sale of the donated stock. Make all entries to show these transactions, understanding that all subscriptions are paid in cash.

15. If the stock of a corporation sells at a premium, how would you enter the amount received above par? To what account would you transfer the premium when closing the books?

15. If a corporation's stock sells for more than its par value, how would you record the extra amount received? Which account would you transfer the premium to when closing the books?

16. What would be the entries in the stock books to record the transactions shown in questions 12 and 14?

16. What would the entries in the stock books look like to record the transactions shown in questions 12 and 14?

17. A promoter organizes a corporation to develope a mine, receiving as his fee $50,000.00 in stock. What are the entries on the books of the corporation?

17. A promoter sets up a corporation to develop a mine, receiving $50,000.00 in stock as his fee. What are the entries in the corporation's books?

18. The profits of a corporation with a paid up capital of $200,000.00, are $18,750.00. The directors declare a cash dividend of 6%, and create a special surplus fund of $5,000.00. Make all necessary entries.

18. The profits of a company with a paid-up capital of $200,000.00 are $18,750.00. The directors declare a cash dividend of 6% and establish a special surplus fund of $5,000.00. Make all necessary entries.

19. The losses of the above corporation during the following year were $2,750.00. Make proper entries, with full explanations.

19. The losses of the above corporation during the following year were $2,750.00. Make the appropriate entries with complete explanations.

20. The accumulated surplus of a corporation capitalized at $1,000,000.00, with a paid up capital of $600,000.00, is $110,000.00; the current profits are $100,000.00. The directors declare a cash dividend of 7%, and a stock dividend of 25%. Make all entries to record these transactions on the general books of the corporation.

20. The total surplus of a corporation valued at $1,000,000.00, with a paid-up capital of $600,000.00, is $110,000.00; the current profits are $100,000.00. The directors announce a cash dividend of 7% and a stock dividend of 25%. Make all entries to record these transactions in the general ledger of the corporation.

21. The following statistics are taken from the books of a corporation:

21. The following statistics are taken from the company's records:

Capital Stock $300,000.00
Merchandise Inventory 97,600.00
Machinery 110,800.00
Undivided Profits 600.00
Profit and Loss (Credit) 31,210.00

It is desired to set aside a special surplus fund as a machinery depreciation reserve, the depreciation being figured at 10% a year, and to pay a dividend of 6%. What entries are necessary?

It is requested to create a special surplus fund as a machinery depreciation reserve, with depreciation calculated at 10% per year, and to distribute a dividend of 6%. What entries are needed?

22. Parsons, Young, and Searles are partners and decide to form a corporation with capital stock of $40,000.00, which is to be issued as full paid stock in exchange for their present business. Each partner is to receive stock in proportion to his interest in the present business. The balance sheet of the partnership is as follows:

22. Parsons, Young, and Searles are partners and decide to create a corporation with a capital stock of $40,000.00, which will be issued as fully paid stock in exchange for their existing business. Each partner will receive stock in proportion to their interest in the current business. The balance sheet of the partnership is as follows:

ASSETS
Cash $3,500.00
Bills Receivable 6,000.00
Accounts Receivable 6,500.00
Merchandise 14,000.00
  —————
Total   $30,000.00
LIABILITIES
Bills Payable 4,000.00
Accounts Payable 2,000.00
Parsons 10,000.00
Young 8,000.00
Searles 6,000.00
  —————
Total   30,000.00

Make entries on books of the partnership.

Make entries in the partnership's books.

Make entries on books of the corporation.

Make entries in the corporation's books.

23. Hoadley and Stockton are partners and desire to incorporate a company. The stock is to be divided equally between Hoadley and Stockton after giving Hopper $1,000.00. The balance sheet of the partnership is as follows:

23. Hoadley and Stockton are partners and want to form a company. The shares will be split evenly between Hoadley and Stockton after paying Hopper $1,000.00. The partnership's balance sheet is as follows:

ASSETS
Cash $960.00
Accounts Receivable 1,570.00
Merchandise 720.00
  —————
Total   $3,250.00
LIABILITIES
Accounts Payable 460.00
Bills Payable 500.00
Hoadley 1,145.00
Stockton 1,145.00
  —————
Total   3,250.00

Make all necessary entries on the books of the partnership.

Make all necessary entries in the partnership books.

Make open entries on the books of the new company.

Make open entries in the records of the new company.

24. The National Manufacturing Co. has an authorized capital of $100,000.00 of which $60,000.00 is paid up and $40,000.00, unsubscribed. It is decided to permit employes to subscribe for $10,000.00 of the stock by paying 10 per cent in cash, all dividends declared to be applied to the payment of subscriptions.

24. The National Manufacturing Co. has an authorized capital of $100,000.00, of which $60,000.00 is paid in and $40,000.00 is not subscribed. It has been decided to allow employees to subscribe for $10,000.00 of the stock by paying 10 percent in cash, with all declared dividends applied to the payment of subscriptions.

What entries are made when this stock is subscribed for?

What entries are made when this stock is purchased?

A 10 per cent dividend being declared at the end of the first year, what entry is required?

A 10 percent dividend has been declared at the end of the first year. What entry is needed?

25. The Atlas Novelty Co. has a capital stock of $50,000.00. All of the stock has been subscribed for, but only 40 per cent has been paid. A surplus of $10,000.00 has been accumulated. It is desired to reduce the stock to $25,000.00 full paid. What is the necessary proceeding, and what entries are required?

25. The Atlas Novelty Co. has a total capital stock of $50,000.00. All of the stock has been taken, but only 40 percent has been paid. There is a surplus of $10,000.00. The goal is to reduce the stock to $25,000.00 fully paid. What steps need to be taken, and what entries are required?

26. A company has a capital stock of $50,000.00 full paid, and a surplus of $11,172.00. A stockholder who owns $7,000.00 stock in the company wishes to dispose of his stock and, to secure cash, offers to sell it to the company at par. His offer is accepted and the stock purchased, but the company does not wish to reduce its capitalization. What is the entry?

26. A company has a fully paid capital stock of $50,000.00 and a surplus of $11,172.00. A shareholder who owns $7,000.00 worth of stock in the company wants to sell his stock and, to get cash, offers to sell it back to the company at face value. The company accepts his offer and buys the stock, but it doesn't want to decrease its capitalization. What is the entry?

27. What is a reserve? Give three examples showing purposes for which reserves are created.

27. What is a reserve? Provide three examples of the reasons reserves are created.

28. What is a reserve fund? Why is a reserve fund treated as a liability?

28. What is a reserve fund? Why is a reserve fund considered a liability?

29. What is a sinking fund, and what is its purpose?

29. What is a sinking fund, and what is it used for?

30. What is a bond? Describe three classes of bonds.

30. What is a bond? Describe three types of bonds.

31. When bonds are issued, by what account are they represented in the ledger? Does this account represent an asset, or a liability?

31. When bonds are issued, which account do they show up in the ledger? Does this account represent an asset or a liability?

32. If bonds are sold at a premium, to what account is the premium credited? Would it be correct to credit this premium to profit and loss? Why?

32. If bonds are sold at a premium, which account gets credited with the premium? Is it right to credit this premium to profit and loss? Why?

33. To what account is the interest paid on bonds charged? When bonds are sold with accrued interest, which is paid by the purchaser, what disposition is made of the interest received? What disposition should be made of expense incurred in the sale of bonds?

33. To what account is the interest paid on bonds charged? When bonds are sold with accrued interest, which is paid by the buyer, what happens to the interest received? What should be done about the expenses incurred in the sale of bonds?

34. What is the most important point to be kept in mind when devising a system of accounts for a manufacturing business?

34. What’s the most important thing to remember when creating an accounting system for a manufacturing business?

35. From what items is the manufacturing account made up? What does the balance of manufacturing account represent?

35. What items make up the manufacturing account? What does the balance of the manufacturing account represent?

36. Describe, briefly, a method of obtaining the necessary statistics to make up the manufacturing account for a business in which but one line of goods are manufactured? What is the object of sectionalizing the pay-roll by departments?

36. Briefly explain a method to gather the necessary statistics for creating the manufacturing account for a business that produces only one type of product. What is the purpose of breaking down the payroll by departments?

37. What is an expense inventory account; when is it used; and how is it made up? When is an expense liability considered; by what account is it represented; and how is the account made up?

37. What is an expense inventory account, when is it used, and what does it consist of? When is an expense liability considered, which account represents it, and what is the account made up of?

38. What is meant by a balance ledger? Illustrate a form of balance ledger.

38. What does balance ledger mean? Provide an example of a balance ledger.

39. For what purpose is an invoice register used? Explain the general plan of such a book.

39. What is the purpose of an invoice register? Describe the basic structure of this type of book.

40. Make up a manufacturing account from the data given on Page 76. Show the journal entries used in making up this account.

40. Create a manufacturing account using the information provided on Page 76. Include the journal entries needed to prepare this account.

REVIEW QUESTIONS

REGARDING

THE VOUCHER SYSTEM

1. State, in your own words, the generally accepted meaning of the term voucher, as used in business.

1. Explain, in your own words, the commonly understood meaning of the term voucher, as it is used in business.

2. What is the nature of a journal voucher, and for what purpose is it used?

2. What is a journal voucher, and what is it used for?

3. Prepare a form of voucher to be accompanied by a separate check.

3. Create a voucher that will be sent with a separate check.

4. Prepare a form of voucher check.

4. Get a voucher check ready.

5. For what book is the voucher register substituted? What book is dispensed with?

5. Which book does the voucher register replace? Which book is no longer needed?

6. Explain the purpose of the sundries and unpaid voucher columns in the voucher register.

6. Explain the purpose of the sundries and unpaid voucher columns in the voucher register.

7. With what controlling account must the total of unpaid vouchers as shown by the register, agree? Explain the sources of debits and credits posted to this controlling account.

7. Which controlling account must the total of unpaid vouchers in the register match? Describe the sources of debits and credits recorded in this controlling account.

8. Prepare a form of voucher register, suitable for a manufacturing business using three classes of raw material, operating five shops, and selling the product through traveling salesmen.

8. Create a voucher register that works for a manufacturing business that uses three types of raw materials, operates five shops, and sells its products through traveling salespeople.

9. What are the necessary steps in auditing, executing, and registering vouchers? How should audited vouchers be filed?

9. What are the necessary steps in auditing, executing, and registering vouchers? How should audited vouchers be organized?

10. Describe the routine in paying vouchers, and in filing invoices and paid vouchers. How should vouchers be indexed?

10. Explain the process of handling payments for vouchers and how to organize invoices and paid vouchers. What’s the best way to index vouchers?

11. What is the distinguishing feature of the unit system of voucher accounting?

11. What is the main characteristic of the unit system of voucher accounting?

12. If a voucher pays items to be charged to three accounts, how many copies are required and how is the distribution shown?

12. If a voucher covers charges for three accounts, how many copies are needed and how is the distribution laid out?

13. Explain the method of filing and recording vouchers in the unit system. How are monthly totals recorded?

13. Describe how to file and record vouchers in the unit system. How are monthly totals documented?

14. What routine should be followed to carry the totals to the ledger?

14. What steps should be taken to transfer the totals to the ledger?

15. Describe, and illustrate with the necessary forms, a system in which a purchase ledger and invoice file are combined.

15. Describe and show with the required forms a system where a purchase ledger and invoice file are merged.

16. What is a private ledger and for what purposes is it used?

16. What is a private ledger and what is it used for?

17. Name some of the special advantages of the private ledger.

17. List some of the specific benefits of the private ledger.

18. Describe, briefly, the operation of the private ledger, giving an example.

18. Briefly describe how the private ledger works, with an example.

19. Describe, and illustrate with journal entries, in what way a manufacturer can make use of the private ledger.

19. Describe and show with journal entries how a manufacturer can use the private ledger.

20. Transactions of the following classes are recorded on the books of Dane & Whitney:

20. The following types of transactions are recorded in the books of Dane & Whitney:

Purchases on Account
Sales on Account
Paid for Rent
Paid Dane's Salary
Sales for Cash
Whitney advanced cash to the business.

Purchases on Credit
Sales on Credit
Paid for Rent
Paid Dane's Salary
Cash Sales
Whitney provided cash to the business.

What items, in the above, should be recorded in the private ledger?

What items from the list above should be noted in the private ledger?

21. In charting the accounts of a business, into what three main groups should they be divided? Give an example of the subdivision of one of these groups.

21. When organizing a business's accounts, into what three main groups should they be divided? Provide an example of the subdivision of one of these groups.

22. Prepare a chart of the accounts of a small trading business conducted by a partnership. Explain this chart.

22. Create a chart of accounts for a small trading business run by a partnership. Describe this chart.

23. Prepare a chart of the accounts of a manufacturing business making three classes of goods.

23. Create a chart of the accounts for a manufacturing business that produces three types of goods.

24. What are the principal characteristics of a chart of accounts of a manufacturing business?

24. What are the main features of a chart of accounts for a manufacturing business?

25. Using the above manufacturing chart, explain how profits are traced from group to group until they reach the surplus account.

25. Using the manufacturing chart above, explain how profits are tracked from group to group until they arrive at the surplus account.


INDEX

A

A

Acceptances, 56

Acceptances, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

definition of, 11

definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Accommodation note, definition of, 11

Accommodation note, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Account books

Ledger books

classes of, 42

classes of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

definition of, 11

definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Account current, definition of, 11

Account balance definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Account sales, definition of, 11

Account sales, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Accounting charts, 309-323

Accounting charts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

explanation of chart, 316

chart explanation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

of manufacturing business, 313

of manufacturing business, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

of small trading business, 310

of small trading business, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Accounts

Accounts

classification of, 90

classification of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

definition of, 11

definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

merchandise, 71

merch, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

merchandise inventory, 100

inventory, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

nominal, 70

nominal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

personal, 69

personal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

profit and loss, 97

profit and loss, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

purchase, 71

buy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

real, 69

real, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

representative, 70

rep, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

sales, 72

sales, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Accrued interest, definition of, 12

Accrued interest, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Acknowledgment, definition of, 12

Definition of acknowledgment, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Ad valorem, definition of, 12

Ad valorem, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Administrator, definition of, 12

Administrator, meaning of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Adventure, definition of, 12

Adventure, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Advice, definition of, 13

Advice, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Affidavit, definition of, 13

Affidavit definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Agent, definition of, 13

Agent, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Agreement, definition of, 13

Agreement definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Allowance, definition of, 13

Allowance definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Annual statement, definition of, 13

Annual statement, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Annuity, definition of, 13

Definition of annuity, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Antedate, definition of, 13

Definition of antedate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

[346]

Appraise, definition of, 14

Definition of appraise, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Appreciation, definition of, 14

Definition of appreciation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Approval sales, definition of, 14

Approval sales, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Arbitrate, definition of, 14

Arbitrate, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Articles, definition of, 14

Articles, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Assets

Assets

definition of, 14

definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

fictitious, 78

fictitious, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

fixed, 77

fixed, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

floating, 78

floating, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

passive, 78

passive, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Assign, definition of, 14

Assign, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Assignee, definition of, 14

Assignee definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Assignment, definition of, 14

Assignment, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Assignor, definition of, 14

Assignor, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Association, definition of, 14

Definition of association, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Attachment, definition of, 14

Attachment definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Audit, definition of, 14

Audit definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Auxiliary, definition of, 14

Definition of auxiliary, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Average, definition of, 14

Average, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

B

B

Balance, definition of, 14, 39

Definition of balance, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Balance sheet, 100, 139

Balance sheet, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

definition of, 14

definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Balance of trade, definition of, 15

Definition of balance of trade, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bale, definition of, 15

Bale, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bank balance, definition of, 15

Definition of bank balance, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bank deposits, 56

Bank deposits, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

check books, 56

check books, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

depositing cash, 57

depositing cash, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

indorsement of checks, 57

endorsement of checks, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

pass book, 57

passbook, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

signature card, 56

signature card, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bank draft, definition of, 15

Definition of bank draft, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bank note, definition of, 15

Definition of banknote, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bank pass book, definition of, 15

Bank passbook, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bankrupt, definition of, 15

Bankrupt, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bill, definition of, 15

Bill, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bill of exchange, definition of, 16

Definition of bill of exchange, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bill head, definition of, 16

Bill head, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bill of lading, definition of, 16

Bill of lading definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bill of sale, definition of, 16

Bill of sale definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bills payable, definition of, 18

Definition of bills payable, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bills receivable, definition of, 18

Definition of bills receivable, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bills receivable and bills payable, 54

Accounts receivable and accounts payable, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Blanks, definition of, 18

Blanks, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

[347]

Blotter, definition of, 18

Blotter, meaning of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bond liability, 239

Bond liability, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bonded goods, definition of, 18

Bonded goods, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bonds, 238

Bonds, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

classes of, 239

classes of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

definition of, 18

definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

expense of issue of, 241

cost of issuing __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

interest on, 241

interest on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

premium on, 241

premium on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bonus, definition of, 18

Bonus definition of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Book account, definition of, 18

Book account, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bookkeeping

Accounting

for corporation, 205

for company, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

definition and objects of, 37

definition and objects of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

methods of, 39

methods for, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Brand, definition of, 18

Brand definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Broker, definition of, 18

Broker, meaning of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Brokerage, definition of, 18

Brokerage, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bullion, definition of, 18

Bullion definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

C

C

Call loans, definition of, 18

Call loans, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cancel, definition of, 18

Cancel, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Capital, definition of, 18

Definition of capital, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Capital of corporation, 199

Corporate headquarters, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Capital stock, 199

Capital stock, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

definition of, 18

definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Capitalization, 199

Capitalization, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

capital, 199

capital, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

capital stock, 199

capital stock, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

treasury stock, 200

treasury shares, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

watered stock, 201

watered stock, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cartage, definition of, 18

Cartage, meaning of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cash book, 43

Cashbook, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

posting from, 89

posting from, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cash discounts, 94

Cash discounts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

allowed, 94

allowed, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

earned, 95

earned, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

entering in cash book, 94

entering in cash register, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cash dividend, declaring, 224

Cash dividend declaration, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cash sales, definition of, 18

Definition of cash sales, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Center-ruled ledger, 143

Center-ruled notebook, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Certificate of stock, definition of, 18

Certificate of stock definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Certified check, definition of, 20

Certified check, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Charges, definition of, 20

Charges, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Chart, definition of, 20

Chart, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Charter, definition of, 20

Charter definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

[348]

Charting the accounts, 309

Charting accounts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Check, definition of, 20

Check, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Check books, 56

Check out books, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Clearing house, definition of, 20

Clearing house, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Closing an account, definition of, 20

Closing an account, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Collateral, definition of, 20

Definition of collateral, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Commercial abbreviations, 35

Commercial abbreviations, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Commercial paper, definition of, 20

Commercial paper, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Commercial signs and characters, 37

Commercial signs and emojis, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Commercial terms, dictionary of, 11

Commercial terms dictionary, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Commission, definition of, 20

Commission, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Commission merchant, definition of, 20

Commission merchant, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Common law, definition of, 20

Common law definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Common stock, definition of, 200

Common stock, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Company, definition of, 20

Company definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Compromise, definition of, 20

Compromise, meaning of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Consideration, definition of, 22

Definition of consideration, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Consignee, definition of, 22

Consignee definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Consul, definition of, 22

Consul, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Contingent assets and liabilities, definition of, 22

Contingent assets and liabilities, definition of, 22

Contingent fund, definition of, 22

Contingent fund, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Contra, definition of, 22

Contra, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Contract, definition of, 22

Contract definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Conveyance, definition of, 22

Conveyance, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Copyright, definition of, 22

Copyright definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Corporation accounts, 195-270

Company accounts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

bonds, 238

bonds, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

bookkeeping, 205

accounting, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

changing books from partnership to corporation, 227

changing books from partnership to corporation, 227

closing transfer books, 204

closing transfer records, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

entries on corporation books, 228

corporate book entries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

entry of stock for promotion, 222

stock entry for promotion, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

reserves and their treatment, 235

reserves and their management, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

stock donated to employes, 229

stock given to employees, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

when stock subscriptions are never full paid, 232

when stock subscriptions are never fully paid, 232

surplus and dividends, 223

surplus and dividends, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

treatment of loss, 225

grief management, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Corporation bookkeeping, 205

Business accounting, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

books required, 206

required reading, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

entries in stock books, 215

inventory records, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

opening entries, 209

opening entries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Corporations

Companies

capitalization, 199

capitalization, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

classification of, 195

classification of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

creation of, 197

creation of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

definition of, 195

definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

dividends, 203

dividends, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

[349]

management of, 201

management of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Corporations

Companies

management of

management of

powers of corporations, 203

corporate powers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

powers of directors and officers, 202

powers of directors and officers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

stockholders' rights, 203

shareholder rights, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

stock certificate, 199

stock certificate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

stockholders, 197

shareholders, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

stock issued for promotion, 221

stock issued for promotion, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

stock subscriptions, 201

stock subscriptions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Counterfeit, definition of, 22

Counterfeit, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Coupon, definition of, 22

Coupon, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Coupon bond, definition of, 22

Coupon bond, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Credentials, definition of, 22

Definition of credentials, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Credit, rules for, 38

Credit rules for __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Creditor, definition of, 22

Creditor, meaning of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cumulative preferred stock, definition of, 200

Cumulative preferred stock definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Currency, definition of, 22

Definition of currency, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

D

D

Day book, 43

Daily journal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Debenture, definition of, 22

Debenture, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Debit

Debit Card

definition of, 22

definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

rules for, 38

rules for __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Deed, definition of, 22

Deed, meaning of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Defalcation, definition of, 22

Defalcation definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Deferred bonds, definition of, 23

Deferred bonds, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Delivery receipt definition of, 23

Delivery receipt definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Demand note, definition of, 23

Demand note, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Departmental records, 148

Department records, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Deposit, definition of, 24

Deposit, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Depositing cash, 57

Depositing cash, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Depreciation, definition of, 24

Depreciation definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Discount, definition of, 24

Definition of discount, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Discount and exchange, 56

Discount and exchange, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Discounts allowed, 94

Discounts permitted, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Dishonor, definition of, 24

Definition of dishonor, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Dividend, 203

Dividend, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

definition of, 24

definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Dividend book, 208

Dividend record, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Dormant partners, 165

Inactive partners, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Double entry, 39

Double entry, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

advantages of, 40

benefits of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

books used in, 43

books used in, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

principle of, 40

principle of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Doubtful, definition of, 25

Doubtful, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Draft

Draft

[350]

definition of, 24

definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

journalizing, 113

journaling, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Drawer, definition of, 25

Drawer, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Drayage, definition of, 25

Drayage, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Due bill, definition of, 25

Due bill, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Dunning, definition of, 25

Dunning, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Duplicate, definition of, 25

Duplicate, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Duty, definition of, 25

Duty, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

E

E

Earnest, definition of, 25

Definition of earnest, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Embezzlement, definition of, 25

Embezzlement, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Exchange, definition of, 25

Definition of exchange, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Expense account, 80

Expense report, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

heat and light, 81

heat and light, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

insurance, 81

insurance, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

interest, 81

interest, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

labor, 82

work, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

out freight and express, 81

out shipping and express, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

rent, 81

rent, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

salaries, 82

salaries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

taxes, 81

taxes, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Exports, definition of, 25

Exports, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Extend, definition of, 25

Extend, meaning of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

F

F

Face value, definition of, 25

Face value, meaning of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Facsimile, definition of, 25

Definition of facsimile, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Fictitious assets, example of, 78

Fictitious assets, example of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

advertising, 78

ads, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Financial statement, definition of, 25

Definition of financial statement, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Fiscal, definition of, 25

Fiscal, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Fixed assets

Tangible assets

definition of, 25

definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

examples of, 77

examples of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

furniture and fixtures, 77

furniture and fixtures, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

horses and wagons, 77

horses and carts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

real estate, 77

real estate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Fixed charges, definition of, 26

Definition of fixed charges, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Fixtures, definition of, 26

Definition of fixtures, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Floating assets, examples of, 78

Floating assets, examples of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

accounts, 78

accounts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

cash, 78

cash, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

merchandise, 78

merch, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

notes or bills receivable, 78

notes or invoices receivable, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Folio, definition of, 26

Folio definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Footing, definition of, 26

Footing, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

[351]

Foreign exchange, definition of, 26

Foreign exchange definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Forms

Forms

account sales, 12

account sales, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

acknowledgment, 13

acknowledgment, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

adjustment journal and departmental purchase book, 154

adjustment journal and departmental purchase book, 154

balance sheet, 101

balance sheet, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

bill, 15

bill, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

bill of exchange, 17

bill of exchange, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

bill of lading, 16

bill of lading, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

bill of sale, 19

bill of sale, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

bills payable, 55

bills to pay, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

bills receivable, 55

accounts receivable, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

cash book, 44, 131

cash ledger, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

cash book including bank account, 156

cash book with bank account, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

cash book with center column for particulars, 177

cash book with a center column for details, 177

cash book with column for private ledger accounts, 306

cash book with a column for personal ledger accounts, 306

cash disbursement book, 296

cash disbursement ledger, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

center-ruled ledger, 143, 157-161

center-ruled notebook, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

certificate of stock, 21

stock certificate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

chart of profit and loss accounts, 311, 312

chart of profit and loss accounts, 311, 312

check register, 260

checkbook register, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

classified ledger accounts, 180-188

ledger accounts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

closing entries, trading and profit and loss account, 140

closing entries, trading and profit and loss account, 140

combined purchase ledger and voucher system, 303

combined purchase ledger and voucher system, 303

daily report, 247

daily report, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

day book, 43

day planner, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

day book or blotter, 121

day planner or journal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

delivery receipt, 24

delivery receipt, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

demand note, 24

demand letter, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

departmental sales book, 155, 178

sales report, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

departmental sales and purchase books, 179

sales and purchase records, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

draft, 25

draft, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

endorsement, 58

endorsement, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

file showing method of indexing vouchers, 293

file showing method of indexing vouchers, 293

installment certificate, 208

installment certificate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

inventory sheet, 137

inventory list, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

invoice register, 258

invoice log, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

journal, 74

journal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

journal entries recording all transactions, 128-130

transaction logs, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

journal ruled retail ledger, 132-137

journal ruled retail log, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

journal showing opening entries for partnership, 176

journal showing opening entries for partnership, 176

journal voucher for adjusting entries, 284

journal voucher for adjusting entries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

lease, 27

lease, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

ledger accounts, classified, 180-188

ledger accounts, organized, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

ledger with journal ruling, 120

journal ledger, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

manufacturing account, 99

manufacturing account, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

manufacturing ledger with closing entries, 320-322

manufacturing ledger with closing entries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

merchandise inventory, 100

inventory, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

[352]

monthly recapitulation and distribution sheet, 303

monthly recap and distribution sheet, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

opening entry in journal, 122

journal entry, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

order, 29

order, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

order book, 42

order book, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

pay-roll, 249

payroll, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

power of attorney, 32

power of attorney, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

profit and loss account, 99

profit and loss statement, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

promissory note, 31

promissory note, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

proprietor's account, 99

owner's account, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

purchase book, 75

buy book, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

purchase ledger, 267

purchase ledger, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

receipt, 33

receipt, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

retail ledger, journal ruled, 132-137

retail ledger, journal ruled, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

sales book, 74

sales book, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

scale book, 144

scale book, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

signature card, 57

signature card, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

special account, 12

premium account, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

statement, 34

statement, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

statement of incorporation on stock plan, 198

statement of incorporation on stock plan, 198

trading account, 98

trading account, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

transfer book, 206

transfer book, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

trial balance, 138, 162, 269

trial balance, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__

unit system of voucher accounting, monthly recapitulation for, 300

unit system of voucher accounting, monthly recap for, 300

voucher, 35

voucher, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

voucher, back of, showing distribution, 277

voucher, back, showing distribution, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

voucher with check attached, duplicate, 283

voucher with check attached, duplicate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

voucher check in loose-leaf form, duplicate, 280

voucher check in loose-leaf form, duplicate, 280

voucher check that requires no folding, 280

voucher check that requires no folding, 280

voucher check, triplicate form of, 282

voucher check, triplicate form of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

voucher and check combined, 278

voucher and check combo, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

voucher distribution sheet, 281

voucher distribution sheet, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

voucher register showing entries, 294

voucher register with entries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

voucher registers, typical forms of, 286

voucher registers, typical forms of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

voucher to be receipted and returned, 276

voucher to be signed and returned, 276

vouchers paid, card index of, 292

vouchers paid, card index of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Freight, definition of, 26

Freight, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

G

G

Gain, definition of, 26

Definition of gain, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Gauging, definition of, 26

Gauging, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Going business, definition of, 26

Going business, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Goodwill, definition of, 26

Goodwill, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Gross, definition of, 26

Definition of gross, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Gross profit, transfer of, 99

Gross profit transfer, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Guarantee or guaranty, definition of, 26

Guarantee or guaranty, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

[353]

Guaranteed stock, 200

Guaranteed stock, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

H

H

Honor, definition of, 26

Definition of honor, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Hypothecate, definition of, 26

Hypothecate, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

I

I

Import, definition of, 26

Import, meaning of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Income, definition of, 26

Definition of income, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Income bonds, definition of, 26

Income bonds, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Indemnity, definition of, 26

Indemnity, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Indorse, definition of, 26

Endorse, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Indorsee, definition of, 26

Indorsee, meaning of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Indorsement of checks, 57

Endorsement of checks, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Indorser, definition of, 28

Indorser, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Infringe, definition of, 28

Infringe, meaning of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Installment, definition of, 28

Definition of installment, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Installment book, 207

Serialized novel, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Insolvent, definition of, 28

Definition of insolvent, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Instant, definition of, 28

Instant, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Insurance policy, definition of, 28

Insurance policy definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Interest, definition of, 28

Interest, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Inventory, 137

Inventory, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

definition of, 28

definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Investment, definition of, 28

Investment, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Invoice, definition of, 28

Invoice definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Invoice or bill, 46

Invoice or bill, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

J

J

Job lot, definition of, 28

Job lot, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Jobber, definition of, 28

Jobber, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Joint stock, definition of, 28

Joint stock, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Joint stock companies, 196

Joint-stock companies, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Journal, 45

Journal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

posting from, 88

posting from, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Journal vouchers, 283

Journal vouchers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Journalizing drafts, 113

Journal drafts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

when we accept draft, 114

when we accept the draft, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

when discounting time draft, 114

when discounting time draft, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

when we pay an acceptance, 114

when we make a payment, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

when we pay a sight draft, 114

when we pay a sight draft, 114

when our sight draft is paid, 113

when our sight draft is paid, 113

Journalizing notes, 107

Taking notes, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

when collected by bank, 107

when collected by bank, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

when discounted, 107

when on sale, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

when discounted note is not paid, 109

when the discounted note is not paid, 109

when note drawing interest is discounted, 108

when note drawing interest is discounted, 108

when note drawing interest is paid, 108

when note drawing interest is paid, 108

[354]

when note is past due, 109

when the note is past due, 109

when note is renewed, 110

when note is renewed, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

when our note has been discounted, 111

when our note has been discounted, 111

when paid, 107

when paid, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

when received, 107

when received, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

when renewed note has been discounted, 110

when a new note has been discounted, 110

when we discount our note, 112

when we cash our note, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

when we give or pay note, 111

when we give or pay note, 111

when we pay for goods with our note, 112

when we pay for goods with our cash, 112

when we pay our note with interest, 112

when we pay our note with interest, 112

when we renew a note, 112

when we renew a note, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

when we renew our discounted note, 113

when we renew our discounted note, 113

Journalizing, rules for, 82

Rules for journaling, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

L

L

Leakage, definition of, 28

Leakage, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Lease, definition of, 28

Lease definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Ledger, 46

Ledger, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

arrangement of accounts in, 91

account setup in __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Ledger accounts, sample, 92, 93

Ledger accounts, example, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Ledger index, 47

Ledger index, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Legal tender, definition of, 28

Definition of legal tender, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Lessee, definition of, 28

Lessee, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Letter of advice, definition of, 28

Letter of advice, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Letter of credit, definition of, 28

Definition of letter of credit, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Liabilities, definition of, 29

Definition of liabilities, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

License, definition of, 29

License definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Liquidation, definition of, 29

Liquidation, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Loss and gain, definition of, 29

Loss and gain, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

M

M

Maker, definition of, 29

Maker, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Manifest, definition of, 29

Manifest, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Manufacturing account, 98

Manufacturing account, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Manufacturing and cost accounts, 242

Manufacturing and cost reports, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

accounts used

accounts in use

factory assets, 243

factory assets, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

factory expenses, 244

factory costs, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

summary accounts, 245

summary accounts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

balance ledger, 250

balance sheet, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

expense inventory, 250

expense tracker, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

expense liability, 250

expense liability, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

manufacturing data, 256

manufacturing data, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

pay-roll records, 248

payroll records, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

routine followed, 245

routine followed, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

sample transactions, 251

sample transactions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Maturity, definition of, 29

Maturity, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

[355]

Mercantile agency, definition of, 29

Definition of mercantile agency, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Merchandise, definition of, 29

Definition of merchandise, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Merchandise account, 71

Merch account, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Merchandise inventory account, 100

Inventory account, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Minute book, 207

Minute book, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Money order, definition of, 29

Definition of money order, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Monopoly, definition of, 29

Monopoly definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Mortgage, definition of, 29

Mortgage definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Mortgagor, definition of, 30

Mortgagor, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

N

N

Negotiable, definition of, 30

Negotiable, meaning of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Net, definition of, 30

Net, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Net profit, transfer of, 99

Net profit, transfer of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Nominal, definition of, 30

Definition of nominal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Nominal account, 70

Nominal account, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Nominal partners, 164

Nominal partners, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Non-cumulative preferred stock, 200

Non-cumulative preferred shares, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Notes, journalizing, 107

Notes, journaling, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

O

O

Obligation, definition of, 30

Definition of obligation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Open account, definition of, 30

Open account, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Opening entries, definition of, 30

Opening entries, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Option, definition of, 30

Option, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Order book, 43

Order book, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Orders, definition of, 30

Orders, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Original entry, definition of, 30

Definition of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Ostensible partners, 164

Apparent partners, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Overdraw, definition of, 30

Overdraw, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

P

P

Par, definition of, 30

Par, meaning of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Partnership, definition of, 30

Definition of partnership, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Partnership accounts, 164-193

Partnership accounts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

capital and personal accounts, 165

capital and personal accounts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

closing the books, 166

closing the books, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

division of profits, 191

profit sharing, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

illustration of closing entries, 166

closing entries illustration, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

interest on investment, 165

investment interest, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

kinds of partners, 164

types of partners, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

opening the books, 166

opening the books, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

participation in profits, 165

profit sharing, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

partnership, defined, 164

partnership, defined, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

partnership agreements, 164

partnership contracts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

sale of partnership, 189

sale of partnership, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

sample transaction, 167-175

sample transaction, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

[356]

Pass book, 57

Passbook, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Passive assets, examples of, 73

Passive assets, examples of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

goodwill, 78

goodwill, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

patents, 78

patents, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

speculative, 78

speculative, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Pay-roll records, 248

Payroll records, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Payee, definition of, 30

Definition of payee, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Per annum, definition of, 30

Per year, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Per cent, definition of, 30

Percentage, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Per diem, 30

Daily allowance, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Personal accounts, 69

Personal stories, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

definition of, 30

definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Personal property, definition of, 30

Definition of personal property, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Petty cash

Cash drawer

definition of, 30

definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

treatment of, 58

treatment of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Post, definition of, 30

Post, meaning of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Postdate, definition of, 30

Postdate, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Posting, 46

Posting, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

from cash book, 89

from cash book, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

from journal, 88

from journal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

routine, 88

routine, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Power of attorney, definition of, 30

Power of attorney definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Preferred stock, definition of, 30, 200

Preferred stock, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Premium, definition of, 31

Premium, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Present worth, definition of, 31

Present value, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Private ledger, 304

Private ledger, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

advantages of, 304

advantages of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

how operated, 305

how it works, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

manufacturing accounts in, 306

manufacturing accounts in, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Proceeds, definition of, 31

Proceeds, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Profit and loss, definition of, 31

Profit and loss definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Profit and loss account, 97

Profit and loss statement, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

manufacturing, 98

manufacturing, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

trading, 97

trading, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

transfer of gross profit, 99

transfer of gross profit, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

transfer of net profit, 99

profit transfer, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

turnover, 98

turnover, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Promissory notes, 54

Promissory notes, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

acceptance, 56

acceptance, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

bill book, 54

bill book, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

bills payable, 54

bills to pay, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

bills receivable, 54

accounts receivable, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

definition of, 31

definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

discount and exchange, 56

discount and exchange, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Promotion, stock issued for, 221

Promotion, stock issued for, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Pro rata, definition of, 31

Pro rata, meaning of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

[357]

Protest, definition of, 31

Definition of protest, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Purchase account, 71

Purchase account, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Purchase book, 45

Buy book, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Purchase ledger and invoice file combined, 301

Purchase ledger and invoice file combined, 301

Q

Q

Quotation, definition of, 31

Definition of quotation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

R

R

Ratify, definition of, 31

Ratify, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Raw material, definition of, 31

Definition of raw material, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Real account, 69

Real account, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Real estate, definition of, 31

Real estate definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Rebate, definition of, 31

Rebate definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Receipt, definition of, 31, 273

Receipt, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Receiver, definition of, 31

Receiver, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Recording transactions, 46

Recording transactions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Remittance, definition of, 31

Definition of remittance, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Renewal note, definition of, 33

Renewal note, meaning of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Rent, definition of, 33

Rent definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Representative account, 70

Representative account, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Reserves for bad debts, 236

Bad debt reserves, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Reserves for buildings in hazardous undertakings, 236

Reserves for buildings in risky ventures, 236

Reserves for depreciation, 236

Depreciation reserves, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Reserve funds, 237

Savings, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Reserves for patents, franchise, goodwill, 236

Reserves for patents, franchise, goodwill, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Reserves for permanent improvements on leased property, 236

Reserves for permanent improvements on leased property, 236

Resources, definition of, 33

Definition of resources, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Retail business, 119

Retail business, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

balance sheet, 139

balance sheet, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

books used, 119

used books, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

closing the books, 138

closing the books, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

exercise, 141

work out, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

inventory, 137

inventory, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

opening the books, 119

opening the books, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

proprietor's account, 120

owner's account, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

sample transactions, 123-127

sample transactions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

statements, 120

statements, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Retail coal books, 142

Retail coal books, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

sample transaction, 144

sample transaction, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

uncollectible accounts, 143

bad debts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Revenue, definition of, 33

Definition of revenue, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Revenue accounts, 80

Revenue accounts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Revenue receipts, 80

Revenue receipts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Revoke, definition of, 33

Revoke, meaning of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

[358]

Royalty, definition of, 33

Definition of royalty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

S

S

Sale of stock below par, 205

Sale of stock under par, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sales, 72

Sales, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sales books, 45

Sales books, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sales tickets, 147

Sales tickets, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sample ledger accounts, 91

Sample ledger accounts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sample transactions, 72, 83, 101, 149

Sample transactions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__

Schedule, definition of, 33

Definition of schedule, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Secret partners, 164

Secret partners, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sight draft, definition of, 33

Sight draft, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Signature card, 56

Signature card, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Silent partners, 164

Silent partners, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Single entry, 39

Single entry, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Single proprietorship accounts, 119-163

Sole proprietorship accounts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sinking funds, 237

Sinking funds, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Solvent, definition of, 33

Solvent, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Statement, definition of, 33

Definition of statement, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Stock certificate book, 206

Stock certificate book, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Stock dividends, 204

Stock dividends, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

declaring, 224

declaring, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Stock ledger, 207

Stock ledger, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Stock register, 208

Stock register, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Stock subscriptions, 201

Stock subscriptions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Stock transfer book, 206

Stock transfer log, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Stockholders, 197

Stockholders, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

definition of, 33

definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

meetings of, 205

meetings of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

rights of, 203

rights of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Storage, definition of, 33

Storage, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Surety, definition of, 33

Surety, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Syndicate, definition of, 33

Syndicate, meaning of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Surplus subdivided, 223

Surplus divided, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

T

T

Tare, definition, 33

Tare, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Tariff, definition of, 33

Tariff definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Terms, definition of, 33

Definitions of terms, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Theory of accounts, 11-116

Theory of accounts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Three-column journal, 82

Three-column journal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Tickler, definition of, 34

Tickler, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Time draft, definition of, 34

Time draft, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Trade discount, definition of, 34

Trade discount, definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Trade mark, definition of, 34

Trademark definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Trading account, 97

Trading account, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Transactions, 46

Transactions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

ledger index, 47

ledger index, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

posting, 46

posting, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

[359]

sample, 47, 59, 72, 83, 101, 149

sample, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__

Treasury stock, 200

Treasury shares, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Trial balance, 90

Trial balance, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Turnover, 98

Turnover, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

U

U

Ultimo, definition of, 34

Ultimo, meaning of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Unit system of voucher account, 298

Voucher account unit system, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

V

V

Valid, definition of, 34

Valid, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Value received, definition of, 34

Value received, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Void, definition of, 35

Definition of void, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Voucher checks, 279

Voucher checks, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Voucher file, 293

Voucher file, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Voucher register, 284

Voucher log, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Voucher system of accounting, 273-303

Voucher accounting system, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

auditing of invoices, 290

invoice auditing, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

combined purchase ledger and invoice file, 301

combined purchase ledger and invoice file, 301

demonstration of, 293

demonstration of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

executing and registering vouchers, 290

issuing and recording vouchers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

filing audited vouchers, 290

submitting audited vouchers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

filing paid vouchers, 291

submitting paid vouchers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

indexing vouchers, 292

indexing vouchers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

operation of, 289

operation of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

paying vouchers, 291

payment vouchers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

unit system of, 298

unit system of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

voucher file, 293

voucher file, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Vouchers

Gift cards

definition, 35, 273

definition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

filing, 290

filing, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

forms of, 277

forms of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

indexing, 292

indexing, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

paying, 291

paying, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

use of, 274

use of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

W

W

Warehouse, definition of, 35

Warehouse, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Warehouse receipt, definition of, 35

Warehouse receipt, meaning of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Warranty, definition of, 35

Definition of warranty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Watered stock, 201

Watered stock, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Way bill, definition of, 35

Waybill, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Wholesale, definition of, 35

Wholesale, definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Working capital, definition of, 35

Definition of working capital, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

TRANSCRIBER'S NOTES

TRANSCRIBER'S NOTES

—Obvious print and punctuation errors were corrected.

—Obvious printing and punctuation mistakes were fixed.

—The transcriber of this project created the book cover image using the title page of the original book. The image is placed in the public domain.

—The person who transcribed this project made the book cover image using the title page from the original book. The image is now in the public domain.


Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!